CMAKE-MODULES(7)

NAME
cmake-modules - CMake Modules Reference

ALL MODULES

  AddFileDependencies

ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(source_file depend_files...)

Adds the given files as dependencies to source_file

  AndroidTestUtilities

Create a test that automatically loads specified data onto an Android device.

  Introduction

Use this module to push data needed for testing an Android device behavior onto a connected Android device. The module will accept files and libraries as well as separate destinations for each. It will create a test that loads the files into a device object store and link to them from the specified destination. The files are only uploaded if they are not already in the object store.

For example:

include(AndroidTestUtilities)
android_add_test_data(
  example_setup_test
  FILES <files>...
  LIBS <libs>...
  DEVICE_TEST_DIR "/data/local/tests/example"
  DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE "/sdcard/.ExternalData/SHA"
  )

At build time a test named "example_setup_test" will be created. Run this test on the command line with ctest(1) to load the data onto the Android device.

  Module Functions

android_add_test_data

    android_add_test_data(<test-name>
      [FILES <files>...] [FILES_DEST <device-dir>]
      [LIBS <libs>...]   [LIBS_DEST <device-dir>]
      [DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>]
      [DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>]
      [NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...]
      )

    The android_add_test_data function is used to copy files and libraries needed to run project-specific tests. On the host operating system, this is done at build time. For on-device testing, the files are loaded onto the device by the manufactured test at run time.

    This function accepts the following named parameters:

FILES <files>...
    zero or more files needed for testing

LIBS <libs>...
    zero or more libraries needed for testing

FILES_DEST <device-dir>
    absolute path where the data files are expected to be

LIBS_DEST <device-dir>
    absolute path where the libraries are expected to be

DEVICE_OBJECT_STORE <device-dir>
    absolute path to the location where the data is stored on-device

DEVICE_TEST_DIR <device-dir>
    absolute path to the root directory of the on-device test location

NO_LINK_REGEX <strings>...
    list of regex strings matching the names of files that should be copied from the object store to the testing directory

  BundleUtilities

Functions to help assemble a standalone bundle application.

A collection of CMake utility functions useful for dealing with .app bundles on the Mac and bundle-like directories on any OS.

The following functions are provided by this module:

fixup_bundle
copy_and_fixup_bundle
verify_app
get_bundle_main_executable
get_dotapp_dir
get_bundle_and_executable
get_bundle_all_executables
get_item_key
get_item_rpaths
clear_bundle_keys
set_bundle_key_values
get_bundle_keys
copy_resolved_item_into_bundle
copy_resolved_framework_into_bundle
fixup_bundle_item
verify_bundle_prerequisites
verify_bundle_symlinks

Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because it uses function, break and PARENT_SCOPE. Also depends on GetPrerequisites.cmake.

FIXUP_BUNDLE(<app> <libs> <dirs>)

Fix up a bundle in-place and make it standalone, such that it can be drag-n-drop copied to another machine and run on that machine as long as all of the system libraries are compatible.

If you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into the bundle before calling fixup_bundle. The "libs" parameter is a list of libraries that must be fixed up, but that cannot be determined by otool output analysis. (i.e., plugins)

Gather all the keys for all the executables and libraries in a bundle, and then, for each key, copy each prerequisite into the bundle. Then fix each one up according to its own list of prerequisites.

Then clear all the keys and call verify_app on the final bundle to ensure that it is truly standalone.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

COPY_AND_FIXUP_BUNDLE(<src> <dst> <libs> <dirs>)

Makes a copy of the bundle <src> at location <dst> and then fixes up the new copied bundle in-place at <dst>...

VERIFY_APP(<app>)

Verifies that an application <app> appears valid based on running analysis tools on it. Calls "message(FATAL_ERROR" if the application is not verified.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

GET_BUNDLE_MAIN_EXECUTABLE(<bundle> <result_var>)

The result will be the full path name of the bundle's main executable file or an "error:" prefixed string if it could not be determined.

GET_DOTAPP_DIR(<exe> <dotapp_dir_var>)

Returns the nearest parent dir whose name ends with ".app" given the full path to an executable. If there is no such parent dir, then simply return the dir containing the executable.

The returned directory may or may not exist.

GET_BUNDLE_AND_EXECUTABLE(<app> <bundle_var> <executable_var> <valid_var>)

Takes either a ".app" directory name or the name of an executable nested inside a ".app" directory and returns the path to the ".app" directory in <bundle_var> and the path to its main executable in <executable_var>

GET_BUNDLE_ALL_EXECUTABLES(<bundle> <exes_var>)

Scans the given bundle recursively for all executable files and accumulates them into a variable.

GET_ITEM_KEY(<item> <key_var>)

Given a file (item) name, generate a key that should be unique considering the set of libraries that need copying or fixing up to make a bundle standalone. This is essentially the file name including extension with "." replaced by "_"

This key is used as a prefix for CMake variables so that we can associate a set of variables with a given item based on its key.

CLEAR_BUNDLE_KEYS(<keys_var>)

Loop over the list of keys, clearing all the variables associated with each key. After the loop, clear the list of keys itself.

Caller of get_bundle_keys should call clear_bundle_keys when done with list of keys.

SET_BUNDLE_KEY_VALUES(<keys_var> <context> <item> <exepath> <dirs>
                      <copyflag> [<rpaths>])

Add a key to the list (if necessary) for the given item. If added, also set all the variables associated with that key.

GET_BUNDLE_KEYS(<app> <libs> <dirs> <keys_var>)

Loop over all the executable and library files within the bundle (and given as extra <libs>) and accumulate a list of keys representing them. Set values associated with each key such that we can loop over all of them and copy prerequisite libs into the bundle and then do appropriate install_name_tool fixups.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

COPY_RESOLVED_ITEM_INTO_BUNDLE(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

Copy a resolved item into the bundle if necessary. Copy is not necessary if the resolved_item is "the same as" the resolved_embedded_item.

COPY_RESOLVED_FRAMEWORK_INTO_BUNDLE(<resolved_item> <resolved_embedded_item>)

Copy a resolved framework into the bundle if necessary. Copy is not necessary if the resolved_item is "the same as" the resolved_embedded_item.

By default, BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS is not set. If you want full frameworks embedded in your bundles, set BU_COPY_FULL_FRAMEWORK_CONTENTS to ON before calling fixup_bundle. By default, COPY_RESOLVED_FRAMEWORK_INTO_BUNDLE copies the framework dylib itself plus the framework Resources directory.

FIXUP_BUNDLE_ITEM(<resolved_embedded_item> <exepath> <dirs>)

Get the direct/non-system prerequisites of the resolved embedded item. For each prerequisite, change the way it is referenced to the value of the _EMBEDDED_ITEM keyed variable for that prerequisite. (Most likely changing to an "@executable_path" style reference.)

This function requires that the resolved_embedded_item be "inside" the bundle already. In other words, if you pass plugins to fixup_bundle as the libs parameter, you should install them or copy them into the bundle before calling fixup_bundle. The "libs" parameter is a list of libraries that must be fixed up, but that cannot be determined by otool output analysis. (i.e., plugins)

Also, change the id of the item being fixed up to its own _EMBEDDED_ITEM value.

Accumulate changes in a local variable and make one call to install_name_tool at the end of the function with all the changes at once.

If the BU_CHMOD_BUNDLE_ITEMS variable is set then bundle items will be marked writable before install_name_tool tries to change them.

VERIFY_BUNDLE_PREREQUISITES(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

Verifies that the sum of all prerequisites of all files inside the bundle are contained within the bundle or are "system" libraries, presumed to exist everywhere.

As an optional parameter (IGNORE_ITEM) a list of file names can be passed, which are then ignored (e.g. IGNORE_ITEM "vcredist_x86.exe;vcredist_x64.exe")

VERIFY_BUNDLE_SYMLINKS(<bundle> <result_var> <info_var>)

Verifies that any symlinks found in the bundle point to other files that are already also in the bundle... Anything that points to an external file causes this function to fail the verification.

  CheckCCompilerFlag

Check whether the C compiler supports a given flag.

check_c_compiler_flag

    check_c_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

    Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic. Stores the result in an internal cache entry named <var>.

    This command temporarily sets the CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS variable and calls the check_c_source_compiles macro from the CheckCSourceCompiles module. See documentation of that module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

    A positive result from this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message when given the flag. Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of this module.

    NOTE: Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_C_FLAGS, unknown flags in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

  CheckCSourceCompiles

Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable.

check_c_source_compiles

    check_c_source_compiles(code resultVar [FAIL_REGEX regex1 [regex2...]])

    Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C source file and linked as an executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be stored in the internal cache variable specified by resultVar, with a boolean true value for success and boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

    The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_c_source_compiles():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_C_FLAGS and its associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory property will be ignored.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the check will be suppressed.

    The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by resultVar. Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again, even if the code changes. In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by resultVar must be manually removed from the cache.

  CheckCSourceRuns

Check if given C source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

check_c_source_runs

    check_c_source_runs(code resultVar)

    Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C source file, linked as an executable and then run. The code must contain at least a main() function. If the code could be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by resultVar will be set to 1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty string or an error message).

    The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_c_source_runs():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_C_FLAGS and its associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory property will be ignored.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the check will be suppressed.

    The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by resultVar. Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again, even if the code changes. In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by resultVar must be manually removed from the cache.

  CheckCXXCompilerFlag

Check whether the CXX compiler supports a given flag.

check_cxx_compiler_flag

    check_cxx_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

    Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic. Stores the result in an internal cache entry named <var>.

    This command temporarily sets the CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS variable and calls the check_cxx_source_compiles macro from the CheckCXXSourceCompiles module. See documentation of that module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

    A positive result from this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message when given the flag. Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of this module.

    NOTE: Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS, unknown flags in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

  CheckCXXSourceCompiles

Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable.

check_cxx_source_compiles

    check_cxx_source_compiles(code resultVar [FAIL_REGEX regex1 [regex2...]])

    Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C++ source file and linked as an executable (so it must contain at least a main() function). The result will be stored in the internal cache variable specified by resultVar, with a boolean true value for success and boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

    The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_cxx_source_compiles():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS and its associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory property will be ignored.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the check will be suppressed.

    The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by resultVar. Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again, even if the code changes. In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by resultVar must be manually removed from the cache.

  CheckCXXSourceRuns

Check if given C++ source compiles and links into an executable and can subsequently be run.

check_cxx_source_runs

    check_cxx_source_runs(code resultVar)

    Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a C++ source file, linked as an executable and then run. The code must contain at least a main() function. If the code could be built and run successfully, the internal cache variable specified by resultVar will be set to 1, otherwise it will be set to an value that evaluates to boolean false (e.g. an empty string or an error message).

    The underlying check is performed by the try_run() command. The compile and link commands can be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_cxx_source_runs():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS and its associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header search paths used by try_run(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory property will be ignored.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries or they can be Imported Targets (see try_run() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the check will be suppressed.

    The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by resultVar. Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again, even if the code changes. In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by resultVar must be manually removed from the cache.

  CheckCXXSymbolExists

Check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C++

CHECK_CXX_SYMBOL_EXISTS(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

Check that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result in a <variable>. Specify the list of files in one argument as a semicolon-separated list. CHECK_CXX_SYMBOL_EXISTS() can be used to check in C++ files, as opposed to CHECK_SYMBOL_EXISTS(), which works only for C.

If the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed to work. If the header files declare the symbol as a function or variable then the symbol must also be available for linking. If the symbol is a type or enum value it will not be recognized (consider using CheckTypeSize or CheckCSourceCompiles).

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

  CheckFortranCompilerFlag

Check whether the Fortran compiler supports a given flag.

check_fortran_compiler_flag

    check_fortran_compiler_flag(<flag> <var>)

    Check that the <flag> is accepted by the compiler without a diagnostic. Stores the result in an internal cache entry named <var>.

    This command temporarily sets the CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS variable and calls the check_fortran_source_compiles macro from the CheckFortranSourceCompiles module. See documentation of that module for a listing of variables that can otherwise modify the build.

    A positive result from this check indicates only that the compiler did not issue a diagnostic message when given the flag. Whether the flag has any effect or even a specific one is beyond the scope of this module.

    NOTE: Since the try_compile() command forwards flags from variables like CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS, unknown flags in such variables may cause a false negative for this check.

  CheckFortranFunctionExists

macro which checks if the Fortran function exists

CHECK_FORTRAN_FUNCTION_EXISTS(FUNCTION VARIABLE)

FUNCTION - the name of the Fortran function
VARIABLE - variable to store the result
           Will be created as an internal cache variable.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link

  CheckFortranSourceCompiles

Check if given Fortran source compiles and links into an executable.

check_fortran_source_compiles

    check_fortran_source_compiles(code resultVar
        [FAIL_REGEX regex1 [regex2...]]
        [SRC_EXT ext]
    )

    Check that the source supplied in code can be compiled as a Fortran source file and linked as an executable (so it must contain at least a PROGRAM entry point). The result will be stored in the internal cache variable specified by resultVar, with a boolean true value for success and boolean false for failure. If FAIL_REGEX is provided, then failure is determined by checking if anything in the output matches any of the specified regular expressions.

    By default, the test source file will be given a .F file extension. The SRC_EXT option can be used to override this with .ext instead.

    The underlying check is performed by the try_compile() command. The compile and link commands can be influenced by setting any of the following variables prior to calling check_fortran_source_compiles():

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    Additional flags to pass to the compiler. Note that the contents of CMAKE_Fortran_FLAGS and its associated configuration-specific variable are automatically added to the compiler command before the contents of CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    A ;-list of compiler definitions of the form -DFOO or -DFOO=bar. A definition for the name specified by resultVar will also be added automatically.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    A ;-list of header search paths to pass to the compiler. These will be the only header search paths used by try_compile(), i.e. the contents of the INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES directory property will be ignored.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A ;-list of libraries to add to the link command. These can be the name of system libraries or they can be Imported Targets (see try_compile() for further details).

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    If this variable evaluates to a boolean true value, all status messages associated with the check will be suppressed.

    The check is only performed once, with the result cached in the variable named by resultVar. Every subsequent CMake run will re-use this cached value rather than performing the check again, even if the code changes. In order to force the check to be re-evaluated, the variable named by resultVar must be manually removed from the cache.

  CheckFunctionExists

Check if a C function can be linked:

check_function_exists(<function> <variable>)

Check that the <function> is provided by libraries on the system and store the result in a <variable>. <variable> will be created as an internal cache variable.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

NOTE: Prefer using CheckSymbolExists instead of this module, for the following reasons:

•   check_function_exists() can't detect functions that are inlined in headers or specified as a macro.

•   check_function_exists() can't detect anything in the 32-bit versions of the Win32 API, because of a mismatch in calling conventions.

•   check_function_exists() only verifies linking, it does not verify that the function is declared in system headers.

  CheckIPOSupported

Check whether the compiler supports an interprocedural optimization (IPO/LTO). Use this before enabling the INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION target property.

check_ipo_supported

    check_ipo_supported([RESULT <result>] [OUTPUT <output>]
                        [LANGUAGES <lang>...])

    Options are:

RESULT <result>
    Set <result> variable to YES if IPO is supported by the compiler and NO otherwise. If this option is not given then the command will issue a fatal error if IPO is not supported.

OUTPUT <output>
    Set <output> variable with details about any error.

LANGUAGES <lang>...
    Specify languages whose compilers to check. Languages C, CXX, and Fortran are supported.

    It makes no sense to use this module when CMP0069 is set to OLD so module will return error in this case. See policy CMP0069 for details.

  Examples

check_ipo_supported() # fatal error if IPO is not supported
set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)

# Optional IPO. Do not use IPO if it's not supported by compiler.
check_ipo_supported(RESULT result OUTPUT output)
if(result)
  set_property(TARGET foo PROPERTY INTERPROCEDURAL_OPTIMIZATION TRUE)
else()
  message(WARNING "IPO is not supported: ${output}")
endif()

  CheckIncludeFileCXX

Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in CXX.

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX

    CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE_CXX(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

    Check if the given <include> file may be included in a CXX source file and store the result in an internal cache entry named <variable>. The optional third argument may be used to add compilation flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

    The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A list of libraries to link. See policy CMP0075.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    execute quietly without messages

    See modules CheckIncludeFile and CheckIncludeFiles to check for one or more C headers.

  CheckIncludeFile

Provides a macro to check if a header file can be included in C.

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE

    CHECK_INCLUDE_FILE(<include> <variable> [<flags>])

    Check if the given <include> file may be included in a C source file and store the result in an internal cache entry named <variable>. The optional third argument may be used to add compilation flags to the check (or use CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS below).

    The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A list of libraries to link. See policy CMP0075.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    execute quietly without messages

    See the CheckIncludeFiles module to check for multiple headers at once. See the CheckIncludeFileCXX module to check for headers using the CXX language.

  CheckIncludeFiles

Provides a macro to check if a list of one or more header files can be included together.

CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES

    CHECK_INCLUDE_FILES("<includes>" <variable> [LANGUAGE <language>])

    Check if the given <includes> list may be included together in a source file and store the result in an internal cache entry named <variable>. Specify the <includes> argument as a ;-list of header file names.

    If LANGUAGE is set, the specified compiler will be used to perform the check. Acceptable values are C and CXX. If not set, the C compiler will be used if enabled. If the C compiler is not enabled, the C++ compiler will be used if enabled.

    The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    A list of libraries to link. See policy CMP0075.

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    execute quietly without messages

    See modules CheckIncludeFile and CheckIncludeFileCXX to check for a single header file in C or CXX languages.

  CheckLanguage

Check if a language can be enabled

Usage:

check_language(<lang>)

where <lang> is a language that may be passed to enable_language() such as "Fortran". If CMAKE_<lang>_COMPILER is already defined the check does nothing. Otherwise it tries enabling the language in a test project. The result is cached in CMAKE_<lang>_COMPILER as the compiler that was found, or NOTFOUND if the language cannot be enabled.

Example:

check_language(Fortran)
if(CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER)
  enable_language(Fortran)
else()
  message(STATUS "No Fortran support")
endif()

  CheckLibraryExists

Check if the function exists.

CHECK_LIBRARY_EXISTS (LIBRARY FUNCTION LOCATION VARIABLE)

LIBRARY  - the name of the library you are looking for
FUNCTION - the name of the function
LOCATION - location where the library should be found
VARIABLE - variable to store the result
           Will be created as an internal cache variable.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

  CheckPrototypeDefinition

Check if the prototype we expect is correct.

check_prototype_definition(FUNCTION PROTOTYPE RETURN HEADER VARIABLE)

FUNCTION - The name of the function (used to check if prototype exists)
PROTOTYPE- The prototype to check.
RETURN - The return value of the function.
HEADER - The header files required.
VARIABLE - The variable to store the result.
           Will be created as an internal cache variable.

Example:

check_prototype_definition(getpwent_r
 "struct passwd *getpwent_r(struct passwd *src, char *buf, int buflen)"
 "NULL"
 "unistd.h;pwd.h"
 SOLARIS_GETPWENT_R)

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

  CheckStructHasMember

Check if the given struct or class has the specified member variable

CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER(<struct> <member> <header> <variable>
                        [LANGUAGE <language>])

<struct> - the name of the struct or class you are interested in
<member> - the member which existence you want to check
<header> - the header(s) where the prototype should be declared
<variable> - variable to store the result
<language> - the compiler to use (C or CXX)

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

Example: CHECK_STRUCT_HAS_MEMBER("struct timeval" tv_sec sys/select.h HAVE_TIMEVAL_TV_SEC LANGUAGE C)

  CheckSymbolExists

Provides a macro to check if a symbol exists as a function, variable, or macro in C.

check_symbol_exists

    check_symbol_exists(<symbol> <files> <variable>)

    Check that the <symbol> is available after including given header <files> and store the result in a <variable>. Specify the list of files in one argument as a semicolon-separated list. <variable> will be created as an internal cache variable.

    If the header files define the symbol as a macro it is considered available and assumed to work. If the header files declare the symbol as a function or variable then the symbol must also be available for linking (so intrinsics may not be detected). If the symbol is a type, enum value, or intrinsic it will not be recognized (consider using CheckTypeSize or CheckCSourceCompiles). If the check needs to be done in C++, consider using CheckCXXSymbolExists instead.

    The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS
    string of compile command line flags

CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS
    list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)

CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES
    list of include directories

CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES
    list of libraries to link

CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET
    execute quietly without messages

  CheckTypeSize

Check sizeof a type

CHECK_TYPE_SIZE(TYPE VARIABLE [BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY]
                              [LANGUAGE <language>])

Check if the type exists and determine its size. On return, "HAVE_${VARIABLE}" holds the existence of the type, and "${VARIABLE}" holds one of the following:

<size> = type has non-zero size <size>
"0"    = type has arch-dependent size (see below)
""     = type does not exist

Both HAVE_${VARIABLE} and ${VARIABLE} will be created as internal cache variables.

Furthermore, the variable "${VARIABLE}_CODE" holds C preprocessor code to define the macro "${VARIABLE}" to the size of the type, or leave the macro undefined if the type does not exist.

The variable "${VARIABLE}" may be "0" when CMAKE_OSX_ARCHITECTURES has multiple architectures for building OS X universal binaries. This indicates that the type size varies across architectures. In this case "${VARIABLE}_CODE" contains C preprocessor tests mapping from each architecture macro to the corresponding type size. The list of architecture macros is stored in "${VARIABLE}_KEYS", and the value for each key is stored in "${VARIABLE}-${KEY}".

If the BUILTIN_TYPES_ONLY option is not given, the macro checks for headers <sys/types.h>, <stdint.h>, and <stddef.h>, and saves results in HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H, HAVE_STDINT_H, and HAVE_STDDEF_H. The type size check automatically includes the available headers, thus supporting checks of types defined in the headers.

If LANGUAGE is set, the specified compiler will be used to perform the check. Acceptable values are C and CXX

Despite the name of the macro you may use it to check the size of more complex expressions, too. To check e.g. for the size of a struct member you can do something like this:

check_type_size("((struct something*)0)->member" SIZEOF_MEMBER)

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES = list of include directories
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages
CMAKE_EXTRA_INCLUDE_FILES = list of extra headers to include

  CheckVariableExists

Check if the variable exists.

CHECK_VARIABLE_EXISTS(VAR VARIABLE)

VAR      - the name of the variable
VARIABLE - variable to store the result
           Will be created as an internal cache variable.

This macro is only for C variables.

The following variables may be set before calling this macro to modify the way the check is run:

CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS = string of compile command line flags
CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS = list of macros to define (-DFOO=bar)
CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES = list of libraries to link
CMAKE_REQUIRED_QUIET = execute quietly without messages

  CMakeAddFortranSubdirectory

Use MinGW gfortran from VS if a fortran compiler is not found.

The 'add_fortran_subdirectory' function adds a subdirectory to a project that contains a fortran only sub-project. The module will check the current compiler and see if it can support fortran. If no fortran compiler is found and the compiler is MSVC, then this module will find the MinGW gfortran. It will then use an external project to build with the MinGW tools. It will also create imported targets for the libraries created. This will only work if the fortran code is built into a dll, so BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is turned on in the project. In addition the CMAKE_GNUtoMS option is set to on, so that the MS .lib files are created. Usage is as follows:

cmake_add_fortran_subdirectory(
 <subdir>                # name of subdirectory
 PROJECT <project_name>  # project name in subdir top CMakeLists.txt
 ARCHIVE_DIR <dir>       # dir where project places .lib files
 RUNTIME_DIR <dir>       # dir where project places .dll files
 LIBRARIES <lib>...      # names of library targets to import
 LINK_LIBRARIES          # link interface libraries for LIBRARIES
  [LINK_LIBS <lib> <dep>...]...
 CMAKE_COMMAND_LINE ...  # extra command line flags to pass to cmake
 NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL     # skip installation of external project
 )

Relative paths in ARCHIVE_DIR and RUNTIME_DIR are interpreted with respect to the build directory corresponding to the source directory in which the function is invoked.

Limitations:

NO_EXTERNAL_INSTALL is required for forward compatibility with a future version that supports installation of the external project binaries during "make install".

  CMakeBackwardCompatibilityCXX

define a bunch of backwards compatibility variables

CMAKE_ANSI_CXXFLAGS - flag for ansi c++
CMAKE_HAS_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - has <strstream>
include(TestForANSIStreamHeaders)
include(CheckIncludeFileCXX)
include(TestForSTDNamespace)
include(TestForANSIForScope)

  CMakeDependentOption

Macro to provide an option dependent on other options.

This macro presents an option to the user only if a set of other conditions are true. When the option is not presented a default value is used, but any value set by the user is preserved for when the option is presented again. Example invocation:

CMAKE_DEPENDENT_OPTION(USE_FOO "Use Foo" ON
                       "USE_BAR;NOT USE_ZOT" OFF)

If USE_BAR is true and USE_ZOT is false, this provides an option called USE_FOO that defaults to ON. Otherwise, it sets USE_FOO to OFF. If the status of USE_BAR or USE_ZOT ever changes, any value for the USE_FOO option is saved so that when the option is re-enabled it retains its old value.

  CMakeDetermineVSServicePack

Deprecated. Do not use.

The functionality of this module has been superseded by the CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_VERSION variable that contains the compiler version number.

Determine the Visual Studio service pack of the 'cl' in use.

Usage:

if(MSVC)
  include(CMakeDetermineVSServicePack)
  DetermineVSServicePack( my_service_pack )
  if( my_service_pack )
    message(STATUS "Detected: ${my_service_pack}")
  endif()
endif()

Function DetermineVSServicePack sets the given variable to one of the following values or an empty string if unknown:

vc80, vc80sp1
vc90, vc90sp1
vc100, vc100sp1
vc110, vc110sp1, vc110sp2, vc110sp3, vc110sp4

  CMakeExpandImportedTargets

Deprecated. Do not use.

This module was once needed to expand imported targets to the underlying libraries they reference on disk for use with the try_compile() and try_run() commands. These commands now support imported libraries in their LINK_LIBRARIES options (since CMake 2.8.11 for try_compile() and since CMake 3.2 for try_run()).

This module does not support the policy CMP0022 NEW behavior or use of the INTERFACE_LINK_LIBRARIES property because generator expressions cannot be evaluated during configuration.

CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS(<var> LIBRARIES lib1 lib2...libN
                              [CONFIGURATION <config>])

CMAKE_EXPAND_IMPORTED_TARGETS() takes a list of libraries and replaces all imported targets contained in this list with their actual file paths of the referenced libraries on disk, including the libraries from their link interfaces. If a CONFIGURATION is given, it uses the respective configuration of the imported targets if it exists. If no CONFIGURATION is given, it uses the first configuration from ${CMAKE_CONFIGURATION_TYPES} if set, otherwise ${CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE}.

cmake_expand_imported_targets(expandedLibs
  LIBRARIES ${CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES}
  CONFIGURATION "${CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_CONFIGURATION}" )

  CMakeFindDependencyMacro

find_dependency
    The find_dependency() macro wraps a find_package() call for a package dependency:

    find_dependency(<dep> [...])

    It is designed to be used in a Package Configuration File (<package>Config.cmake). find_dependency forwards the correct parameters for QUIET and REQUIRED which were passed to the original find_package() call. Any additional arguments specified are forwarded to find_package().

    If the dependency could not be found it sets an informative diagnostic message and calls return() to end processing of the calling package configuration file and return to the find_package() command that loaded it.

    NOTE: The call to return() makes this macro unsuitable to call from Find Modules.

  CMakeFindFrameworks

helper module to find OSX frameworks

This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

CMAKE_FIND_FRAMEWORK_EXTRA_LOCATIONS - Extra directories

  CMakeFindPackageMode

This file is executed by cmake when invoked with --find-package. It expects that the following variables are set using -D:

NAME
    name of the package

COMPILER_ID
    the CMake compiler ID for which the result is, i.e. GNU/Intel/Clang/MSVC, etc.

LANGUAGE
    language for which the result will be used, i.e. C/CXX/Fortran/ASM

MODE

EXIST
    only check for existence of the given package

COMPILE
    print the flags needed for compiling an object file which uses the given package

LINK
    print the flags needed for linking when using the given package

QUIET
    if TRUE, don't print anything

  CMakeForceCompiler

Deprecated. Do not use.

The macros provided by this module were once intended for use by cross-compiling toolchain files when CMake was not able to automatically detect the compiler identification. Since the introduction of this module, CMake's compiler identification capabilities have improved and can now be taught to recognize any compiler. Furthermore, the suite of information CMake detects from a compiler is now too extensive to be provided by toolchain files using these macros.

One common use case for this module was to skip CMake's checks for a working compiler when using a cross-compiler that cannot link binaries without special flags or custom linker scripts. This case is now supported by setting the CMAKE_TRY_COMPILE_TARGET_TYPE variable in the toolchain file instead.

----

Macro CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER has the following signature:

CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

It sets CMAKE_C_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_C_COMPILER_ID to the given compiler-id. It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information tests.

Macro CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER has the following signature:

CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

It sets CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_CXX_COMPILER_ID to the given compiler-id. It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information tests.

Macro CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER has the following signature:

CMAKE_FORCE_Fortran_COMPILER(<compiler> <compiler-id>)

It sets CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER to the given compiler and the cmake internal variable CMAKE_Fortran_COMPILER_ID to the given compiler-id. It also bypasses the check for working compiler and basic compiler information tests.

So a simple toolchain file could look like this:

include (CMakeForceCompiler)
set(CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME Generic)
CMAKE_FORCE_C_COMPILER   (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)
CMAKE_FORCE_CXX_COMPILER (chc12 MetrowerksHicross)

  CMakeGraphVizOptions

The builtin graphviz support of CMake.

  Variables specific to the graphviz support

CMake can generate graphviz files, showing the dependencies between the targets in a project and also external libraries which are linked against. When CMake is run with the --graphviz=foo.dot option, it will produce:

•   a foo.dot file showing all dependencies in the project

•   a foo.dot.<target> file for each target, file showing on which other targets the respective target depends

•   a foo.dot.<target>.dependers file, showing which other targets depend on the respective target

    The different dependency types PUBLIC, PRIVATE and INTERFACE are represented as solid, dashed and dotted edges.

    This can result in huge graphs. Using the file CMakeGraphVizOptions.cmake the look and content of the generated graphs can be influenced. This file is searched first in CMAKE_BINARY_DIR and then in CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR. If found, it is read and the variables set in it are used to adjust options for the generated graphviz files.

GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_TYPE
    The graph type.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : "digraph"

    Valid graph types are:

•   "graph" : Nodes are joined with lines

•   "digraph" : Nodes are joined with arrows showing direction

•   "strict graph" : Like "graph" but max one line between each node

•   "strict digraph" : Like "graph" but max one line between each node in each direction

GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_NAME
    The graph name.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : "GG"

GRAPHVIZ_GRAPH_HEADER
    The header written at the top of the graphviz file.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : "node [n fontsize = "12"];"

GRAPHVIZ_NODE_PREFIX
    The prefix for each node in the graphviz file.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : "node"

GRAPHVIZ_EXECUTABLES
    Set this to FALSE to exclude executables from the generated graphs.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_STATIC_LIBS
    Set this to FALSE to exclude static libraries from the generated graphs.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_SHARED_LIBS
    Set this to FALSE to exclude shared libraries from the generated graphs.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_MODULE_LIBS
    Set this to FALSE to exclude module libraries from the generated graphs.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_EXTERNAL_LIBS
    Set this to FALSE to exclude external libraries from the generated graphs.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_IGNORE_TARGETS
    A list of regular expressions for ignoring targets.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : empty

GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_PER_TARGET
    Set this to FALSE to exclude per target graphs foo.dot.<target>.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : TRUE

GRAPHVIZ_GENERATE_DEPENDERS
    Set this to FALSE to exclude depender graphs foo.dot.<target>.dependers.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : TRUE

  CMakePackageConfigHelpers

Helpers functions for creating config files that can be included by other projects to find and use a package.

Adds the configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file() commands.

  Generating a Package Configuration File

configure_package_config_file
    Create a config file for a project:

    configure_package_config_file(<input> <output>
      INSTALL_DESTINATION <path>
      [PATH_VARS <var1> <var2> ... <varN>]
      [NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO]
      [NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO]
      [INSTALL_PREFIX <path>]
      )

    configure_package_config_file() should be used instead of the plain configure_file() command when creating the <Name>Config.cmake or <Name>-config.cmake file for installing a project or library. It helps making the resulting package relocatable by avoiding hardcoded paths in the installed Config.cmake file.

    In a FooConfig.cmake file there may be code like this to make the install destinations know to the using project:

    set(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_INCLUDEDIR@" )
    set(FOO_DATA_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/@RELATIVE_DATA_INSTALL_DIR@" )
    set(FOO_ICONS_DIR   "@CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX@/share/icons" )
    #...logic to determine installedPrefix from the own location...
    set(FOO_CONFIG_DIR  "${installedPrefix}/@CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@" )

    All 4 options shown above are not sufficient, since the first 3 hardcode the absolute directory locations, and the 4th case works only if the logic to determine the installedPrefix is correct, and if CONFIG_INSTALL_DIR contains a relative path, which in general cannot be guaranteed. This has the effect that the resulting FooConfig.cmake file would work poorly under Windows and OSX, where users are used to choose the install location of a binary package at install time, independent from how CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX was set at build/cmake time.

    Using configure_package_config_file helps. If used correctly, it makes the resulting FooConfig.cmake file relocatable. Usage:

1.  write a FooConfig.cmake.in file as you are used to

2.  insert a line containing only the string @PACKAGE_INIT@

3.  instead of set(FOO_DIR "@SOME_INSTALL_DIR@"), use set(FOO_DIR "@PACKAGE_SOME_INSTALL_DIR@") (this must be after the @PACKAGE_INIT@ line)

4.  instead of using the normal configure_file(), use configure_package_config_file()

    The <input> and <output> arguments are the input and output file, the same way as in configure_file().

    The <path> given to INSTALL_DESTINATION must be the destination where the FooConfig.cmake file will be installed to. This path can either be absolute, or relative to the INSTALL_PREFIX path.

    The variables <var1> to <varN> given as PATH_VARS are the variables which contain install destinations. For each of them the macro will create a helper variable PACKAGE_<var...>. These helper variables must be used in the FooConfig.cmake.in file for setting the installed location. They are calculated by configure_package_config_file so that they are always relative to the installed location of the package. This works both for relative and also for absolute locations. For absolute locations it works only if the absolute location is a subdirectory of INSTALL_PREFIX.

    If the INSTALL_PREFIX argument is passed, this is used as base path to calculate all the relative paths. The <path> argument must be an absolute path. If this argument is not passed, the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX variable will be used instead. The default value is good when generating a FooConfig.cmake file to use your package from the install tree. When generating a FooConfig.cmake file to use your package from the build tree this option should be used.

    By default configure_package_config_file also generates two helper macros, set_and_check() and check_required_components() into the FooConfig.cmake file.

    set_and_check() should be used instead of the normal set() command for setting directories and file locations. Additionally to setting the variable it also checks that the referenced file or directory actually exists and fails with a FATAL_ERROR otherwise. This makes sure that the created FooConfig.cmake file does not contain wrong references. When using the NO_SET_AND_CHECK_MACRO, this macro is not generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

    check_required_components(<package_name>) should be called at the end of the FooConfig.cmake file. This macro checks whether all requested, non-optional components have been found, and if this is not the case, sets the Foo_FOUND variable to FALSE, so that the package is considered to be not found. It does that by testing the Foo_<Component>_FOUND variables for all requested required components. This macro should be called even if the package doesn't provide any components to make sure users are not specifying components erroneously. When using the NO_CHECK_REQUIRED_COMPONENTS_MACRO option, this macro is not generated into the FooConfig.cmake file.

    For an example see below the documentation for write_basic_package_version_file().

  Generating a Package Version File

write_basic_package_version_file
    Create a version file for a project:

    write_basic_package_version_file(<filename>
      [VERSION <major.minor.patch>]
      COMPATIBILITY <AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion|SameMinorVersion|ExactVersion> )

    Writes a file for use as <package>ConfigVersion.cmake file to <filename>. See the documentation of find_package() for details on this.

    <filename> is the output filename, it should be in the build tree. <major.minor.patch> is the version number of the project to be installed.

    If no VERSION is given, the PROJECT_VERSION variable is used. If this hasn't been set, it errors out.

    The COMPATIBILITY mode AnyNewerVersion means that the installed package version will be considered compatible if it is newer or exactly the same as the requested version. This mode should be used for packages which are fully backward compatible, also across major versions. If SameMajorVersion is used instead, then the behaviour differs from AnyNewerVersion in that the major version number must be the same as requested, e.g. version 2.0 will not be considered compatible if 1.0 is requested. This mode should be used for packages which guarantee backward compatibility within the same major version. If SameMinorVersion is used, the behaviour is the same as SameMajorVersion, but both major and minor version must be the same as requested, e.g version 0.2 will not be compatible if 0.1 is requested. If ExactVersion is used, then the package is only considered compatible if the requested version matches exactly its own version number (not considering the tweak version). For example, version 1.2.3 of a package is only considered compatible to requested version 1.2.3. This mode is for packages without compatibility guarantees. If your project has more elaborated version matching rules, you will need to write your own custom ConfigVersion.cmake file instead of using this macro.

    Internally, this macro executes configure_file() to create the resulting version file. Depending on the COMPATIBILITY, the corresponding BasicConfigVersion-<COMPATIBILITY>.cmake.in file is used. Please note that these files are internal to CMake and you should not call configure_file() on them yourself, but they can be used as starting point to create more sophisticted custom ConfigVersion.cmake files.

  Example Generating Package Files

Example using both configure_package_config_file() and write_basic_package_version_file():

CMakeLists.txt:

set(INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR include/ ... CACHE )
set(LIB_INSTALL_DIR lib/ ... CACHE )
set(SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR etc/foo/ ... CACHE )
#...
include(CMakePackageConfigHelpers)
configure_package_config_file(FooConfig.cmake.in
  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
  INSTALL_DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake
  PATH_VARS INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR)
write_basic_package_version_file(
  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
  VERSION 1.2.3
  COMPATIBILITY SameMajorVersion )
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfig.cmake
              ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/FooConfigVersion.cmake
        DESTINATION ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/Foo/cmake )

FooConfig.cmake.in:

set(FOO_VERSION x.y.z)
...
@PACKAGE_INIT@
...
set_and_check(FOO_INCLUDE_DIR "@PACKAGE_INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR@")
set_and_check(FOO_SYSCONFIG_DIR "@PACKAGE_SYSCONFIG_INSTALL_DIR@")
check_required_components(Foo)

  CMakeParseArguments

This module once implemented the cmake_parse_arguments() command that is now implemented natively by CMake. It is now an empty placeholder for compatibility with projects that include it to get the command from CMake 3.4 and lower.

  CMakePrintHelpers

Convenience macros for printing properties and variables, useful e.g. for debugging.

CMAKE_PRINT_PROPERTIES([TARGETS target1 ..  targetN]
                       [SOURCES source1 .. sourceN]
                       [DIRECTORIES dir1 .. dirN]
                       [TESTS test1 .. testN]
                       [CACHE_ENTRIES entry1 .. entryN]
                       PROPERTIES prop1 .. propN )

This macro prints the values of the properties of the given targets, source files, directories, tests or cache entries. Exactly one of the scope keywords must be used. Example:

cmake_print_properties(TARGETS foo bar PROPERTIES
                       LOCATION INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRS)

This will print the LOCATION and INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRS properties for both targets foo and bar.

CMAKE_PRINT_VARIABLES(var1 var2 .. varN)

This macro will print the name of each variable followed by its value. Example:

cmake_print_variables(CMAKE_C_COMPILER CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION DOES_NOT_EXIST)

Gives:

-- CMAKE_C_COMPILER="/usr/bin/gcc" ; CMAKE_MAJOR_VERSION="2" ; DOES_NOT_EXIST=""

  CMakePrintSystemInformation

print system information

This file can be used for diagnostic purposes just include it in a project to see various internal CMake variables.

  CMakePushCheckState

This module defines three macros: CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE() CMAKE_POP_CHECK_STATE() and CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE() These macros can be used to save, restore and reset (i.e., clear contents) the state of the variables CMAKE_REQUIRED_FLAGS, CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS, CMAKE_REQUIRED_LIBRARIES, CMAKE_REQUIRED_INCLUDES and CMAKE_EXTRA_INCLUDE_FILES used by the various Check-files coming with CMake, like e.g. check_function_exists() etc. The variable contents are pushed on a stack, pushing multiple times is supported. This is useful e.g. when executing such tests in a Find-module, where they have to be set, but after the Find-module has been executed they should have the same value as they had before.

CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE() macro receives optional argument RESET. Whether it's specified, CMAKE_PUSH_CHECK_STATE() will set all CMAKE_REQUIRED_* variables to empty values, same as CMAKE_RESET_CHECK_STATE() call will do.

Usage:

cmake_push_check_state(RESET)
set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DSOME_MORE_DEF)
check_function_exists(...)
cmake_reset_check_state()
set(CMAKE_REQUIRED_DEFINITIONS -DANOTHER_DEF)
check_function_exists(...)
cmake_pop_check_state()

  CMakeVerifyManifest

CMakeVerifyManifest.cmake

This script is used to verify that embedded manifests and side by side manifests for a project match. To run this script, cd to a directory and run the script with cmake -P. On the command line you can pass in versions that are OK even if not found in the .manifest files. For example, cmake -Dallow_versions=8.0.50608.0 -PCmakeVerifyManifest.cmake could be used to allow an embedded manifest of 8.0.50608.0 to be used in a project even if that version was not found in the .manifest file.

  CPackArchive

Archive CPack generator that supports packaging of sources and binaries in different formats:

•   7Z - 7zip - (.7z)

•   TBZ2 (.tar.bz2)

•   TGZ (.tar.gz)

•   TXZ (.tar.xz)

•   TZ (.tar.Z)

•   ZIP (.zip)

  Variables specific to CPack Archive generator

CPACK_ARCHIVE_FILE_NAME

CPACK_ARCHIVE_<component>_FILE_NAME
    Package file name without extension which is added automatically depending on the archive format.

•   Mandatory : YES

•

Default
    <CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>[-<component>].<extension> with spaces replaced by '-'

CPACK_ARCHIVE_COMPONENT_INSTALL
    Enable component packaging for CPackArchive

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    If enabled (ON) multiple packages are generated. By default a single package containing files of all components is generated.

  CPackBundle

CPack Bundle generator (Mac OS X) specific options

  Variables specific to CPack Bundle generator

Installers built on Mac OS X using the Bundle generator use the aforementioned DragNDrop (CPACK_DMG_xxx) variables, plus the following Bundle-specific parameters (CPACK_BUNDLE_xxx).

CPACK_BUNDLE_NAME
    The name of the generated bundle. This appears in the OSX finder as the bundle name. Required.

CPACK_BUNDLE_PLIST
    Path to an OSX plist file that will be used for the generated bundle. This assumes that the caller has generated or specified their own Info.plist file. Required.

CPACK_BUNDLE_ICON
    Path to an OSX icon file that will be used as the icon for the generated bundle. This is the icon that appears in the OSX finder for the bundle, and in the OSX dock when the bundle is opened. Required.

CPACK_BUNDLE_STARTUP_COMMAND
    Path to a startup script. This is a path to an executable or script that will be run whenever an end-user double-clicks the generated bundle in the OSX Finder. Optional.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_CERT_APP
    The name of your Apple supplied code signing certificate for the application. The name usually takes the form "Developer ID Application: [Name]" or "3rd Party Mac Developer Application: [Name]". If this variable is not set the application will not be signed.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_ENTITLEMENTS
    The name of the plist file that contains your apple entitlements for sandboxing your application. This file is required for submission to the Mac App Store.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_CODESIGN_FILES
    A list of additional files that you wish to be signed. You do not need to list the main application folder, or the main executable. You should list any frameworks and plugins that are included in your app bundle.

CPACK_BUNDLE_APPLE_CODESIGN_PARAMETER
    Additional parameter that will passed to codesign. Default value: "--deep -f"

CPACK_COMMAND_CODESIGN
    Path to the codesign(1) command used to sign applications with an Apple cert. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

  CPackComponent

Build binary and source package installers

  Variables concerning CPack Components

The CPackComponent module is the module which handles the component part of CPack. See CPack module for general information about CPack.

For certain kinds of binary installers (including the graphical installers on Mac OS X and Windows), CPack generates installers that allow users to select individual application components to install. The contents of each of the components are identified by the COMPONENT argument of CMake's INSTALL command. These components can be annotated with user-friendly names and descriptions, inter-component dependencies, etc., and grouped in various ways to customize the resulting installer. See the cpack_add_* commands, described below, for more information about component-specific installations.

Component-specific installation allows users to select specific sets of components to install during the install process. Installation components are identified by the COMPONENT argument of CMake's INSTALL commands, and should be further described by the following CPack commands:

CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL
    The list of component to install.

    The default value of this variable is computed by CPack and contains all components defined by the project. The user may set it to only include the specified components.

    Instead of specifying all the desired components, it is possible to obtain a list of all defined components and then remove the unwanted ones from the list. The get_cmake_property() command can be used to obtain the COMPONENTS property, then the list(REMOVE_ITEM) command can be used to remove the unwanted ones. For example, to use all defined components except foo and bar:

    get_cmake_property(CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL COMPONENTS)
    list(REMOVE_ITEM CPACK_COMPONENTS_ALL "foo" "bar")

CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL
    Enable/Disable component install for CPack generator <GENNAME>.

    Each CPack Generator (RPM, DEB, ARCHIVE, NSIS, DMG, etc...) has a legacy default behavior. e.g. RPM builds monolithic whereas NSIS builds component. One can change the default behavior by setting this variable to 0/1 or OFF/ON.

CPACK_COMPONENTS_GROUPING
    Specify how components are grouped for multi-package component-aware CPack generators.

    Some generators like RPM or ARCHIVE family (TGZ, ZIP, ...) generates several packages files when asked for component packaging. They group the component differently depending on the value of this variable:

•   ONE_PER_GROUP (default): creates one package file per component group

•   ALL_COMPONENTS_IN_ONE : creates a single package with all (requested) components

•   IGNORE : creates one package per component, i.e. IGNORE component group

    One can specify different grouping for different CPack generator by using a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISPLAY_NAME
    The name to be displayed for a component.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION
    The description of a component.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_GROUP
    The group of a component.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DEPENDS
    The dependencies (list of components) on which this component depends.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_HIDDEN
    True if this component is hidden from the user.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_REQUIRED
    True if this component is required.

CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISABLED
    True if this component is not selected to be installed by default.

cpack_add_component

    Describes a CPack installation component named by the COMPONENT argument to a CMake INSTALL command.

    cpack_add_component(compname
                        [DISPLAY_NAME name]
                        [DESCRIPTION description]
                        [HIDDEN | REQUIRED | DISABLED ]
                        [GROUP group]
                        [DEPENDS comp1 comp2 ... ]
                        [INSTALL_TYPES type1 type2 ... ]
                        [DOWNLOADED]
                        [ARCHIVE_FILE filename]
                        [PLIST filename])

    The cmake_add_component command describes an installation component, which the user can opt to install or remove as part of the graphical installation process. compname is the name of the component, as provided to the COMPONENT argument of one or more CMake INSTALL commands.

    DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the component, used in graphical installers to display the component name. This value can be any string.

    DESCRIPTION is an extended description of the component, used in graphical installers to give the user additional information about the component. Descriptions can span multiple lines using \n as the line separator. Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

    HIDDEN indicates that this component will be hidden in the graphical installer, so that the user cannot directly change whether it is installed or not.

    REQUIRED indicates that this component is required, and therefore will always be installed. It will be visible in the graphical installer, but it cannot be unselected. (Typically, required components are shown greyed out).

    DISABLED indicates that this component should be disabled (unselected) by default. The user is free to select this component for installation, unless it is also HIDDEN.

    DEPENDS lists the components on which this component depends. If this component is selected, then each of the components listed must also be selected. The dependency information is encoded within the installer itself, so that users cannot install inconsistent sets of components.

    GROUP names the component group of which this component is a part. If not provided, the component will be a standalone component, not part of any component group. Component groups are described with the cpack_add_component_group command, detailed below.

    INSTALL_TYPES lists the installation types of which this component is a part. When one of these installations types is selected, this component will automatically be selected. Installation types are described with the cpack_add_install_type command, detailed below.

    DOWNLOADED indicates that this component should be downloaded on-the-fly by the installer, rather than packaged in with the installer itself. For more information, see the cpack_configure_downloads command.

    ARCHIVE_FILE provides a name for the archive file created by CPack to be used for downloaded components. If not supplied, CPack will create a file with some name based on CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME and the name of the component. See cpack_configure_downloads for more information.

    PLIST gives a filename that is passed to pkgbuild with the --component-plist argument when using the productbuild generator.

cpack_add_component_group

    Describes a group of related CPack installation components.

    cpack_add_component_group(groupname
                             [DISPLAY_NAME name]
                             [DESCRIPTION description]
                             [PARENT_GROUP parent]
                             [EXPANDED]
                             [BOLD_TITLE])

    The cpack_add_component_group describes a group of installation components, which will be placed together within the listing of options. Typically, component groups allow the user to select/deselect all of the components within a single group via a single group-level option. Use component groups to reduce the complexity of installers with many options. groupname is an arbitrary name used to identify the group in the GROUP argument of the cpack_add_component command, which is used to place a component in a group. The name of the group must not conflict with the name of any component.

    DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the component group, used in graphical installers to display the component group name. This value can be any string.

    DESCRIPTION is an extended description of the component group, used in graphical installers to give the user additional information about the components within that group. Descriptions can span multiple lines using \n as the line separator. Typically, these descriptions should be no more than a few lines long.

    PARENT_GROUP, if supplied, names the parent group of this group. Parent groups are used to establish a hierarchy of groups, providing an arbitrary hierarchy of groups.

    EXPANDED indicates that, by default, the group should show up as "expanded", so that the user immediately sees all of the components within the group. Otherwise, the group will initially show up as a single entry.

    BOLD_TITLE indicates that the group title should appear in bold, to call the user's attention to the group.

cpack_add_install_type

    Add a new installation type containing a set of predefined component selections to the graphical installer.

    cpack_add_install_type(typename
                           [DISPLAY_NAME name])

    The cpack_add_install_type command identifies a set of preselected components that represents a common use case for an application. For example, a "Developer" install type might include an application along with its header and library files, while an "End user" install type might just include the application's executable. Each component identifies itself with one or more install types via the INSTALL_TYPES argument to cpack_add_component.

    DISPLAY_NAME is the displayed name of the install type, which will typically show up in a drop-down box within a graphical installer. This value can be any string.

cpack_configure_downloads

    Configure CPack to download selected components on-the-fly as part of the installation process.

    cpack_configure_downloads(site
                              [UPLOAD_DIRECTORY dirname]
                              [ALL]
                              [ADD_REMOVE|NO_ADD_REMOVE])

    The cpack_configure_downloads command configures installation-time downloads of selected components. For each downloadable component, CPack will create an archive containing the contents of that component, which should be uploaded to the given site. When the user selects that component for installation, the installer will download and extract the component in place. This feature is useful for creating small installers that only download the requested components, saving bandwidth. Additionally, the installers are small enough that they will be installed as part of the normal installation process, and the "Change" button in Windows Add/Remove Programs control panel will allow one to add or remove parts of the application after the original installation. On Windows, the downloaded-components functionality requires the ZipDLL plug-in for NSIS, available at:

    http://nsis.sourceforge.net/ZipDLL_plug-in

    On Mac OS X, installers that download components on-the-fly can only be built and installed on system using Mac OS X 10.5 or later.

    The site argument is a URL where the archives for downloadable components will reside, e.g., https://cmake.org/files/2.6.1/installer/ All of the archives produced by CPack should be uploaded to that location.

    UPLOAD_DIRECTORY is the local directory where CPack will create the various archives for each of the components. The contents of this directory should be uploaded to a location accessible by the URL given in the site argument. If omitted, CPack will use the directory CPackUploads inside the CMake binary directory to store the generated archives.

    The ALL flag indicates that all components be downloaded. Otherwise, only those components explicitly marked as DOWNLOADED or that have a specified ARCHIVE_FILE will be downloaded. Additionally, the ALL option implies ADD_REMOVE (unless NO_ADD_REMOVE is specified).

    ADD_REMOVE indicates that CPack should install a copy of the installer that can be called from Windows' Add/Remove Programs dialog (via the "Modify" button) to change the set of installed components. NO_ADD_REMOVE turns off this behavior. This option is ignored on Mac OS X.

  CPackCygwin

Cygwin CPack generator (Cygwin).

  Variables specific to CPack Cygwin generator

The following variable is specific to installers build on and/or for Cygwin:

CPACK_CYGWIN_PATCH_NUMBER
    The Cygwin patch number. FIXME: This documentation is incomplete.

CPACK_CYGWIN_PATCH_FILE
    The Cygwin patch file. FIXME: This documentation is incomplete.

CPACK_CYGWIN_BUILD_SCRIPT
    The Cygwin build script. FIXME: This documentation is incomplete.

  CPackDeb

The built in (binary) CPack Deb generator (Unix only)

  Variables specific to CPack Debian (DEB) generator

CPackDeb may be used to create Deb package using CPack. CPackDeb is a CPack generator thus it uses the CPACK_XXX variables used by CPack.

CPackDeb generator should work on any Linux host but it will produce better deb package when Debian specific tools dpkg-xxx are usable on the build system.

CPackDeb has specific features which are controlled by the specifics CPACK_DEBIAN_XXX variables.

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_XXXX variables may be used in order to have component specific values. Note however that <COMPONENT> refers to the grouping name written in upper case. It may be either a component name or a component GROUP name.

Here are some CPackDeb wiki resources that are here for historic reasons and are no longer maintained but may still prove useful:

•   https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/community/wikis/doc/cpack/Configuration

•   https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/community/wikis/doc/cpack/PackageGenerators#deb-unix-only

    List of CPackDEB specific variables:

CPACK_DEB_COMPONENT_INSTALL
    Enable component packaging for CPackDEB

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    If enabled (ON) multiple packages are generated. By default a single package containing files of all components is generated.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_NAME
    Set Package control field (variable is automatically transformed to lower case).

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default :

•   CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_NAME suffixed with -<COMPONENT> for component-based installations.

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Source

CPACK_DEBIAN_FILE_NAME

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_FILE_NAME
    Package file name.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : <CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>[-<component>].deb

    This may be set to DEB-DEFAULT to allow CPackDeb to generate package file name by itself in deb format:

    <PackageName>_<VersionNumber>-<DebianRevisionNumber>_<DebianArchitecture>.deb

    Alternatively provided package file name must end with either .deb or .ipk suffix.

    NOTE: Preferred setting of this variable is DEB-DEFAULT but for backward compatibility with CPackDeb in CMake prior to version 3.6 this feature is disabled by default.

    NOTE: By using non default filenames duplicate names may occur. Duplicate files get overwritten and it is up to the packager to set the variables in a manner that will prevent such errors.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_EPOCH
    The Debian package epoch

•   Mandatory : No

•   Default : -

    Optional number that should be incremented when changing versioning schemas or fixing mistakes in the version numbers of older packages.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_VERSION
    The Debian package version

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION

    This variable may contain only alphanumerics (A-Za-z0-9) and the characters CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RELEASE is not set then hyphens are not allowed.

    NOTE: For backward compatibility with CMake 3.9 and lower a failed test of this variable's content is not a hard error when both CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RELEASE and CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_EPOCH variables are not set. An author warning is reported instead.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RELEASE
    The Debian package release - Debian revision number.

•   Mandatory : No

•   Default : -

    This is the numbering of the DEB package itself, i.e. the version of the packaging and not the version of the content (see CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_VERSION). One may change the default value if the previous packaging was buggy and/or you want to put here a fancy Linux distro specific numbering.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE
    The Debian package architecture

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : Output of dpkg --print-architecture (or i386 if dpkg is not found)

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_DEPENDS
    Sets the Debian dependencies of this package.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS for component-based installations.

    NOTE: If CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS or more specifically CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS is set for this component, the discovered dependencies will be appended to CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_DEPENDS instead of CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS. If CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_DEPENDS is an empty string, only the automatically discovered dependencies will be set for this component.

    Example:

    set(CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEPENDS "libc6 (>= 2.3.1-6), libc6 (< 2.4)")

CPACK_DEBIAN_ENABLE_COMPONENT_DEPENDS
    Sets inter component dependencies if listed with CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DEPENDS variables.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_MAINTAINER
    The Debian package maintainer

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_CONTACT

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION

CPACK_COMPONENT_<COMPONENT>_DESCRIPTION
    The Debian package description

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default :

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION if set or

•   CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SECTION

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SECTION
    Set Section control field e.g. admin, devel, doc, ...

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : "devel"

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-archive.html#s-subsections

CPACK_DEBIAN_ARCHIVE_TYPE
    The archive format used for creating the Debian package.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : "paxr"

    Possible values are:

•   paxr

•   gnutar

    NOTE: Default pax archive format is the most portable format and generates packages that do not treat sparse files specially. GNU tar format on the other hand supports longer filenames.

CPACK_DEBIAN_COMPRESSION_TYPE
    The compression used for creating the Debian package.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : "gzip"

    Possible values are:

•   lzma

•   xz

•   bzip2

•   gzip

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PRIORITY

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PRIORITY
    Set Priority control field e.g. required, important, standard, optional, extra

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : "optional"

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-archive.html#s-priorities

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE
    The URL of the web site for this package, preferably (when applicable) the site from which the original source can be obtained and any additional upstream documentation or information may be found.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : CMAKE_PROJECT_HOMEPAGE_URL

    NOTE: The content of this field is a simple URL without any surrounding characters such as <>.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS
    May be set to ON in order to use dpkg-shlibdeps to generate better package dependency list.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SHLIBDEPS if set or

•   OFF

    NOTE: You may need set CMAKE_INSTALL_RPATH to an appropriate value if you use this feature, because if you don't dpkg-shlibdeps may fail to find your own shared libs. See https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/community/wikis/doc/cmake/RPATH-handling

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DEBUG
    May be set when invoking cpack in order to trace debug information during CPackDeb run.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PREDEPENDS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREDEPENDS
    Sets the Pre-Depends field of the Debian package. Like Depends, except that it also forces dpkg to complete installation of the packages named before even starting the installation of the package which declares the pre-dependency.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PREDEPENDS for component-based installations.

    See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ENHANCES

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_ENHANCES
    Sets the Enhances field of the Debian package. Similar to Suggests but works in the opposite direction: declares that a package can enhance the functionality of another package.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_ENHANCES for component-based installations.

    See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_BREAKS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_BREAKS
    Sets the Breaks field of the Debian package. When a binary package (P) declares that it breaks other packages (B), dpkg will not allow the package (P) which declares Breaks be unpacked unless the packages that will be broken (B) are deconfigured first. As long as the package (P) is configured, the previously deconfigured packages (B) cannot be reconfigured again.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_BREAKS for component-based installations.

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-breaks

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS
    Sets the Conflicts field of the Debian package. When one binary package declares a conflict with another using a Conflicts field, dpkg will not allow them to be unpacked on the system at the same time.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS for component-based installations.

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-conflicts

    NOTE: This is a stronger restriction than Breaks, which prevents the broken package from being configured while the breaking package is in the "Unpacked" state but allows both packages to be unpacked at the same time.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PROVIDES

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PROVIDES
    Sets the Provides field of the Debian package. A virtual package is one which appears in the Provides control field of another package.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_PROVIDES for component-based installations.

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-virtual

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_REPLACES

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_REPLACES
    Sets the Replaces field of the Debian package. Packages can declare in their control file that they should overwrite files in certain other packages, or completely replace other packages.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_REPLACES for component-based installations.

    See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RECOMMENDS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_RECOMMENDS
    Sets the Recommends field of the Debian package. Allows packages to declare a strong, but not absolute, dependency on other packages.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_RECOMMENDS for component-based installations.

    See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS
    Sets the Suggests field of the Debian package. Allows packages to declare a suggested package install grouping.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS for component-based installations.

    See http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_GENERATE_SHLIBS

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    Allows to generate shlibs control file automatically. Compatibility is defined by CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_GENERATE_SHLIBS_POLICY variable value.

    NOTE: Libraries are only considered if they have both library name and version set. This can be done by setting SOVERSION property with set_target_properties() command.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_GENERATE_SHLIBS_POLICY
    Compatibility policy for auto-generated shlibs control file.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : "="

    Defines compatibility policy for auto-generated shlibs control file. Possible values: "=", ">="

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-sharedlibs.html#s-sharedlibs-shlibdeps

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_EXTRA

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_CONTROL_EXTRA
    This variable allow advanced user to add custom script to the control.tar.gz. Typical usage is for conffiles, postinst, postrm, prerm.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    Usage:

    set(CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_EXTRA
        "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/prerm;${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/postrm")

    NOTE: The original permissions of the files will be used in the final package unless the variable CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION is set. In particular, the scripts should have the proper executable flag prior to the generation of the package.

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION
    This variable indicates if the Debian policy on control files should be strictly followed.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : FALSE

    Usage:

    set(CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_CONTROL_STRICT_PERMISSION TRUE)

    NOTE: This overrides the permissions on the original files, following the rules set by Debian policy https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-files.html#s-permissions-owners

CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SOURCE

CPACK_DEBIAN_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_SOURCE
    Sets the Source field of the binary Debian package. When the binary package name is not the same as the source package name (in particular when several components/binaries are generated from one source) the source from which the binary has been generated should be indicated with the field Source.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default :

•   An empty string for non-component based installations

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_SOURCE for component-based installations.

    See https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Source

    NOTE: This value is not interpreted. It is possible to pass an optional revision number of the referenced source package as well.

  Building Debian packages on Windows

To communicate UNIX file permissions from the install stage to the CPack DEB generator the "cmake_mode_t" NTFS alternate data stream (ADT) is used.

When a filesystem without ADT support is used only owner read/write permissions can be preserved.

  CPackDMG

DragNDrop CPack generator (Mac OS X).

  Variables specific to CPack DragNDrop generator

The following variables are specific to the DragNDrop installers built on Mac OS X:

CPACK_DMG_VOLUME_NAME
    The volume name of the generated disk image. Defaults to CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME.

CPACK_DMG_FORMAT
    The disk image format. Common values are UDRO (UDIF read-only), UDZO (UDIF zlib-compressed) or UDBZ (UDIF bzip2-compressed). Refer to hdiutil(1) for more information on other available formats. Defaults to UDZO.

CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE
    Path to a custom DS_Store file. This .DS_Store file e.g. can be used to specify the Finder window position/geometry and layout (such as hidden toolbars, placement of the icons etc.). This file has to be generated by the Finder (either manually or through AppleScript) using a normal folder from which the .DS_Store file can then be extracted.

CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE_SETUP_SCRIPT
    Path to a custom AppleScript file. This AppleScript is used to generate a .DS_Store file which specifies the Finder window position/geometry and layout (such as hidden toolbars, placement of the icons etc.). By specifying a custom AppleScript there is no need to use CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE, as the .DS_Store that is generated by the AppleScript will be packaged.

CPACK_DMG_BACKGROUND_IMAGE
    Path to an image file to be used as the background. This file will be copied to .background/background.<ext>, where ext is the original image file extension. The background image is installed into the image before CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE_SETUP_SCRIPT is executed or CPACK_DMG_DS_STORE is installed. By default no background image is set.

CPACK_DMG_DISABLE_APPLICATIONS_SYMLINK
    Default behaviour is to include a symlink to /Applications in the DMG. Set this option to ON to avoid adding the symlink.

CPACK_DMG_SLA_DIR
    Directory where license and menu files for different languages are stored. Setting this causes CPack to look for a <language>.menu.txt and <language>.license.txt file for every language defined in CPACK_DMG_SLA_LANGUAGES. If both this variable and CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE are set, CPack will only look for the menu files and use the same license file for all languages.

CPACK_DMG_SLA_LANGUAGES
    Languages for which a license agreement is provided when mounting the generated DMG. A menu file consists of 9 lines of text. The first line is is the name of the language itself, uppercase, in English (e.g. German). The other lines are translations of the following strings:

•   Agree

•   Disagree

•   Print

•   Save...

•   You agree to the terms of the License Agreement when you click the "Agree" button.

•   Software License Agreement

•   This text cannot be saved. The disk may be full or locked, or the file may be locked.

•   Unable to print. Make sure you have selected a printer.

    For every language in this list, CPack will try to find files <language>.menu.txt and <language>.license.txt in the directory specified by the CPACK_DMG_SLA_DIR variable.

CPACK_COMMAND_HDIUTIL
    Path to the hdiutil(1) command used to operate on disk image files on Mac OS X. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_COMMAND_SETFILE
    Path to the SetFile(1) command used to set extended attributes on files and directories on Mac OS X. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_COMMAND_REZ
    Path to the Rez(1) command used to compile resources on Mac OS X. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

  CPackFreeBSD

The built in (binary) CPack FreeBSD (pkg) generator (Unix only)

  Variables specific to CPack FreeBSD (pkg) generator

CPackFreeBSD may be used to create pkg(8) packages -- these may be used on FreeBSD, DragonflyBSD, NetBSD, OpenBSD, but also on Linux or OSX, depending on the installed package-management tools -- using CPack.

CPackFreeBSD is a CPack generator and uses the CPACK_XXX variables used by CPack. It tries to re-use packaging information that may already be specified for Debian packages for the CPackDeb generator. it also tries to re-use RPM packaging information when Debian does not specify.

CPackFreeBSD generator should work on any host with libpkg installed. The packages it produces are specific to the host architecture and ABI.

CPackFreeBSD sets package-metadata through CPACK_FREEBSD_XXX variables. CPackFreeBSD, unlike CPackDeb, does not specially support componentized packages; a single package is created from all the software artifacts created through CMake.

All of the variables can be set specifically for FreeBSD packaging in the CPackConfig file or in CMakeLists.txt, but most of them have defaults that use general settings (e.g. CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME) or Debian-specific variables when those make sense (e.g. the homepage of an upstream project is usually unchanged by the flavor of packaging). When there is no Debian information to fall back on, but the RPM packaging has it, fall back to the RPM information (e.g. package license).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_NAME
    Sets the package name (in the package manifest, but also affects the output filename).

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default:

•   CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME (this is always set by CPack itself, based on CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_COMMENT
    Sets the package comment. This is the short description displayed by pkg(8) in standard "pkg info" output.

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default:

•   CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY (this is always set by CPack itself, if nothing else sets it explicitly).

•   PROJECT_DESCRIPTION (this can be set with the DESCRIPTION parameter for project()).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
    Sets the package description. This is the long description of the package, given by "pkg info" with a specific package as argument.

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default:

•   CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION (this may be set already for Debian packaging, so we may as well re-use it).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_WWW
    The URL of the web site for this package, preferably (when applicable) the site from which the original source can be obtained and any additional upstream documentation or information may be found.

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default:

•   CMAKE_PROJECT_HOMEPAGE_URL, or if that is not set, CPACK_DEBIAN_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE (this may be set already for Debian packaging, so we may as well re-use it).

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_LICENSE
    The license, or licenses, which apply to this software package. This must be one or more license-identifiers that pkg recognizes as acceptable license identifiers (e.g. "GPLv2").

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default:

•   CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_LICENSE

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_LICENSE_LOGIC
    This variable is only of importance if there is more than one license. The default is "single", which is only applicable to a single license. Other acceptable values are determined by pkg -- those are "dual" or "multi" -- meaning choice (OR) or simultaneous (AND) application of the licenses.

•   Mandatory: NO

•   Default: single

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_MAINTAINER
    The FreeBSD maintainer (e.g. kde@freebsd.org) of this package.

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default: none

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_ORIGIN
    The origin (ports label) of this package; for packages built by CPack outside of the ports system this is of less importance. The default puts the package somewhere under misc/, as a stopgap.

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default: misc/<package name>

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_CATEGORIES
    The ports categories where this package lives (if it were to be built from ports). If none is set a single category is determined based on the package origin.

•   Mandatory: YES

•   Default: derived from ORIGIN

CPACK_FREEBSD_PACKAGE_DEPS
    A list of package origins that should be added as package dependencies. These are in the form <category>/<packagename>, e.g. x11/libkonq. No version information needs to be provided (this is not included in the manifest).

•   Mandatory: NO

•   Default: empty

  CPackIFW

This module looks for the location of the command line utilities supplied with the Qt Installer Framework (QtIFW).

The module also defines several commands to control the behavior of the CPack IFW generator.

  Overview

CPack IFW generator helps you to create online and offline binary cross-platform installers with a graphical user interface.

CPack IFW generator prepares project installation and generates configuration and meta information for QtIFW tools.

The QtIFW provides a set of tools and utilities to create installers for the supported desktop Qt platforms: Linux, Microsoft Windows, and Mac OS X.

You should also install QtIFW to use CPack IFW generator.

  Hints

Generally, the CPack IFW generator automatically finds QtIFW tools, but if you don't use a default path for installation of the QtIFW tools, the path may be specified in either a CMake or an environment variable:

CPACK_IFW_ROOT
    An CMake variable which specifies the location of the QtIFW tool suite.

    The variable will be cached in the CPackConfig.cmake file and used at CPack runtime.

QTIFWDIR
    An environment variable which specifies the location of the QtIFW tool suite.

    NOTE: The specified path should not contain "bin" at the end (for example: "D:\DevTools\QtIFW2.0.5").

    The CPACK_IFW_ROOT variable has a higher priority and overrides the value of the QTIFWDIR variable.

  Internationalization

Some variables and command arguments support internationalization via CMake script. This is an optional feature.

Installers created by QtIFW tools have built-in support for internationalization and many phrases are localized to many languages, but this does not apply to the description of the your components and groups that will be distributed.

Localization of the description of your components and groups is useful for users of your installers.

A localized variable or argument can contain a single default value, and a set of pairs the name of the locale and the localized value.

For example:

set(LOCALIZABLE_VARIABLE "Default value"
  en "English value"
  en_US "American value"
  en_GB "Great Britain value"
  )

  Variables

You can use the following variables to change behavior of CPack IFW generator.

  Debug

CPACK_IFW_VERBOSE
    Set to ON to enable addition debug output. By default is OFF.

  Package

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_TITLE
    Name of the installer as displayed on the title bar. By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_PUBLISHER
    Publisher of the software (as shown in the Windows Control Panel). By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR.

CPACK_IFW_PRODUCT_URL
    URL to a page that contains product information on your web site.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_ICON
    Filename for a custom installer icon. The actual file is '.icns' (Mac OS X), '.ico' (Windows). No functionality on Unix.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WINDOW_ICON
    Filename for a custom window icon in PNG format for the Installer application.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_LOGO
    Filename for a logo is used as QWizard::LogoPixmap.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WATERMARK
    Filename for a watermark is used as QWizard::WatermarkPixmap.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_BANNER
    Filename for a banner is used as QWizard::BannerPixmap.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_BACKGROUND
    Filename for an image used as QWizard::BackgroundPixmap (only used by MacStyle).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WIZARD_STYLE
    Wizard style to be used ("Modern", "Mac", "Aero" or "Classic").

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WIZARD_DEFAULT_WIDTH
    Default width of the wizard in pixels. Setting a banner image will override this.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_WIZARD_DEFAULT_HEIGHT
    Default height of the wizard in pixels. Setting a watermark image will override this.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_TITLE_COLOR
    Color of the titles and subtitles (takes an HTML color code, such as "#88FF33").

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_START_MENU_DIRECTORY
    Name of the default program group for the product in the Windows Start menu.

    By default used CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_NAME.

CPACK_IFW_TARGET_DIRECTORY
    Default target directory for installation. By default used "@ApplicationsDir@/CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY"

    You can use predefined variables.

CPACK_IFW_ADMIN_TARGET_DIRECTORY
    Default target directory for installation with administrator rights.

    You can use predefined variables.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_GROUP
    The group, which will be used to configure the root package

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_NAME
    The root package name, which will be used if configuration group is not specified

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_MAINTENANCE_TOOL_NAME
    Filename of the generated maintenance tool. The platform-specific executable file extension is appended.

    By default used QtIFW defaults (maintenancetool).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_REMOVE_TARGET_DIR
    Set to OFF if the target directory should not be deleted when uninstalling.

    Is ON by default

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_MAINTENANCE_TOOL_INI_FILE
    Filename for the configuration of the generated maintenance tool.

    By default used QtIFW defaults (maintenancetool.ini).

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_ALLOW_NON_ASCII_CHARACTERS
    Set to ON if the installation path can contain non-ASCII characters.

    Is ON for QtIFW less 2.0 tools.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_ALLOW_SPACE_IN_PATH
    Set to OFF if the installation path cannot contain space characters.

    Is ON for QtIFW less 2.0 tools.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_CONTROL_SCRIPT
    Filename for a custom installer control script.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_RESOURCES
    List of additional resources ('.qrc' files) to include in the installer binary.

    You can use cpack_ifw_add_package_resources() command to resolve relative paths.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_FILE_EXTENSION
    The target binary extension.

    On Linux, the name of the target binary is automatically extended with '.run', if you do not specify the extension.

    On Windows, the target is created as an application with the extension '.exe', which is automatically added, if not supplied.

    On Mac, the target is created as an DMG disk image with the extension '.dmg', which is automatically added, if not supplied.

CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL
    The list of remote repositories.

    The default value of this variable is computed by CPack and contains all repositories added with command cpack_ifw_add_repository() or updated with command cpack_ifw_update_repository().

CPACK_IFW_DOWNLOAD_ALL
    If this is ON all components will be downloaded. By default is OFF or used value from CPACK_DOWNLOAD_ALL if set

  Components

CPACK_IFW_RESOLVE_DUPLICATE_NAMES
    Resolve duplicate names when installing components with groups.

CPACK_IFW_PACKAGES_DIRECTORIES
    Additional prepared packages dirs that will be used to resolve dependent components.

CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_DIRECTORIES
    Additional prepared repository dirs that will be used to resolve and repack dependent components. This feature available only since QtIFW 3.1.

  Tools

CPACK_IFW_FRAMEWORK_VERSION
    The version of used QtIFW tools.

CPACK_IFW_BINARYCREATOR_EXECUTABLE
    The path to "binarycreator" command line client.

    This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

CPACK_IFW_REPOGEN_EXECUTABLE
    The path to "repogen" command line client.

    This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

CPACK_IFW_INSTALLERBASE_EXECUTABLE
    The path to "installerbase" installer executable base.

    This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

CPACK_IFW_DEVTOOL_EXECUTABLE
    The path to "devtool" command line client.

    This variable is cached and may be configured if needed.

  Commands

The module defines the following commands:

cpack_ifw_configure_component
    Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

    cpack_ifw_configure_component(<compname> [COMMON] [ESSENTIAL] [VIRTUAL]
                        [FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
                        [NAME <name>]
                        [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                        [DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                        [UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
                        [VERSION <version>]
                        [RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
                        [SCRIPT <script>]
                        [PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
                        [DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
                        [AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
                        [LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
                        [DEFAULT <value>]
                        [USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                        [TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                        [REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
                        [CHECKABLE <value>])

    This command should be called after cpack_add_component() command.

COMMON
    if set, then the component will be packaged and installed as part of a group to which it belongs.

ESSENTIAL
    if set, then the package manager stays disabled until that component is updated.

VIRTUAL
    if set, then the component will be hidden from the installer. It is a equivalent of the HIDDEN option from the cpack_add_component() command.

FORCED_INSTALLATION
    if set, then the component must always be installed. It is a equivalent of the REQUARED option from the cpack_add_component() command.

REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
    set it if the component needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

NAME
    is used to create domain-like identification for this component. By default used origin component name.

DISPLAY_NAME
    set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component() command.

DESCRIPTION
    set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component() command.

UPDATE_TEXT
    will be added to the component description if this is an update to the component.

VERSION
    is version of component. By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

RELEASE_DATE
    keep empty to auto generate.

SCRIPT
    is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component.

PRIORITY | SORTING_PRIORITY
    is priority of the component in the tree. The PRIORITY option is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of CMake. Please use SORTING_PRIORITY option instead.

DEPENDS | DEPENDENCIES
    list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

AUTO_DEPEND_ON
    list of identifiers of component or component group in QtIFW style that this component has an automatic dependency on.

LICENSES
    pair of <display_name> and <file_path> of license text for this component. You can specify more then one license.

DEFAULT
    Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT. Set to FALSE to disable the component in the installer or to SCRIPT to resolved during runtime (don't forget add the file of the script as a value of the SCRIPT option).

USER_INTERFACES
    is a list of <file_path> ('.ui' files) representing pages to load.

TRANSLATIONS
    is a list of <file_path> ('.qm' files) representing translations to load.

REPLACES
    list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

CHECKABLE
    Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE. Set to FALSE if you want to hide the checkbox for an item. This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

cpack_ifw_configure_component_group
    Sets the arguments specific to the CPack IFW generator.

    cpack_ifw_configure_component_group(<groupname> [VIRTUAL]
                        [FORCED_INSTALLATION] [REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS]
                        [NAME <name>]
                        [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                        [DESCRIPTION <description>] # Note: Internationalization supported
                        [UPDATE_TEXT <update_text>]
                        [VERSION <version>]
                        [RELEASE_DATE <release_date>]
                        [SCRIPT <script>]
                        [PRIORITY|SORTING_PRIORITY <sorting_priority>] # Note: PRIORITY is deprecated
                        [DEPENDS|DEPENDENCIES <com_id> ...]
                        [AUTO_DEPEND_ON <comp_id> ...]
                        [LICENSES <display_name> <file_path> ...]
                        [DEFAULT <value>]
                        [USER_INTERFACES <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                        [TRANSLATIONS <file_path> <file_path> ...]
                        [REPLACES <comp_id> ...]
                        [CHECKABLE <value>])

    This command should be called after cpack_add_component_group() command.

VIRTUAL
    if set, then the group will be hidden from the installer. Note that setting this on a root component does not work.

FORCED_INSTALLATION
    if set, then the group must always be installed.

REQUIRES_ADMIN_RIGHTS
    set it if the component group needs to be installed with elevated permissions.

NAME
    is used to create domain-like identification for this component group. By default used origin component group name.

DISPLAY_NAME
    set to rewrite original name configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

DESCRIPTION
    set to rewrite original description configured by cpack_add_component_group() command.

UPDATE_TEXT
    will be added to the component group description if this is an update to the component group.

VERSION
    is version of component group. By default used CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION.

RELEASE_DATE
    keep empty to auto generate.

SCRIPT
    is a relative or absolute path to operations script for this component group.

PRIORITY | SORTING_PRIORITY
    is priority of the component group in the tree. The PRIORITY option is deprecated and will be removed in a future version of CMake. Please use SORTING_PRIORITY option instead.

DEPENDS | DEPENDENCIES
    list of dependency component or component group identifiers in QtIFW style.

AUTO_DEPEND_ON
    list of identifiers of component or component group in QtIFW style that this component group has an automatic dependency on.

LICENSES
    pair of <display_name> and <file_path> of license text for this component group. You can specify more then one license.

DEFAULT
    Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE, and SCRIPT. Set to TRUE to preselect the group in the installer (this takes effect only on groups that have no visible child components) or to SCRIPT to resolved during runtime (don't forget add the file of the script as a value of the SCRIPT option).

USER_INTERFACES
    is a list of <file_path> ('.ui' files) representing pages to load.

TRANSLATIONS
    is a list of <file_path> ('.qm' files) representing translations to load.

REPLACES
    list of identifiers of component or component group to replace.

CHECKABLE
    Possible values are: TRUE, FALSE. Set to FALSE if you want to hide the checkbox for an item. This is useful when only a few subcomponents should be selected instead of all.

cpack_ifw_add_repository
    Add QtIFW specific remote repository to binary installer.

    cpack_ifw_add_repository(<reponame> [DISABLED]
                        URL <url>
                        [USERNAME <username>]
                        [PASSWORD <password>]
                        [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

    This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

DISABLED
    if set, then the repository will be disabled by default.

URL is points to a list of available components.

USERNAME
    is used as user on a protected repository.

PASSWORD
    is password to use on a protected repository.

DISPLAY_NAME
    is string to display instead of the URL.

cpack_ifw_update_repository
    Update QtIFW specific repository from remote repository.

    cpack_ifw_update_repository(<reponame>
                        [[ADD|REMOVE] URL <url>]|
                         [REPLACE OLD_URL <old_url> NEW_URL <new_url>]]
                        [USERNAME <username>]
                        [PASSWORD <password>]
                        [DISPLAY_NAME <display_name>])

    This command will also add the <reponame> repository to a variable CPACK_IFW_REPOSITORIES_ALL.

URL is points to a list of available components.

OLD_URL
    is points to a list that will replaced.

NEW_URL
    is points to a list that will replace to.

USERNAME
    is used as user on a protected repository.

PASSWORD
    is password to use on a protected repository.

DISPLAY_NAME
    is string to display instead of the URL.

cpack_ifw_add_package_resources
    Add additional resources in the installer binary.

    cpack_ifw_add_package_resources(<file_path> <file_path> ...)

    This command will also add the specified files to a variable CPACK_IFW_PACKAGE_RESOURCES.

  Example usage

set(CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME "MyPackage")
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY "MyPackage Installation Example")
set(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0.0") # Version of installer
include(CPack)
include(CPackIFW)
cpack_add_component(myapp
    DISPLAY_NAME "MyApp"
    DESCRIPTION "My Application") # Default description
cpack_ifw_configure_component(myapp
    DESCRIPTION ru_RU "Мое Приложение" # Localized description
    VERSION "1.2.3" # Version of component
    SCRIPT "operations.qs")
cpack_add_component(mybigplugin
    DISPLAY_NAME "MyBigPlugin"
    DESCRIPTION "My Big Downloadable Plugin"
    DOWNLOADED)
cpack_ifw_add_repository(myrepo
    URL "http://example.com/ifw/repo/myapp"
    DISPLAY_NAME "My Application Repository")

  Online installer

By default CPack IFW generator makes offline installer. This means that all components will be packaged into a binary file.

To make a component downloaded, you must set the DOWNLOADED option in cpack_add_component().

Then you would use the command cpack_configure_downloads(). If you set ALL option all components will be downloaded.

You also can use command cpack_ifw_add_repository() and variable CPACK_IFW_DOWNLOAD_ALL for more specific configuration.

CPack IFW generator creates "repository" dir in current binary dir. You would copy content of this dir to specified site (url).

  See Also

Qt Installer Framework Manual:

•   Index page: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/index.html

•   Component Scripting: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/scripting.html

•   Predefined Variables: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/scripting.html#predefined-variables

•   Promoting Updates: http://doc.qt.io/qtinstallerframework/ifw-updates.html

Download Qt Installer Framework for you platform from Qt site:
    http://download.qt.io/official_releases/qt-installer-framework

  CPackIFWConfigureFile

The module defines configure_file() similar command to configure file templates prepared in QtIFW/SDK/Creator style.

  Commands

The module defines the following commands:

cpack_ifw_configure_file
    Copy a file to another location and modify its contents.

    cpack_ifw_configure_file(<input> <output>)

    Copies an <input> file to an <output> file and substitutes variable values referenced as %{VAR} or %VAR% in the input file content. Each variable reference will be replaced with the current value of the variable, or the empty string if the variable is not defined.

  CPackNSIS

CPack NSIS generator specific options

  Variables specific to CPack NSIS generator

The following variables are specific to the graphical installers built on Windows using the Nullsoft Installation System.

CPACK_NSIS_INSTALL_ROOT
    The default installation directory presented to the end user by the NSIS installer is under this root dir. The full directory presented to the end user is: ${CPACK_NSIS_INSTALL_ROOT}/${CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY}

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_ICON
    An icon filename. The name of a *.ico file used as the main icon for the generated install program.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_UNIICON
    An icon filename. The name of a *.ico file used as the main icon for the generated uninstall program.

CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLER_MUI_ICON_CODE
    undocumented.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_WELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP
    The filename of a bitmap to use as the NSIS MUI_WELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_UNWELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP
    The filename of a bitmap to use as the NSIS MUI_UNWELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP.

CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_PREINSTALL_COMMANDS
    Extra NSIS commands that will be added to the beginning of the install Section, before your install tree is available on the target system.

CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_INSTALL_COMMANDS
    Extra NSIS commands that will be added to the end of the install Section, after your install tree is available on the target system.

CPACK_NSIS_EXTRA_UNINSTALL_COMMANDS
    Extra NSIS commands that will be added to the uninstall Section, before your install tree is removed from the target system.

CPACK_NSIS_COMPRESSOR
    The arguments that will be passed to the NSIS SetCompressor command.

CPACK_NSIS_ENABLE_UNINSTALL_BEFORE_INSTALL
    Ask about uninstalling previous versions first. If this is set to "ON", then an installer will look for previous installed versions and if one is found, ask the user whether to uninstall it before proceeding with the install.

CPACK_NSIS_MODIFY_PATH
    Modify PATH toggle. If this is set to "ON", then an extra page will appear in the installer that will allow the user to choose whether the program directory should be added to the system PATH variable.

CPACK_NSIS_DISPLAY_NAME
    The display name string that appears in the Windows Add/Remove Program control panel

CPACK_NSIS_PACKAGE_NAME
    The title displayed at the top of the installer.

CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLED_ICON_NAME
    A path to the executable that contains the installer icon.

CPACK_NSIS_HELP_LINK
    URL to a web site providing assistance in installing your application.

CPACK_NSIS_URL_INFO_ABOUT
    URL to a web site providing more information about your application.

CPACK_NSIS_CONTACT
    Contact information for questions and comments about the installation process.

CPACK_NSIS_<compName>_INSTALL_DIRECTORY
    Custom install directory for the specified component <compName> instead of $INSTDIR.

CPACK_NSIS_CREATE_ICONS_EXTRA
    Additional NSIS commands for creating start menu shortcuts.

CPACK_NSIS_DELETE_ICONS_EXTRA
    Additional NSIS commands to uninstall start menu shortcuts.

CPACK_NSIS_EXECUTABLES_DIRECTORY
    Creating NSIS start menu links assumes that they are in 'bin' unless this variable is set. For example, you would set this to 'exec' if your executables are in an exec directory.

CPACK_NSIS_MUI_FINISHPAGE_RUN
    Specify an executable to add an option to run on the finish page of the NSIS installer.

CPACK_NSIS_MENU_LINKS
    Specify links in [application] menu. This should contain a list of pair "link" "link name". The link may be a URL or a path relative to installation prefix. Like:

    set(CPACK_NSIS_MENU_LINKS
        "doc/cmake-@CMake_VERSION_MAJOR@.@CMake_VERSION_MINOR@/cmake.html"
        "CMake Help" "https://cmake.org" "CMake Web Site")

  CPackNuGet

When build a NuGet package there is no direct way to control an output filename due a lack of the corresponding CLI option of NuGet, so there is no CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_FILENAME variable. To form the output filename NuGet uses the package name and the version according to its built-in rules.

Also, be aware that including a top level directory (CPACK_INCLUDE_TOPLEVEL_DIRECTORY) is ignored by this generator.

  Variables specific to CPack NuGet generator

CPackNuGet may be used to create NuGet packages using CPack. CPackNuGet is a CPack generator thus it uses the CPACK_XXX variables used by CPack.

CPackNuGet has specific features which are controlled by the specifics CPACK_NUGET_XXX variables. In the "one per group" mode (see CPACK_COMPONENTS_GROUPING), <compName> placeholder in the variables below would contain a group name (uppercased and turned into a "C" identifier).

List of CPackNuGet specific variables:

CPACK_NUGET_COMPONENT_INSTALL
    Enable component packaging for CPackNuGet

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_NAME
    The NUGET package name.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_VERSION

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_VERSION
    The NuGet package version.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
    A long description of the package for UI display.

•   Mandatory : YES

•

Default :

•   CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION,

•   CPACK_COMPONENT_GROUP_<groupName>_DESCRIPTION,

•   CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_AUTHORS

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_AUTHORS
    A comma-separated list of packages authors, matching the profile names on nuget.org. These are displayed in the NuGet Gallery on nuget.org and are used to cross-reference packages by the same authors.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_TITLE

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_TITLE
    A human-friendly title of the package, typically used in UI displays as on nuget.org and the Package Manager in Visual Studio. If not specified, the package ID is used.

•   Mandatory : NO

•

Default :

•   CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISPLAY_NAME,

•   CPACK_COMPONENT_GROUP_<groupName>_DISPLAY_NAME

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_OWNERS

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_OWNERS
    A comma-separated list of the package creators using profile names on nuget.org. This is often the same list as in authors, and is ignored when uploading the package to nuget.org.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE_URL

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE_URL
    A URL for the package's home page, often shown in UI displays as well as nuget.org.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE_URL

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_LICENSEURL

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_LICENSEURL
    A URL for the package's license, often shown in UI displays as well as nuget.org.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_ICONURL

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_ICONURL
    A URL for a 64x64 image with transparency background to use as the icon for the package in UI display.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY
    A short description of the package for UI display. If omitted, a truncated version of description is used.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_RELEASE_NOTES

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_RELEASE_NOTES
    A description of the changes made in this release of the package, often used in UI like the Updates tab of the Visual Studio Package Manager in place of the package description.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_COPYRIGHT

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_COPYRIGHT
    Copyright details for the package.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_TAGS

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_TAGS
    A space-delimited list of tags and keywords that describe the package and aid discoverability of packages through search and filtering.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_DEPENDENCIES

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_DEPENDENCIES
    A list of package dependencies.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_DEPENDENCIES_<dependency>_VERSION

CPACK_NUGET_<compName>_PACKAGE_DEPENDENCIES_<dependency>_VERSION
    A version specification for the particular dependency, where <dependency> is an item of the dependency list (see above) transformed with MAKE_C_IDENTIFIER function of string() command.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_NUGET_PACKAGE_DEBUG
    Enable debug messages while executing CPackNuGet.cmake.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

  CPackPackageMaker

PackageMaker CPack generator (Mac OS X).

  Variables specific to CPack PackageMaker generator

The following variable is specific to installers built on Mac OS X using PackageMaker:

CPACK_OSX_PACKAGE_VERSION
    The version of Mac OS X that the resulting PackageMaker archive should be compatible with. Different versions of Mac OS X support different features. For example, CPack can only build component-based installers for Mac OS X 10.4 or newer, and can only build installers that download component son-the-fly for Mac OS X 10.5 or newer. If left blank, this value will be set to the minimum version of Mac OS X that supports the requested features. Set this variable to some value (e.g., 10.4) only if you want to guarantee that your installer will work on that version of Mac OS X, and don't mind missing extra features available in the installer shipping with later versions of Mac OS X.

  CPackProductBuild

productbuild CPack generator (Mac OS X).

  Variables specific to CPack productbuild generator

The following variable is specific to installers built on Mac OS X using productbuild:

CPACK_COMMAND_PRODUCTBUILD
    Path to the productbuild(1) command used to generate a product archive for the OS X Installer or Mac App Store. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_PRODUCTBUILD_IDENTITY_NAME
    Adds a digital signature to the resulting package.

CPACK_PRODUCTBUILD_KEYCHAIN_PATH
    Specify a specific keychain to search for the signing identity.

CPACK_COMMAND_PKGBUILD
    Path to the pkgbuild(1) command used to generate an OS X component package on OS X. This variable can be used to override the automatically detected command (or specify its location if the auto-detection fails to find it.)

CPACK_PKGBUILD_IDENTITY_NAME
    Adds a digital signature to the resulting package.

CPACK_PKGBUILD_KEYCHAIN_PATH
    Specify a specific keychain to search for the signing identity.

CPACK_PREFLIGHT_<COMP>_SCRIPT
    Full path to a file that will be used as the preinstall script for the named <COMP> component's package, where <COMP> is the uppercased component name. No preinstall script is added if this variable is not defined for a given component.

CPACK_POSTFLIGHT_<COMP>_SCRIPT
    Full path to a file that will be used as the postinstall script for the named <COMP> component's package, where <COMP> is the uppercased component name. No postinstall script is added if this variable is not defined for a given component.

CPACK_PRODUCTBUILD_RESOURCES_DIR
    If specified the productbuild generator copies files from this directory (including subdirectories) to the Resources directory. This is done before the CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_WELCOME, CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README, and CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE files are copied.

  CPackRPM

The built in (binary) CPack RPM generator (Unix only)

  Variables specific to CPack RPM generator

CPackRPM may be used to create RPM packages using CPack. CPackRPM is a CPack generator thus it uses the CPACK_XXX variables used by CPack.

CPackRPM has specific features which are controlled by the specifics CPACK_RPM_XXX variables.

CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_XXXX variables may be used in order to have component specific values. Note however that <COMPONENT> refers to the grouping name written in upper case. It may be either a component name or a component GROUP name. Usually those variables correspond to RPM spec file entities. One may find information about spec files here http://www.rpm.org/wiki/Docs

NOTE: <COMPONENT> part of variables is preferred to be in upper case (for e.g. if component is named foo then use CPACK_RPM_FOO_XXXX variable name format) as is with other CPACK_<COMPONENT>_XXXX variables. For the purposes of back compatibility (CMake/CPack version 3.5 and lower) support for same cased component (e.g. fOo would be used as CPACK_RPM_fOo_XXXX) is still supported for variables defined in older versions of CMake/CPack but is not guaranteed for variables that will be added in the future. For the sake of back compatibility same cased component variables also override upper cased versions where both are present.

Here are some CPackRPM wiki resources that are here for historic reasons and are no longer maintained but may still prove useful:

•   https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/community/wikis/doc/cpack/Configuration

•   https://gitlab.kitware.com/cmake/community/wikis/doc/cpack/PackageGenerators#rpm-unix-only

    List of CPackRPM specific variables:

CPACK_RPM_COMPONENT_INSTALL
    Enable component packaging for CPackRPM

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    If enabled (ON) multiple packages are generated. By default a single package containing files of all components is generated.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SUMMARY

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_SUMMARY
    The RPM package summary.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_NAME
    The RPM package name.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_FILE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_<component>_FILE_NAME
    Package file name.

•   Mandatory : YES

•

Default
    <CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>[-<component>].rpm with spaces replaced by '-'

    This may be set to RPM-DEFAULT to allow rpmbuild tool to generate package file name by itself. Alternatively provided package file name must end with .rpm suffix.

    NOTE: By using user provided spec file, rpm macro extensions such as for generating debuginfo packages or by simply using multiple components more than one rpm file may be generated, either from a single spec file or from multiple spec files (each component execution produces it's own spec file). In such cases duplicate file names may occur as a result of this variable setting or spec file content structure. Duplicate files get overwritten and it is up to the packager to set the variables in a manner that will prevent such errors.

CPACK_RPM_MAIN_COMPONENT
    Main component that is packaged without component suffix.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    This variable can be set to any component or group name so that component or group rpm package is generated without component suffix in filename and package name.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_EPOCH
    The RPM package epoch

•   Mandatory : No

•   Default : -

    Optional number that should be incremented when changing versioning schemas or fixing mistakes in the version numbers of older packages.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_VERSION
    The RPM package version.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE
    The RPM package architecture.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : Native architecture output by uname -m

    This may be set to noarch if you know you are building a noarch package.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE
    The RPM package release.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : 1

    This is the numbering of the RPM package itself, i.e. the version of the packaging and not the version of the content (see CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_VERSION). One may change the default value if the previous packaging was buggy and/or you want to put here a fancy Linux distro specific numbering.

    NOTE: This is the string that goes into the RPM Release: field. Some distros (e.g. Fedora, CentOS) require 1%{?dist} format and not just a number. %{?dist} part can be added by setting CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE_DIST.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE_DIST
    The dist tag that is added RPM Release: field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    This is the reported %{dist} tag from the current distribution or empty %{dist} if RPM macro is not set. If this variable is set then RPM Release: field value is set to ${CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELEASE}%{?dist}.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_LICENSE
    The RPM package license policy.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : "unknown"

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_GROUP

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_GROUP
    The RPM package group.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : "unknown"

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_VENDOR
    The RPM package vendor.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR if set or "unknown"

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_URL

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_URL
    The projects URL.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : CMAKE_PROJECT_HOMEPAGE_URL

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
    RPM package description.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION (component based installers only) if set, CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE if set or "no package description available"

CPACK_RPM_COMPRESSION_TYPE
    RPM compression type.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to override RPM compression type to be used to build the RPM. For example some Linux distribution now default to lzma or xz compression whereas older cannot use such RPM. Using this one can enforce compression type to be used.

    Possible values are:

•   lzma

•   xz

•   bzip2

•   gzip

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOREQ

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_AUTOREQ
    RPM spec autoreq field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to enable (1, yes) or disable (0, no) automatic shared libraries dependency detection. Dependencies are added to requires list.

    NOTE: By default automatic dependency detection is enabled by rpm generator.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOPROV

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_AUTOPROV
    RPM spec autoprov field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to enable (1, yes) or disable (0, no) automatic listing of shared libraries that are provided by the package. Shared libraries are added to provides list.

    NOTE: By default automatic provides detection is enabled by rpm generator.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOREQPROV

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_AUTOREQPROV
    RPM spec autoreqprov field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    Variable enables/disables autoreq and autoprov at the same time. See CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOREQ and CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_AUTOPROV for more details.

    NOTE: By default automatic detection feature is enabled by rpm.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES
    RPM spec requires field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set RPM dependencies (requires). Note that you must enclose the complete requires string between quotes, for example:

    set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES "python >= 2.5.0, cmake >= 2.8")

    The required package list of an RPM file could be printed with:

    rpm -qp --requires file.rpm

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS
    RPM spec conflicts field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set negative RPM dependencies (conflicts). Note that you must enclose the complete requires string between quotes, for example:

    set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_CONFLICTS "libxml2")

    The conflicting package list of an RPM file could be printed with:

    rpm -qp --conflicts file.rpm

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PRE

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PRE
    RPM spec requires(pre) field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set RPM preinstall dependencies (requires(pre)). Note that you must enclose the complete requires string between quotes, for example:

    set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PRE "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POST

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POST
    RPM spec requires(post) field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set RPM postinstall dependencies (requires(post)). Note that you must enclose the complete requires string between quotes, for example:

    set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POST "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POSTUN

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POSTUN
    RPM spec requires(postun) field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set RPM postuninstall dependencies (requires(postun)). Note that you must enclose the complete requires string between quotes, for example:

    set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_POSTUN "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PREUN

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PREUN
    RPM spec requires(preun) field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set RPM preuninstall dependencies (requires(preun)). Note that you must enclose the complete requires string between quotes, for example:

    set(CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_REQUIRES_PREUN "shadow-utils, initscripts")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_SUGGESTS
    RPM spec suggest field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set weak RPM dependencies (suggests). Note that you must enclose the complete requires string between quotes.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_PROVIDES

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_PROVIDES
    RPM spec provides field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set RPM dependencies (provides). The provided package list of an RPM file could be printed with:

    rpm -qp --provides file.rpm

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_OBSOLETES

CPACK_RPM_<component>_PACKAGE_OBSOLETES
    RPM spec obsoletes field.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set RPM packages that are obsoleted by this one.

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_RELOCATABLE
    build a relocatable RPM.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGE_RELOCATABLE

    If this variable is set to TRUE or ON CPackRPM will try to build a relocatable RPM package. A relocatable RPM may be installed using:

    rpm --prefix or --relocate

    in order to install it at an alternate place see rpm(8). Note that currently this may fail if CPACK_SET_DESTDIR is set to ON. If CPACK_SET_DESTDIR is set then you will get a warning message but if there is file installed with absolute path you'll get unexpected behavior.

CPACK_RPM_SPEC_INSTALL_POST
    Deprecated - use CPACK_RPM_SPEC_MORE_DEFINE instead.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

•   Deprecated: YES

    May be used to override the __spec_install_post section within the generated spec file. This affects the install step during package creation, not during package installation. For adding operations to be performed during package installation, use CPACK_RPM_POST_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE instead.

CPACK_RPM_SPEC_MORE_DEFINE
    RPM extended spec definitions lines.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to add any %define lines to the generated spec file. An example of its use is to prevent stripping of executables (but note that this may also disable other default post install processing):

    set(CPACK_RPM_SPEC_MORE_DEFINE "%define __spec_install_post /bin/true")

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_DEBUG
    Toggle CPackRPM debug output.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be set when invoking cpack in order to trace debug information during CPack RPM run. For example you may launch CPack like this:

    cpack -D CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_DEBUG=1 -G RPM

CPACK_RPM_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE

CPACK_RPM_<componentName>_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE
    A user provided spec file.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be set by the user in order to specify a USER binary spec file to be used by CPackRPM instead of generating the file. The specified file will be processed by configure_file( @ONLY).

CPACK_RPM_GENERATE_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE_TEMPLATE
    Spec file template.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    If set CPack will generate a template for USER specified binary spec file and stop with an error. For example launch CPack like this:

    cpack -D CPACK_RPM_GENERATE_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE_TEMPLATE=1 -G RPM

    The user may then use this file in order to hand-craft is own binary spec file which may be used with CPACK_RPM_USER_BINARY_SPECFILE.

CPACK_RPM_PRE_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE

CPACK_RPM_PRE_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE
    Path to file containing pre (un)install script.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to embed a pre (un)installation script in the spec file. The referred script file (or both) will be read and directly put after the %pre or %preun section If CPACK_RPM_COMPONENT_INSTALL is set to ON the (un)install script for each component can be overridden with CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PRE_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE and CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PRE_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE. One may verify which scriptlet has been included with:

    rpm -qp --scripts  package.rpm

CPACK_RPM_POST_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE

CPACK_RPM_POST_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE
    Path to file containing post (un)install script.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to embed a post (un)installation script in the spec file. The referred script file (or both) will be read and directly put after the %post or %postun section. If CPACK_RPM_COMPONENT_INSTALL is set to ON the (un)install script for each component can be overridden with CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_POST_INSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE and CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_POST_UNINSTALL_SCRIPT_FILE. One may verify which scriptlet has been included with:

    rpm -qp --scripts  package.rpm

CPACK_RPM_USER_FILELIST

CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_USER_FILELIST

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to explicitly specify %(<directive>) file line in the spec file. Like %config(noreplace) or any other directive that be found in the %files section. You can have multiple directives per line, as in %attr(600,root,root) %config(noreplace). Since CPackRPM is generating the list of files (and directories) the user specified files of the CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_USER_FILELIST list will be removed from the generated list. If referring to directories do not add a trailing slash.

CPACK_RPM_CHANGELOG_FILE
    RPM changelog file.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to embed a changelog in the spec file. The referred file will be read and directly put after the %changelog section.

CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST
    list of path to be excluded.

•   Mandatory : NO

•

Default
    /etc /etc/init.d /usr /usr/bin /usr/include /usr/lib /usr/libx32 /usr/lib64 /usr/share /usr/share/aclocal /usr/share/doc

    May be used to exclude path (directories or files) from the auto-generated list of paths discovered by CPack RPM. The default value contains a reasonable set of values if the variable is not defined by the user. If the variable is defined by the user then CPackRPM will NOT any of the default path. If you want to add some path to the default list then you can use CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST_ADDITION variable.

CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST_ADDITION
    additional list of path to be excluded.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to add more exclude path (directories or files) from the initial default list of excluded paths. See CPACK_RPM_EXCLUDE_FROM_AUTO_FILELIST.

CPACK_RPM_RELOCATION_PATHS
    Packages relocation paths list.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to specify more than one relocation path per relocatable RPM. Variable contains a list of relocation paths that if relative are prefixed by the value of CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX or by the value of CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX if the component version is not provided. Variable is not component based as its content can be used to set a different path prefix for e.g. binary dir and documentation dir at the same time. Only prefixes that are required by a certain component are added to that component - component must contain at least one file/directory/symbolic link with CPACK_RPM_RELOCATION_PATHS prefix for a certain relocation path to be added. Package will not contain any relocation paths if there are no files/directories/symbolic links on any of the provided prefix locations. Packages that either do not contain any relocation paths or contain files/directories/symbolic links that are outside relocation paths print out an AUTHOR_WARNING that RPM will be partially relocatable.

CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX
    Per component relocation path install prefix.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX

    May be used to set per component CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX for relocatable RPM packages.

CPACK_RPM_NO_INSTALL_PREFIX_RELOCATION

CPACK_RPM_NO_<COMPONENT>_INSTALL_PREFIX_RELOCATION
    Removal of default install prefix from relocation paths list.

•   Mandatory : NO

•

Default
    CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX or CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX are treated as one of relocation paths

    May be used to remove CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX and CPACK_RPM_<COMPONENT>_PACKAGE_PREFIX from relocatable RPM prefix paths.

CPACK_RPM_ADDITIONAL_MAN_DIRS

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set additional man dirs that could potentially be compressed by brp-compress RPM macro. Variable content must be a list of regular expressions that point to directories containing man files or to man files directly. Note that in order to compress man pages a path must also be present in brp-compress RPM script and that brp-compress script must be added to RPM configuration by the operating system.

    Regular expressions that are added by default were taken from brp-compress RPM macro:

•   /usr/man/man.*

•   /usr/man/.*/man.*

•   /usr/info.*

•   /usr/share/man/man.*

•   /usr/share/man/.*/man.*

•   /usr/share/info.*

•   /usr/kerberos/man.*

•   /usr/X11R6/man/man.*

•   /usr/lib/perl5/man/man.*

•   /usr/share/doc/.*/man/man.*

•   /usr/lib/.*/man/man.*

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_USER

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_USER
    default user ownership of RPM content

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : root

    Value should be user name and not UID. Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_GROUP

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_GROUP
    default group ownership of RPM content

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : root

    Value should be group name and not GID. Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS
    default permissions used for packaged files

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : - (system default)

    Accepted values are lists with PERMISSIONS. Valid permissions are:

•   OWNER_READ

•   OWNER_WRITE

•   OWNER_EXECUTE

•   GROUP_READ

•   GROUP_WRITE

•   GROUP_EXECUTE

•   WORLD_READ

•   WORLD_WRITE

•   WORLD_EXECUTE

    Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_DIR_PERMISSIONS

CPACK_RPM_<compName>_DEFAULT_DIR_PERMISSIONS
    default permissions used for packaged directories

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : - (system default)

    Accepted values are lists with PERMISSIONS. Valid permissions are the same as for CPACK_RPM_DEFAULT_FILE_PERMISSIONS. Note that <compName> must be in upper-case.

CPACK_RPM_INSTALL_WITH_EXEC
    force execute permissions on programs and shared libraries

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : - (system default)

    Force set owner, group and world execute permissions on programs and shared libraries. This can be used for creating valid rpm packages on systems such as Debian where shared libraries do not have execute permissions set.

    NOTE: Programs and shared libraries without execute permissions are ignored during separation of debug symbols from the binary for debuginfo packages.

  Packaging of Symbolic Links

CPackRPM supports packaging of symbolic links:

execute_process(COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND}
  -E create_symlink <relative_path_location> <symlink_name>)
install(FILES ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<symlink_name>
  DESTINATION <symlink_location> COMPONENT libraries)

Symbolic links will be optimized (paths will be shortened if possible) before being added to the package or if multiple relocation paths are detected, a post install symlink relocation script will be generated.

Symbolic links may point to locations that are not packaged by the same package (either a different component or even not packaged at all) but those locations will be treated as if they were a part of the package while determining if symlink should be either created or present in a post install script - depending on relocation paths.

Symbolic links that point to locations outside packaging path produce a warning and are treated as non relocatable permanent symbolic links.

Currently there are a few limitations though:

•   For component based packaging component interdependency is not checked when processing symbolic links. Symbolic links pointing to content of a different component are treated the same way as if pointing to location that will not be packaged.

•   Symbolic links pointing to a location through one or more intermediate symbolic links will not be handled differently - if the intermediate symbolic link(s) is also on a relocatable path, relocating it during package installation may cause initial symbolic link to point to an invalid location.

  Packaging of debug information

Debuginfo packages contain debug symbols and sources for debugging packaged binaries.

Debuginfo RPM packaging has it's own set of variables:

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE

CPACK_RPM_<component>_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE
    Enable generation of debuginfo RPM package(s).

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    NOTE: Binaries must contain debug symbols before packaging so use either Debug or RelWithDebInfo for CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE variable value.

    NOTE: Packages generated from packages without binary files, with binary files but without execute permissions or without debug symbols will cause packaging termination.

CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS
    Provides locations of root directories of source files from which binaries were built.

•   Mandatory : YES if CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE is set

•   Default : -

    NOTE: For CMake project CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS is set by default to point to CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR and CMAKE_BINARY_DIR paths.

    NOTE: Sources with path prefixes that do not fall under any location provided with CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS will not be present in debuginfo package.

CPACK_RPM_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX

CPACK_RPM_<component>_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX
    Prefix of location where sources will be placed during package installation.

•   Mandatory : YES if CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE is set

•

Default
    "/usr/src/debug/<CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>" and for component packaging "/usr/src/debug/<CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME>-<component>"

    NOTE: Each source path prefix is additionally suffixed by src_<index> where index is index of the path used from CPACK_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS variable. This produces <CPACK_RPM_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX>/src_<index> replacement path. Limitation is that replaced path part must be shorter or of equal length than the length of its replacement. If that is not the case either CPACK_RPM_BUILD_SOURCE_DIRS_PREFIX variable has to be set to a shorter path or source directories must be placed on a longer path.

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_EXCLUDE_DIRS
    Directories containing sources that should be excluded from debuginfo packages.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : "/usr /usr/src /usr/src/debug"

    Listed paths are owned by other RPM packages and should therefore not be deleted on debuginfo package uninstallation.

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_EXCLUDE_DIRS_ADDITION
    Paths that should be appended to CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_EXCLUDE_DIRS for exclusion.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_SINGLE_PACKAGE
    Create a single debuginfo package even if components packaging is set.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    When this variable is enabled it produces a single debuginfo package even if component packaging is enabled.

    When using this feature in combination with components packaging and there is more than one component this variable requires CPACK_RPM_MAIN_COMPONENT to be set.

    NOTE: If none of the CPACK_RPM_<component>_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE variables is set then CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_PACKAGE is automatically set to ON when CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_SINGLE_PACKAGE is set.

CPACK_RPM_DEBUGINFO_FILE_NAME

CPACK_RPM_<component>_DEBUGINFO_FILE_NAME
    Debuginfo package file name.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : rpmbuild tool generated package file name

    Alternatively provided debuginfo package file name must end with .rpm suffix and should differ from file names of other generated packages.

    Variable may contain @cpack_component@ placeholder which will be replaced by component name if component packaging is enabled otherwise it deletes the placeholder.

    Setting the variable to RPM-DEFAULT may be used to explicitly set filename generation to default.

    NOTE: CPACK_RPM_FILE_NAME also supports rpmbuild tool generated package file name - disabled by default but can be enabled by setting the variable to RPM-DEFAULT.

  Packaging of sources (SRPM)

SRPM packaging is enabled by setting CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SOURCES variable while usually using CPACK_INSTALLED_DIRECTORIES variable to provide directory containing CMakeLists.txt and source files.

For CMake projects SRPM package would be produced by executing:

cpack -G RPM --config ./CPackSourceConfig.cmake

NOTE: Produced SRPM package is expected to be built with cmake(1) executable and packaged with cpack(1) executable so CMakeLists.txt has to be located in root source directory and must be able to generate binary rpm packages by executing cpack -G command. The two executables as well as rpmbuild must also be present when generating binary rpm packages from the produced SRPM package.

Once the SRPM package is generated it can be used to generate binary packages by creating a directory structure for rpm generation and executing rpmbuild tool:

mkdir -p build_dir/{BUILD,BUILDROOT,RPMS,SOURCES,SPECS,SRPMS}
rpmbuild --define "_topdir <path_to_build_dir>" --rebuild <SRPM_file_name>

Generated packages will be located in build_dir/RPMS directory or its sub directories.

NOTE: SRPM package internally uses CPack/RPM generator to generate binary packages so CMakeScripts.txt can decide during the SRPM to binary rpm generation step what content the package(s) should have as well as how they should be packaged (monolithic or components). CMake can decide this for e.g. by reading environment variables set by the package manager before starting the process of generating binary rpm packages. This way a single SRPM package can be used to produce different binary rpm packages on different platforms depending on the platform's packaging rules.

Source RPM packaging has it's own set of variables:

CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SOURCES
    Should the content be packaged as a source rpm (default is binary rpm).

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : OFF

    NOTE: For cmake projects CPACK_RPM_PACKAGE_SOURCES variable is set to OFF in CPackConfig.cmake and ON in CPackSourceConfig.cmake generated files.

CPACK_RPM_SOURCE_PKG_BUILD_PARAMS
    Additional command-line parameters provided to cmake(1) executable.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

CPACK_RPM_SOURCE_PKG_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX
    Packaging install prefix that would be provided in CPACK_PACKAGING_INSTALL_PREFIX variable for producing binary RPM packages.

•   Mandatory : YES

•   Default : "/"

CPACK_RPM_BUILDREQUIRES
    List of source rpm build dependencies.

•   Mandatory : NO

•   Default : -

    May be used to set source RPM build dependencies (BuildRequires). Note that you must enclose the complete build requirements string between quotes, for example:

    set(CPACK_RPM_BUILDREQUIRES "python >= 2.5.0, cmake >= 2.8")

  CPack

Build binary and source package installers.

  Variables common to all CPack generators

The CPack module generates binary and source installers in a variety of formats using the cpack program. Inclusion of the CPack module adds two new build targets, package and package_source, which build the binary and source installers respectively. The generated binary installers contain everything installed via CMake's install() command (and the deprecated install_files(), install_programs() and install_targets() commands).

For certain kinds of binary installers (including the graphical installers on Mac OS X and Windows), CPack generates installers that allow users to select individual application components to install. See CPackComponent module for further details.

The CPACK_GENERATOR variable has different meanings in different contexts. In a CMakeLists.txt file, CPACK_GENERATOR is a list of generators: and when cpack is run with no other arguments, it will iterate over that list and produce one package for each generator. In a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE, CPACK_GENERATOR is a string naming a single generator. If you need per-cpack-generator logic to control other cpack settings, then you need a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

The CMake source tree itself contains a CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE. See the top level file CMakeCPackOptions.cmake.in for an example.

If set, the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE is included automatically on a per-generator basis. It only need contain overrides.

Here's how it works:

•   cpack runs

•   it includes CPackConfig.cmake

•   it iterates over the generators given by the -G command line option, or if no such option was specified, over the list of generators given by the CPACK_GENERATOR variable set in the CPackConfig.cmake input file.

•   foreach generator, it then

•   sets CPACK_GENERATOR to the one currently being iterated

•   includes the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE

•   produces the package for that generator

    This is the key: For each generator listed in CPACK_GENERATOR in CPackConfig.cmake, cpack will reset CPACK_GENERATOR internally to the one currently being used and then include the CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE.

    Before including this CPack module in your CMakeLists.txt file, there are a variety of variables that can be set to customize the resulting installers. The most commonly-used variables are:

CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME
    The name of the package (or application). If not specified, it defaults to the project name.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR
    The name of the package vendor. (e.g., "Kitware"). The default is "Humanity".

CPACK_PACKAGE_DIRECTORY
    The directory in which CPack is doing its packaging. If it is not set then this will default (internally) to the build dir. This variable may be defined in a CPack config file or from the cpack command line option -B. If set, the command line option overrides the value found in the config file.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR
    Package major version. This variable will always be set, but its default value depends on whether or not version details were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file. If version details were given, the default value will be CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_MAJOR. If no version details were given, a default version of 0.1.1 will be assumed, leading to CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR having a default value of 0.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR
    Package minor version. The default value is determined based on whether or not version details were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file. If version details were given, the default value will be CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_MINOR, but if no minor version component was specified then CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR will be left unset. If no project version was given at all, a default version of 0.1.1 will be assumed, leading to CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR having a default value of 1.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH
    Package patch version. The default value is determined based on whether or not version details were given to the project() command in the top level CMakeLists.txt file. If version details were given, the default value will be CMAKE_PROJECT_VERSION_PATCH, but if no patch version component was specified then CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH will be left unset. If no project version was given at all, a default version of 0.1.1 will be assumed, leading to CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH having a default value of 1.

CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION
    A description of the project, used in places such as the introduction screen of CPack-generated Windows installers. If not set, the value of this variable is populated from the file named by CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE.

CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE
    A text file used to describe the project when CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION is not explicitly set. The default value for CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_FILE points to a built-in template file Templates/CPack.GenericDescription.txt.

CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY
    Short description of the project (only a few words). If the CMAKE_PROJECT_DESCRIPTION variable is set, it is used as the default value, otherwise the default will be a string generated by CMake based on CMAKE_PROJECT_NAME.

CPACK_PACKAGE_HOMEPAGE_URL
    Project homepage URL. The default value is taken from the CMAKE_PROJECT_HOMEPAGE_URL variable, which is set by the top level project() command, or else the default will be empty if no URL was provided to project().

CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
    The name of the package file to generate, not including the extension. For example, cmake-2.6.1-Linux-i686. The default value is:

    ${CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME}-${CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION}-${CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME}

CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY
    Installation directory on the target system. This may be used by some CPack generators like NSIS to create an installation directory e.g., "CMake 2.5" below the installation prefix. All installed elements will be put inside this directory.

CPACK_PACKAGE_ICON
    A branding image that will be displayed inside the installer (used by GUI installers).

CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM
    An algorithm that will be used to generate an additional file with the checksum of the package. The output file name will be:

    ${CPACK_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME}.${CPACK_PACKAGE_CHECKSUM}

    Supported algorithms are those listed by the string(<HASH>) command.

CPACK_PROJECT_CONFIG_FILE
    CPack-time project CPack configuration file. This file is included at cpack time, once per generator after CPack has set CPACK_GENERATOR to the actual generator being used. It allows per-generator setting of CPACK_* variables at cpack time.

CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE
    License to be embedded in the installer. It will typically be displayed to the user by the produced installer (often with an explicit "Accept" button, for graphical installers) prior to installation. This license file is NOT added to the installed files but is used by some CPack generators like NSIS. If you want to install a license file (may be the same as this one) along with your project, you must add an appropriate CMake install() command in your CMakeLists.txt.

CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_README
    ReadMe file to be embedded in the installer. It typically describes in some detail the purpose of the project during the installation. Not all CPack generators use this file.

CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_WELCOME
    Welcome file to be embedded in the installer. It welcomes users to this installer. Typically used in the graphical installers on Windows and Mac OS X.

CPACK_MONOLITHIC_INSTALL
    Disables the component-based installation mechanism. When set, the component specification is ignored and all installed items are put in a single "MONOLITHIC" package. Some CPack generators do monolithic packaging by default and may be asked to do component packaging by setting CPACK_<GENNAME>_COMPONENT_INSTALL to TRUE.

CPACK_GENERATOR
    List of CPack generators to use. If not specified, CPack will create a set of options following the naming pattern CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME> (e.g. CPACK_BINARY_NSIS) allowing the user to enable/disable individual generators. If the -G option is given on the cpack command line, it will override this variable and any CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME> options.

CPACK_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
    The name of the CPack binary configuration file. This file is the CPack configuration generated by the CPack module for binary installers. Defaults to CPackConfig.cmake.

CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES
    Lists each of the executables and associated text label to be used to create Start Menu shortcuts. For example, setting this to the list ccmake;CMake will create a shortcut named "CMake" that will execute the installed executable ccmake. Not all CPack generators use it (at least NSIS, WIX and OSXX11 do).

CPACK_STRIP_FILES
    List of files to be stripped. Starting with CMake 2.6.0, CPACK_STRIP_FILES will be a boolean variable which enables stripping of all files (a list of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this change is compatible).

CPACK_VERBATIM_VARIABLES
    If set to TRUE, values of variables prefixed with CPACK_ will be escaped before being written to the configuration files, so that the cpack program receives them exactly as they were specified. If not, characters like quotes and backslashes can cause parsing errors or alter the value received by the cpack program. Defaults to FALSE for backwards compatibility.

    The following CPack variables are specific to source packages, and will not affect binary packages:

CPACK_SOURCE_PACKAGE_FILE_NAME
    The name of the source package. For example cmake-2.6.1.

CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES
    List of files in the source tree that will be stripped. Starting with CMake 2.6.0, CPACK_SOURCE_STRIP_FILES will be a boolean variable which enables stripping of all files (a list of files evaluates to TRUE in CMake, so this change is compatible).

CPACK_SOURCE_GENERATOR
    List of generators used for the source packages. As with CPACK_GENERATOR, if this is not specified then CPack will create a set of options (e.g. CPACK_SOURCE_ZIP) allowing users to select which packages will be generated.

CPACK_SOURCE_OUTPUT_CONFIG_FILE
    The name of the CPack source configuration file. This file is the CPack configuration generated by the CPack module for source installers. Defaults to CPackSourceConfig.cmake.

CPACK_SOURCE_IGNORE_FILES
    Pattern of files in the source tree that won't be packaged when building a source package. This is a list of regular expression patterns (that must be properly escaped), e.g., /CVS/;/\\.svn/;\\.swp$;\\.#;/#;.*~;cscope.*

    The following variables are for advanced uses of CPack:

CPACK_CMAKE_GENERATOR
    What CMake generator should be used if the project is a CMake project. Defaults to the value of CMAKE_GENERATOR. Few users will want to change this setting.

CPACK_INSTALL_CMAKE_PROJECTS
    List of four values that specify what project to install. The four values are: Build directory, Project Name, Project Component, Directory. If omitted, CPack will build an installer that installs everything.

CPACK_SYSTEM_NAME
    System name, defaults to the value of CMAKE_SYSTEM_NAME, except on Windows where it will be win32 or win64.

CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION
    Package full version, used internally. By default, this is built from CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR, CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR, and CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH.

CPACK_TOPLEVEL_TAG
    Directory for the installed files.

CPACK_INSTALL_COMMANDS
    Extra commands to install components.

CPACK_INSTALLED_DIRECTORIES
    Extra directories to install.

CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_REGISTRY_KEY
    Registry key used when installing this project. This is only used by installers for Windows. The default value is based on the installation directory.

CPACK_CREATE_DESKTOP_LINKS
    List of desktop links to create. Each desktop link requires a corresponding start menu shortcut as created by CPACK_PACKAGE_EXECUTABLES.

CPACK_BINARY_<GENNAME>
    CPack generated options for binary generators. The CPack.cmake module generates (when CPACK_GENERATOR is not set) a set of CMake options (see CMake option() command) which may then be used to select the CPack generator(s) to be used when building the package target or when running cpack without the -G option.

  CPackWIX

CPack WiX generator specific options

  Variables specific to CPack WiX generator

The following variables are specific to the installers built on Windows using WiX.

CPACK_WIX_UPGRADE_GUID
    Upgrade GUID (Product/@UpgradeCode)

    Will be automatically generated unless explicitly provided.

    It should be explicitly set to a constant generated globally unique identifier (GUID) to allow your installers to replace existing installations that use the same GUID.

    You may for example explicitly set this variable in your CMakeLists.txt to the value that has been generated per default. You should not use GUIDs that you did not generate yourself or which may belong to other projects.

    A GUID shall have the following fixed length syntax:

    XXXXXXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXXXXXXXXXX

    (each X represents an uppercase hexadecimal digit)

CPACK_WIX_PRODUCT_GUID
    Product GUID (Product/@Id)

    Will be automatically generated unless explicitly provided.

    If explicitly provided this will set the Product Id of your installer.

    The installer will abort if it detects a pre-existing installation that uses the same GUID.

    The GUID shall use the syntax described for CPACK_WIX_UPGRADE_GUID.

CPACK_WIX_LICENSE_RTF
    RTF License File

    If CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE has an .rtf extension it is used as-is.

    If CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE has an .txt extension it is implicitly converted to RTF by the WiX Generator. The expected encoding of the .txt file is UTF-8.

    With CPACK_WIX_LICENSE_RTF you can override the license file used by the WiX Generator in case CPACK_RESOURCE_FILE_LICENSE is in an unsupported format or the .txt -> .rtf conversion does not work as expected.

CPACK_WIX_PRODUCT_ICON
    The Icon shown next to the program name in Add/Remove programs.

    If set, this icon is used in place of the default icon.

CPACK_WIX_UI_REF
    This variable allows you to override the Id of the <UIRef> element in the WiX template.

    The default is WixUI_InstallDir in case no CPack components have been defined and WixUI_FeatureTree otherwise.

CPACK_WIX_UI_BANNER
    The bitmap will appear at the top of all installer pages other than the welcome and completion dialogs.

    If set, this image will replace the default banner image.

    This image must be 493 by 58 pixels.

CPACK_WIX_UI_DIALOG
    Background bitmap used on the welcome and completion dialogs.

    If this variable is set, the installer will replace the default dialog image.

    This image must be 493 by 312 pixels.

CPACK_WIX_PROGRAM_MENU_FOLDER
    Start menu folder name for launcher.

    If this variable is not set, it will be initialized with CPACK_PACKAGE_NAME

CPACK_WIX_CULTURES
    Language(s) of the installer

    Languages are compiled into the WixUI extension library. To use them, simply provide the name of the culture. If you specify more than one culture identifier in a comma or semicolon delimited list, the first one that is found will be used. You can find a list of supported languages at: http://wix.sourceforge.net/manual-wix3/WixUI_localization.htm

CPACK_WIX_TEMPLATE
    Template file for WiX generation

    If this variable is set, the specified template will be used to generate the WiX wxs file. This should be used if further customization of the output is required.

    If this variable is not set, the default MSI template included with CMake will be used.

CPACK_WIX_PATCH_FILE
    Optional list of XML files with fragments to be inserted into generated WiX sources

    This optional variable can be used to specify an XML file that the WiX generator will use to inject fragments into its generated source files.

    Patch files understood by the CPack WiX generator roughly follow this RELAX NG compact schema:

    start = CPackWiXPatch
    CPackWiXPatch = element CPackWiXPatch { CPackWiXFragment* }
    CPackWiXFragment = element CPackWiXFragment
    {
        attribute Id { string },
        fragmentContent*
    }
    fragmentContent = element * - CPackWiXFragment
    {
        (attribute * { text } | text | fragmentContent)*
    }

    Currently fragments can be injected into most Component, File, Directory and Feature elements.

    The following additional special Ids can be used:

•   #PRODUCT for the <Product> element.

•   #PRODUCTFEATURE for the root <Feature> element.

    The following example illustrates how this works.

    Given that the WiX generator creates the following XML element:

    <Component Id="CM_CP_applications.bin.my_libapp.exe" Guid="*"/>

    The following XML patch file may be used to inject an Environment element into it:

    <CPackWiXPatch>
      <CPackWiXFragment Id="CM_CP_applications.bin.my_libapp.exe">
        <Environment Id="MyEnvironment" Action="set"
          Name="MyVariableName" Value="MyVariableValue"/>
      </CPackWiXFragment>
    </CPackWiXPatch>

CPACK_WIX_EXTRA_SOURCES
    Extra WiX source files

    This variable provides an optional list of extra WiX source files (.wxs) that should be compiled and linked. The full path to source files is required.

CPACK_WIX_EXTRA_OBJECTS
    Extra WiX object files or libraries

    This variable provides an optional list of extra WiX object (.wixobj) and/or WiX library (.wixlib) files. The full path to objects and libraries is required.

CPACK_WIX_EXTENSIONS
    This variable provides a list of additional extensions for the WiX tools light and candle.

CPACK_WIX_<TOOL>_EXTENSIONS
    This is the tool specific version of CPACK_WIX_EXTENSIONS. <TOOL> can be either LIGHT or CANDLE.

CPACK_WIX_<TOOL>_EXTRA_FLAGS
    This list variable allows you to pass additional flags to the WiX tool <TOOL>.

    Use it at your own risk. Future versions of CPack may generate flags which may be in conflict with your own flags.

    <TOOL> can be either LIGHT or CANDLE.

CPACK_WIX_CMAKE_PACKAGE_REGISTRY
    If this variable is set the generated installer will create an entry in the windows registry key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Kitware\CMake\Packages\<package> The value for <package> is provided by this variable.

    Assuming you also install a CMake configuration file this will allow other CMake projects to find your package with the find_package() command.

CPACK_WIX_PROPERTY_<PROPERTY>
    This variable can be used to provide a value for the Windows Installer property <PROPERTY>

    The following list contains some example properties that can be used to customize information under "Programs and Features" (also known as "Add or Remove Programs")

•   ARPCOMMENTS - Comments

•   ARPHELPLINK - Help and support information URL

•   ARPURLINFOABOUT - General information URL

•   ARPURLUPDATEINFO - Update information URL

•   ARPHELPTELEPHONE - Help and support telephone number

•   ARPSIZE - Size (in kilobytes) of the application

CPACK_WIX_ROOT_FEATURE_TITLE
    Sets the name of the root install feature in the WIX installer. Same as CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DISPLAY_NAME for components.

CPACK_WIX_ROOT_FEATURE_DESCRIPTION
    Sets the description of the root install feature in the WIX installer. Same as CPACK_COMPONENT_<compName>_DESCRIPTION for components.

CPACK_WIX_SKIP_PROGRAM_FOLDER
    If this variable is set to true, the default install location of the generated package will be CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY directly. The install location will not be located relatively below ProgramFiles or ProgramFiles64.

    NOTE: Installers created with this feature do not take differences between the system on which the installer is created and the system on which the installer might be used into account.

    It is therefore possible that the installer e.g. might try to install onto a drive that is unavailable or unintended or a path that does not follow the localization or convention of the system on which the installation is performed.

CPACK_WIX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
    This variable allows specification of a custom root folder ID. The generator specific <64> token can be used for folder IDs that come in 32-bit and 64-bit variants. In 32-bit builds the token will expand empty while in 64-bit builds it will expand to 64.

    When unset generated installers will default installing to ProgramFiles<64>Folder.

CPACK_WIX_ROOT
    This variable can optionally be set to the root directory of a custom WiX Toolset installation.

    When unspecified CPack will try to locate a WiX Toolset installation via the WIX environment variable instead.

  CSharpUtilities

Functions to make configuration of CSharp/.NET targets easier.

A collection of CMake utility functions useful for dealing with CSharp targets for Visual Studio generators from version 2010 and later.

The following functions are provided by this module:

Main functions

•   csharp_set_windows_forms_properties()

•   csharp_set_designer_cs_properties()

•   csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties()

    Helper functions

•   csharp_get_filename_keys()

•   csharp_get_filename_key_base()

•   csharp_get_dependentupon_name()

  Main functions provided by the module

csharp_set_windows_forms_properties
    Sets source file properties for use of Windows Forms. Use this, if your CSharp target uses Windows Forms:

    csharp_set_windows_forms_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

<fileN>
    List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties (including .cs, .resx and .Designer.cs extensions).

    In the list of all given files for all files ending with .Designer.cs and .resx is searched. For every designer or resource file a file with the same base name but only .cs as extension is searched. If this is found, the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties are set as follows:

for the .cs file:

•   VS_CSHARP_SubType "Form"

for the .Designer.cs file (if it exists):

•   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

•   VS_CSHARP_DesignTime "" (delete tag if previously defined)

•   VS_CSHARP_AutoGen ""(delete tag if previously defined)

for the .resx file (if it exists):

•   VS_RESOURCE_GENERATOR "" (delete tag if previously defined)

•   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

•   VS_CSHARP_SubType "Designer"

csharp_set_designer_cs_properties
    Sets source file properties of .Designer.cs files depending on sibling filenames. Use this, if your CSharp target does not use Windows Forms (for Windows Forms use csharp_set_designer_cs_properties() instead):

    csharp_set_designer_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

<fileN>
    List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties (including .cs, .resx, .settings and .Designer.cs extensions).

    In the list of all given files for all files ending with .Designer.cs is searched. For every designer file all files with the same base name but different extensions are searched. If a match is found, the source file properties of the designer file are set depending on the extension of the matched file:

if match is .resx file:

•   VS_CSHARP_AutoGen "True"

•   VS_CSHARP_DesignTime "True"

•   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <resx-filename>

if match is .cs file:

•   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <cs-filename>

if match is .settings file:

•   VS_CSHARP_AutoGen "True"

•   VS_CSHARP_DesignTimeSharedInput "True"

•   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <settings-filename>

    NOTE: Because the source file properties of the .Designer.cs file are set according to the found matches and every match sets the VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon property, there should only be one match for each Designer.cs file.

csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties
    Sets source file properties for use of Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) and XAML. Use this, if your CSharp target uses WPF/XAML:

    csharp_set_xaml_cs_properties([<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

<fileN>
    List of all source files which are relevant for setting the VS_CSHARP_<tagname> properties (including .cs, .xaml, and .xaml.cs extensions).

    In the list of all given files for all files ending with .xaml.cs is searched. For every xaml-cs file, a file with the same base name but extension .xaml is searched. If a match is found, the source file properties of the .xaml.cs file are set:

•   VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon <xaml-filename>

  Helper functions which are used by the above ones

csharp_get_filename_keys
    Helper function which computes a list of key values to identify source files independently of relative/absolute paths given in cmake and eliminates case sensitivity:

    csharp_get_filename_keys(OUT [<file1> [<file2> [...]]])

OUT Name of the variable in which the list of keys is stored

<fileN>
    filename(s) as given to to CSharp target using add_library() or add_executable()

    In some way the function applies a canonicalization to the source names. This is necessary to find file matches if the files have been added to the target with different directory prefixes:

    add_library(lib
      myfile.cs
      ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs)
    set_source_files_properties(myfile.Designer.cs PROPERTIES
      VS_CSHARP_DependentUpon myfile.cs)
    # this will fail, because in cmake
    #  - ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/myfile.Designer.cs
    #  - myfile.Designer.cs
    # are not the same source file. The source file property is not set.

csharp_get_filename_key_base
    Returns the full filepath and name without extension of a key. KEY is expected to be a key from csharp_get_filename_keys. In BASE the value of KEY without the file extension is returned:

    csharp_get_filename_key_base(BASE KEY)

BASE
    Name of the variable with the computed "base" of KEY.

KEY The key of which the base will be computed. Expected to be a upper case full filename.

csharp_get_dependentupon_name
    Computes a string which can be used as value for the source file property VS_CSHARP_<tagname> with target being DependentUpon:

    csharp_get_dependentupon_name(NAME FILE)

NAME
    Name of the variable with the result value

FILE
    Filename to convert to <DependentUpon> value

    Actually this is only the filename without any path given at the moment.

  CTest

Configure a project for testing with CTest/CDash

Include this module in the top CMakeLists.txt file of a project to enable testing with CTest and dashboard submissions to CDash:

project(MyProject)
...
include(CTest)

The module automatically creates a BUILD_TESTING option that selects whether to enable testing support (ON by default). After including the module, use code like:

if(BUILD_TESTING)
  # ... CMake code to create tests ...
endif()

to creating tests when testing is enabled.

To enable submissions to a CDash server, create a CTestConfig.cmake file at the top of the project with content such as:

set(CTEST_PROJECT_NAME "MyProject")
set(CTEST_NIGHTLY_START_TIME "01:00:00 UTC")
set(CTEST_DROP_METHOD "http")
set(CTEST_DROP_SITE "my.cdash.org")
set(CTEST_DROP_LOCATION "/submit.php?project=MyProject")
set(CTEST_DROP_SITE_CDASH TRUE)

(the CDash server can provide the file to a project administrator who configures MyProject). Settings in the config file are shared by both this CTest module and the ctest(1) command-line Dashboard Client mode (ctest -S).

While building a project for submission to CDash, CTest scans the build output for errors and warnings and reports them with surrounding context from the build log. This generic approach works for all build tools, but does not give details about the command invocation that produced a given problem. One may get more detailed reports by setting the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS variable:

set(CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS 1)

in the CTestConfig.cmake file.

  CTestCoverageCollectGCOV

This module provides the ctest_coverage_collect_gcov function.

This function runs gcov on all .gcda files found in the binary tree and packages the resulting .gcov files into a tar file. This tarball also contains the following:

•   data.json defines the source and build directories for use by CDash.

•   Labels.json indicates any LABELS that have been set on the source files.

•   The uncovered directory holds any uncovered files found by CTEST_EXTRA_COVERAGE_GLOB.

    After generating this tar file, it can be sent to CDash for display with the ctest_submit(CDASH_UPLOAD) command.

cdash_coverage_collect_gcov

    ctest_coverage_collect_gcov(TARBALL <tarfile>
      [SOURCE <source_dir>][BUILD <build_dir>]
      [GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>]
      [GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...]
      )

    Run gcov and package a tar file for CDash. The options are:

TARBALL <tarfile>
    Specify the location of the .tar file to be created for later upload to CDash. Relative paths will be interpreted with respect to the top-level build directory.

SOURCE <source_dir>
    Specify the top-level source directory for the build. Default is the value of CTEST_SOURCE_DIRECTORY.

BUILD <build_dir>
    Specify the top-level build directory for the build. Default is the value of CTEST_BINARY_DIRECTORY.

GCOV_COMMAND <gcov_command>
    Specify the full path to the gcov command on the machine. Default is the value of CTEST_COVERAGE_COMMAND.

GCOV_OPTIONS <options>...
    Specify options to be passed to gcov. The gcov command is run as gcov <options>... -o <gcov-dir> <file>.gcda. If not specified, the default option is just -b.

GLOB
    Recursively search for .gcda files in build_dir rather than determining search locations by reading TargetDirectories.txt.

DELETE
    Delete coverage files after they've been packaged into the .tar.

QUIET
    Suppress non-error messages that otherwise would have been printed out by this function.

  CTestScriptMode

This file is read by ctest in script mode (-S)

  CTestUseLaunchers

Set the RULE_LAUNCH_* global properties when CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on.

CTestUseLaunchers is automatically included when you include(CTest). However, it is split out into its own module file so projects can use the CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS functionality independently.

To use launchers, set CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS to ON in a ctest -S dashboard script, and then also set it in the cache of the configured project. Both cmake and ctest need to know the value of it for the launchers to work properly. CMake needs to know in order to generate proper build rules, and ctest, in order to produce the proper error and warning analysis.

For convenience, you may set the ENV variable CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS_DEFAULT in your ctest -S script, too. Then, as long as your CMakeLists uses include(CTest) or include(CTestUseLaunchers), it will use the value of the ENV variable to initialize a CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS cache variable. This cache variable initialization only occurs if CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is not already defined. If CTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS is on in a ctest -S script the ctest_configure command will add -DCTEST_USE_LAUNCHERS:BOOL=TRUE to the cmake command used to configure the project.

  Dart

Configure a project for testing with CTest or old Dart Tcl Client

This file is the backwards-compatibility version of the CTest module. It supports using the old Dart 1 Tcl client for driving dashboard submissions as well as testing with CTest. This module should be included in the CMakeLists.txt file at the top of a project. Typical usage:

include(Dart)
if(BUILD_TESTING)
  # ... testing related CMake code ...
endif()

The BUILD_TESTING option is created by the Dart module to determine whether testing support should be enabled. The default is ON.

  DeployQt4

Functions to help assemble a standalone Qt4 executable.

A collection of CMake utility functions useful for deploying Qt4 executables.

The following functions are provided by this module:

write_qt4_conf
resolve_qt4_paths
fixup_qt4_executable
install_qt4_plugin_path
install_qt4_plugin
install_qt4_executable

Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because it uses function and PARENT_SCOPE. Also depends on BundleUtilities.cmake.

WRITE_QT4_CONF(<qt_conf_dir> <qt_conf_contents>)

Writes a qt.conf file with the <qt_conf_contents> into <qt_conf_dir>.

RESOLVE_QT4_PATHS(<paths_var> [<executable_path>])

Loop through <paths_var> list and if any don't exist resolve them relative to the <executable_path> (if supplied) or the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX.

FIXUP_QT4_EXECUTABLE(<executable>
  [<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf>])

Copies Qt plugins, writes a Qt configuration file (if needed) and fixes up a Qt4 executable using BundleUtilities so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all of the system libraries are compatible.

<executable> should point to the executable to be fixed-up.

<qtplugins> should contain a list of the names or paths of any Qt plugins to be installed.

<libs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should be a list of any already installed plugins, libraries or executables to also be fixed-up.

<dirs> will be passed to BundleUtilities and should contain and directories to be searched to find library dependencies.

<plugins_dir> allows an custom plugins directory to be used.

<request_qt_conf> will force a qt.conf file to be written even if not needed.

INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN_PATH(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
                        <plugins_dir> <component> <configurations>)

Install (or copy) a resolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to <executable> and store the result in <installed_plugin_path_var>.

If <copy> is set to TRUE then the plugins will be copied rather than installed. This is to allow this module to be used at CMake time rather than install time.

If <component> is set then anything installed will use this COMPONENT.

INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN(plugin executable copy installed_plugin_path_var
                   <plugins_dir> <component>)

Install (or copy) an unresolved <plugin> to the default plugins directory (or <plugins_dir>) relative to <executable> and store the result in <installed_plugin_path_var>. See documentation of INSTALL_QT4_PLUGIN_PATH.

INSTALL_QT4_EXECUTABLE(<executable>
  [<qtplugins> <libs> <dirs> <plugins_dir> <request_qt_conf> <component>])

Installs Qt plugins, writes a Qt configuration file (if needed) and fixes up a Qt4 executable using BundleUtilities so it is standalone and can be drag-and-drop copied to another machine as long as all of the system libraries are compatible. The executable will be fixed-up at install time. <component> is the COMPONENT used for bundle fixup and plugin installation. See documentation of FIXUP_QT4_BUNDLE.

  Documentation

DocumentationVTK.cmake

This file provides support for the VTK documentation framework. It relies on several tools (Doxygen, Perl, etc).

  ExternalData

Manage data files stored outside source tree

  Introduction

Use this module to unambiguously reference data files stored outside the source tree and fetch them at build time from arbitrary local and remote content-addressed locations. Functions provided by this module recognize arguments with the syntax DATA{<name>} as references to external data, replace them with full paths to local copies of those data, and create build rules to fetch and update the local copies.

For example:

include(ExternalData)
set(ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES "file:///local/%(algo)/%(hash)"
                               "file:////host/share/%(algo)/%(hash)"
                               "http://data.org/%(algo)/%(hash)")
ExternalData_Add_Test(MyData
  NAME MyTest
  COMMAND MyExe DATA{MyInput.png}
  )
ExternalData_Add_Target(MyData)

When test MyTest runs the DATA{MyInput.png} argument will be replaced by the full path to a real instance of the data file MyInput.png on disk. If the source tree contains a content link such as MyInput.png.md5 then the MyData target creates a real MyInput.png in the build tree.

  Module Functions

ExternalData_Expand_Arguments
    The ExternalData_Expand_Arguments function evaluates DATA{} references in its arguments and constructs a new list of arguments:

    ExternalData_Expand_Arguments(
      <target>   # Name of data management target
      <outVar>   # Output variable
      [args...]  # Input arguments, DATA{} allowed
      )

    It replaces each DATA{} reference in an argument with the full path of a real data file on disk that will exist after the <target> builds.

ExternalData_Add_Test
    The ExternalData_Add_Test function wraps around the CMake add_test() command but supports DATA{} references in its arguments:

    ExternalData_Add_Test(
      <target>   # Name of data management target
      ...        # Arguments of add_test(), DATA{} allowed
      )

    It passes its arguments through ExternalData_Expand_Arguments and then invokes the add_test() command using the results.

ExternalData_Add_Target
    The ExternalData_Add_Target function creates a custom target to manage local instances of data files stored externally:

    ExternalData_Add_Target(
      <target>   # Name of data management target
      )

    It creates custom commands in the target as necessary to make data files available for each DATA{} reference previously evaluated by other functions provided by this module. Data files may be fetched from one of the URL templates specified in the ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, or may be found locally in one of the paths specified in the ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES variable.

    Typically only one target is needed to manage all external data within a project. Call this function once at the end of configuration after all data references have been processed.

  Module Variables

The following variables configure behavior. They should be set before calling any of the functions provided by this module.

ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT
    The ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT variable may be set to the directory to hold the real data files named by expanded DATA{} references. The default is CMAKE_BINARY_DIR. The directory layout will mirror that of content links under ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT.

ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>
    Specify a full path to a .cmake custom fetch script identified by <key> in entries of the ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES list. See Custom Fetch Scripts.

ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT
    The ExternalData_LINK_CONTENT variable may be set to the name of a supported hash algorithm to enable automatic conversion of real data files referenced by the DATA{} syntax into content links. For each such <file> a content link named <file><ext> is created. The original file is renamed to the form .ExternalData_<algo>_<hash> to stage it for future transmission to one of the locations in the list of URL templates (by means outside the scope of this module). The data fetch rule created for the content link will use the staged object if it cannot be found using any URL template.

ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS
    The real data files named by expanded DATA{} references may be made available under ExternalData_BINARY_ROOT using symbolic links on some platforms. The ExternalData_NO_SYMLINKS variable may be set to disable use of symbolic links and enable use of copies instead.

ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES
    The ExternalData_OBJECT_STORES variable may be set to a list of local directories that store objects using the layout <dir>/%(algo)/%(hash). These directories will be searched first for a needed object. If the object is not available in any store then it will be fetched remotely using the URL templates and added to the first local store listed. If no stores are specified the default is a location inside the build tree.

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX

ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH
    See Referencing File Series.

ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT
    The ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT variable may be set to the highest source directory containing any path named by a DATA{} reference. The default is CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR. ExternalData_SOURCE_ROOT and CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR must refer to directories within a single source distribution (e.g. they come together in one tarball).

ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE
    The ExternalData_TIMEOUT_ABSOLUTE variable sets the download absolute timeout, in seconds, with a default of 300 seconds. Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY
    The ExternalData_TIMEOUT_INACTIVITY variable sets the download inactivity timeout, in seconds, with a default of 60 seconds. Set to 0 to disable enforcement.

ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key>
    Specify a custom URL component to be substituted for URL template placeholders of the form %(algo:<key>), where <key> is a valid C identifier, when fetching an object referenced via hash algorithm <algo>. If not defined, the default URL component is just <algo> for any <key>.

ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES
    The ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES may be set to provide a list of of URL templates using the placeholders %(algo) and %(hash) in each template. Data fetch rules try each URL template in order by substituting the hash algorithm name for %(algo) and the hash value for %(hash). Alternatively one may use %(algo:<key>) with ExternalData_URL_ALGO_<algo>_<key> variables to gain more flexibility in remote URLs.

  Referencing Files

  Referencing Single Files

The DATA{} syntax is literal and the <name> is a full or relative path within the source tree. The source tree must contain either a real data file at <name> or a "content link" at <name><ext> containing a hash of the real file using a hash algorithm corresponding to <ext>. For example, the argument DATA{img.png} may be satisfied by either a real img.png file in the current source directory or a img.png.md5 file containing its MD5 sum.

Multiple content links of the same name with different hash algorithms are supported (e.g. img.png.sha256 and img.png.sha1) so long as they all correspond to the same real file. This allows objects to be fetched from sources indexed by different hash algorithms.

  Referencing File Series

The DATA{} syntax can be told to fetch a file series using the form DATA{<name>,:}, where the : is literal. If the source tree contains a group of files or content links named like a series then a reference to one member adds rules to fetch all of them. Although all members of a series are fetched, only the file originally named by the DATA{} argument is substituted for it. The default configuration recognizes file series names ending with #.ext, _#.ext, .#.ext, or -#.ext where # is a sequence of decimal digits and .ext is any single extension. Configure it with a regex that parses <number> and <suffix> parts from the end of <name>:

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex of the form (<number>)(<suffix>)$

For more complicated cases set:

ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE = regex with at least two () groups
ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_PREFIX = <prefix> regex group number, if any
ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_NUMBER = <number> regex group number
ExternalData_SERIES_PARSE_SUFFIX = <suffix> regex group number

Configure series number matching with a regex that matches the <number> part of series members named <prefix><number><suffix>:

ExternalData_SERIES_MATCH = regex matching <number> in all series members

Note that the <suffix> of a series does not include a hash-algorithm extension.

  Referencing Associated Files

The DATA{} syntax can alternatively match files associated with the named file and contained in the same directory. Associated files may be specified by options using the syntax DATA{<name>,<opt1>,<opt2>,...}. Each option may specify one file by name or specify a regular expression to match file names using the syntax REGEX:<regex>. For example, the arguments:

DATA{MyData/MyInput.mhd,MyInput.img}                   # File pair
DATA{MyData/MyFrames00.png,REGEX:MyFrames[0-9]+\\.png} # Series

will pass MyInput.mha and MyFrames00.png on the command line but ensure that the associated files are present next to them.

  Referencing Directories

The DATA{} syntax may reference a directory using a trailing slash and a list of associated files. The form DATA{<name>/,<opt1>,<opt2>,...} adds rules to fetch any files in the directory that match one of the associated file options. For example, the argument DATA{MyDataDir/,REGEX:.*} will pass the full path to a MyDataDir directory on the command line and ensure that the directory contains files corresponding to every file or content link in the MyDataDir source directory. In order to match associated files in subdirectories, specify a RECURSE: option, e.g. DATA{MyDataDir/,RECURSE:,REGEX:.*}.

  Hash Algorithms

The following hash algorithms are supported:

%(algo)     <ext>     Description
-------     -----     -----------
MD5         .md5      Message-Digest Algorithm 5, RFC 1321
SHA1        .sha1     US Secure Hash Algorithm 1, RFC 3174
SHA224      .sha224   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA256      .sha256   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA384      .sha384   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA512      .sha512   US Secure Hash Algorithms, RFC 4634
SHA3_224    .sha3-224 Keccak SHA-3
SHA3_256    .sha3-256 Keccak SHA-3
SHA3_384    .sha3-384 Keccak SHA-3
SHA3_512    .sha3-512 Keccak SHA-3

Note that the hashes are used only for unique data identification and download verification.

  Custom Fetch Scripts

When a data file must be fetched from one of the URL templates specified in the ExternalData_URL_TEMPLATES variable, it is normally downloaded using the file(DOWNLOAD) command. One may specify usage of a custom fetch script by using a URL template of the form ExternalDataCustomScript://<key>/<loc>. The <key> must be a C identifier, and the <loc> must contain the %(algo) and %(hash) placeholders. A variable corresponding to the key, ExternalData_CUSTOM_SCRIPT_<key>, must be set to the full path to a .cmake script file. The script will be included to perform the actual fetch, and provided with the following variables:

ExternalData_CUSTOM_LOCATION
    When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the location part of the URL, which will contain the substituted hash algorithm name and content hash value.

ExternalData_CUSTOM_FILE
    When a custom fetch script is loaded, this variable is set to the full path to a file in which the script must store the fetched content. The name of the file is unspecified and should not be interpreted in any way.

    The custom fetch script is expected to store fetched content in the file or set a variable:

ExternalData_CUSTOM_ERROR
    When a custom fetch script fails to fetch the requested content, it must set this variable to a short one-line message describing the reason for failure.

  ExternalProject

  External Project Definition

ExternalProject_Add
    The ExternalProject_Add() function creates a custom target to drive download, update/patch, configure, build, install and test steps of an external project:

    ExternalProject_Add(<name> [<option>...])

    The individual steps within the process can be driven independently if required (e.g. for CDash submission) and extra custom steps can be defined, along with the ability to control the step dependencies. The directory structure used for the management of the external project can also be customized. The function supports a large number of options which can be used to tailor the external project behavior.

Directory Options:
    Most of the time, the default directory layout is sufficient. It is largely an implementation detail that the main project usually doesn't need to change. In some circumstances, however, control over the directory layout can be useful or necessary. The directory options are potentially more useful from the point of view that the main build can use the ExternalProject_Get_Property() command to retrieve their values, thereby allowing the main project to refer to build artifacts of the external project.

PREFIX <dir>
    Root directory for the external project. Unless otherwise noted below, all other directories associated with the external project will be created under here.

TMP_DIR <dir>
    Directory in which to store temporary files.

STAMP_DIR <dir>
    Directory in which to store the timestamps of each step. Log files from individual steps are also created in here (see Logging Options below).

DOWNLOAD_DIR <dir>
    Directory in which to store downloaded files before unpacking them. This directory is only used by the URL download method, all other download methods use SOURCE_DIR directly instead.

SOURCE_DIR <dir>
    Source directory into which downloaded contents will be unpacked, or for non-URL download methods, the directory in which the repository should be checked out, cloned, etc. If no download method is specified, this must point to an existing directory where the external project has already been unpacked or cloned/checked out.

    NOTE: If a download method is specified, any existing contents of the source directory may be deleted. Only the URL download method checks whether this directory is either missing or empty before initiating the download, stopping with an error if it is not empty. All other download methods silently discard any previous contents of the source directory.

BINARY_DIR <dir>
    Specify the build directory location. This option is ignored if BUILD_IN_SOURCE is enabled.

INSTALL_DIR <dir>
    Installation prefix to be placed in the <INSTALL_DIR> placeholder. This does not actually configure the external project to install to the given prefix. That must be done by passing appropriate arguments to the external project configuration step, e.g. using <INSTALL_DIR>.

    If any of the above ..._DIR options are not specified, their defaults are computed as follows. If the PREFIX option is given or the EP_PREFIX directory property is set, then an external project is built and installed under the specified prefix:

    TMP_DIR      = <prefix>/tmp
    STAMP_DIR    = <prefix>/src/<name>-stamp
    DOWNLOAD_DIR = <prefix>/src
    SOURCE_DIR   = <prefix>/src/<name>
    BINARY_DIR   = <prefix>/src/<name>-build
    INSTALL_DIR  = <prefix>

    Otherwise, if the EP_BASE directory property is set then components of an external project are stored under the specified base:

    TMP_DIR      = <base>/tmp/<name>
    STAMP_DIR    = <base>/Stamp/<name>
    DOWNLOAD_DIR = <base>/Download/<name>
    SOURCE_DIR   = <base>/Source/<name>
    BINARY_DIR   = <base>/Build/<name>
    INSTALL_DIR  = <base>/Install/<name>

    If no PREFIX, EP_PREFIX, or EP_BASE is specified, then the default is to set PREFIX to <name>-prefix. Relative paths are interpreted with respect to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR at the point where ExternalProject_Add() is called.

Download Step Options:
    A download method can be omitted if the SOURCE_DIR option is used to point to an existing non-empty directory. Otherwise, one of the download methods below must be specified (multiple download methods should not be given) or a custom DOWNLOAD_COMMAND provided.

DOWNLOAD_COMMAND <cmd>...
    Overrides the command used for the download step (generator expressions are supported). If this option is specified, all other download options will be ignored. Providing an empty string for <cmd> effectively disables the download step.

URL Download

URL <url1> [<url2>...]
    List of paths and/or URL(s) of the external project's source. When more than one URL is given, they are tried in turn until one succeeds. A URL may be an ordinary path in the local file system (in which case it must be the only URL provided) or any downloadable URL supported by the file(DOWNLOAD) command. A local filesystem path may refer to either an existing directory or to an archive file, whereas a URL is expected to point to a file which can be treated as an archive. When an archive is used, it will be unpacked automatically unless the DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT option is set to prevent it. The archive type is determined by inspecting the actual content rather than using logic based on the file extension.

URL_HASH <algo>=<hashValue>
    Hash of the archive file to be downloaded. The argument should be of the form <algo>=<hashValue> where algo can be any of the hashing algorithms supported by the file() command. Specifying this option is strongly recommended for URL downloads, as it ensures the integrity of the downloaded content. It is also used as a check for a previously downloaded file, allowing connection to the remote location to be avoided altogether if the local directory already has a file from an earlier download that matches the specified hash.

URL_MD5 <md5>
    Equivalent to URL_HASH MD5=<md5>.

DOWNLOAD_NAME <fname>
    File name to use for the downloaded file. If not given, the end of the URL is used to determine the file name. This option is rarely needed, the default name is generally suitable and is not normally used outside of code internal to the ExternalProject module.

DOWNLOAD_NO_EXTRACT <bool>
    Allows the extraction part of the download step to be disabled by passing a boolean true value for this option. If this option is not given, the downloaded contents will be unpacked automatically if required. If extraction has been disabled, the full path to the downloaded file is available as <DOWNLOADED_FILE> in subsequent steps or as the property DOWNLOADED_FILE with the ExternalProject_Get_Property() command.

DOWNLOAD_NO_PROGRESS <bool>
    Can be used to disable logging the download progress. If this option is not given, download progress messages will be logged.

TIMEOUT <seconds>
    Maximum time allowed for file download operations.

HTTP_USERNAME <username>
    Username for the download operation if authentication is required.

HTTP_PASSWORD <password>
    Password for the download operation if authentication is required.

HTTP_HEADER <header1> [<header2>...]
    Provides an arbitrary list of HTTP headers for the download operation. This can be useful for accessing content in systems like AWS, etc.

TLS_VERIFY <bool>
    Specifies whether certificate verification should be performed for https URLs. If this option is not provided, the default behavior is determined by the CMAKE_TLS_VERIFY variable (see file(DOWNLOAD)). If that is also not set, certificate verification will not be performed. In situations where URL_HASH cannot be provided, this option can be an alternative verification measure.

TLS_CAINFO <file>
    Specify a custom certificate authority file to use if TLS_VERIFY is enabled. If this option is not specified, the value of the CMAKE_TLS_CAINFO variable will be used instead (see file(DOWNLOAD))

NETRC <level>
    Specify whether the .netrc file is to be used for operation. If this option is not specified, the value of the CMAKE_NETRC variable will be used instead (see file(DOWNLOAD)) Valid levels are:

IGNORED
    The .netrc file is ignored. This is the default.

OPTIONAL
    The .netrc file is optional, and information in the URL is preferred. The file will be scanned to find which ever information is not specified in the URL.

REQUIRED
    The .netrc file is required, and information in the URL is ignored.

NETRC_FILE <file>
    Specify an alternative .netrc file to the one in your home directory if the NETRC level is OPTIONAL or REQUIRED. If this option is not specified, the value of the CMAKE_NETRC_FILE variable will be used instead (see file(DOWNLOAD))

Git NOTE: A git version of 1.6.5 or later is required if this download method is used.

GIT_REPOSITORY <url>
    URL of the git repository. Any URL understood by the git command may be used.

GIT_TAG <tag>
    Git branch name, tag or commit hash. Note that branch names and tags should generally be specified as remote names (i.e. origin/myBranch rather than simply myBranch). This ensures that if the remote end has its tag moved or branch rebased or history rewritten, the local clone will still be updated correctly. In general, however, specifying a commit hash should be preferred for a number of reasons:

•   If the local clone already has the commit corresponding to the hash, no git fetch needs to be performed to check for changes each time CMake is re-run. This can result in a significant speed up if many external projects are being used.

•   Using a specific git hash ensures that the main project's own history is fully traceable to a specific point in the external project's evolution. If a branch or tag name is used instead, then checking out a specific commit of the main project doesn't necessarily pin the whole build to a specific point in the life of the external project. The lack of such deterministic behavior makes the main project lose traceability and repeatability.

GIT_REMOTE_NAME <name>
    The optional name of the remote. If this option is not specified, it defaults to origin.

GIT_SUBMODULES <module>...
    Specific git submodules that should also be updated. If this option is not provided, all git submodules will be updated.

GIT_SHALLOW <bool>
    When this option is enabled, the git clone operation will be given the --depth 1 option. This performs a shallow clone, which avoids downloading the whole history and instead retrieves just the commit denoted by the GIT_TAG option.

GIT_PROGRESS <bool>
    When enabled, this option instructs the git clone operation to report its progress by passing it the --progress option. Without this option, the clone step for large projects may appear to make the build stall, since nothing will be logged until the clone operation finishes. While this option can be used to provide progress to prevent the appearance of the build having stalled, it may also make the build overly noisy if lots of external projects are used.

GIT_CONFIG <option1> [<option2>...]
    Specify a list of config options to pass to git clone. Each option listed will be transformed into its own --config <option> on the git clone command line, with each option required to be in the form key=value.

Subversion

SVN_REPOSITORY <url>
    URL of the Subversion repository.

SVN_REVISION -r<rev>
    Revision to checkout from the Subversion repository.

SVN_USERNAME <username>
    Username for the Subversion checkout and update.

SVN_PASSWORD <password>
    Password for the Subversion checkout and update.

SVN_TRUST_CERT <bool>
    Specifies whether to trust the Subversion server site certificate. If enabled, the --trust-server-cert option is passed to the svn checkout and update commands.

Mercurial

HG_REPOSITORY <url>
    URL of the mercurial repository.

HG_TAG <tag>
    Mercurial branch name, tag or commit id.

CVS

CVS_REPOSITORY <cvsroot>
    CVSROOT of the CVS repository.

CVS_MODULE <mod>
    Module to checkout from the CVS repository.

CVS_TAG <tag>
    Tag to checkout from the CVS repository.

Update/Patch Step Options:
    Whenever CMake is re-run, by default the external project's sources will be updated if the download method supports updates (e.g. a git repository would be checked if the GIT_TAG does not refer to a specific commit).

UPDATE_COMMAND <cmd>...
    Overrides the download method's update step with a custom command. The command may use generator expressions.

UPDATE_DISCONNECTED <bool>
    When enabled, this option causes the update step to be skipped. It does not, however, prevent the download step. The update step can still be added as a step target (see ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets()) and called manually. This is useful if you want to allow developers to build the project when disconnected from the network (the network may still be needed for the download step though).

    When this option is present, it is generally advisable to make the value a cache variable under the developer's control rather than hard-coding it. If this option is not present, the default value is taken from the EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED directory property. If that is also not defined, updates are performed as normal. The EP_UPDATE_DISCONNECTED directory property is intended as a convenience for controlling the UPDATE_DISCONNECTED behavior for an entire section of a project's directory hierarchy and may be a more convenient method of giving developers control over whether or not to perform updates (assuming the project also provides a cache variable or some other convenient method for setting the directory property).

PATCH_COMMAND <cmd>...
    Specifies a custom command to patch the sources after an update. By default, no patch command is defined. Note that it can be quite difficult to define an appropriate patch command that performs robustly, especially for download methods such as git where changing the GIT_TAG will not discard changes from a previous patch, but the patch command will be called again after updating to the new tag.

Configure Step Options:
    The configure step is run after the download and update steps. By default, the external project is assumed to be a CMake project, but this can be overridden if required.

CONFIGURE_COMMAND <cmd>...
    The default configure command runs CMake with options based on the main project. For non-CMake external projects, the CONFIGURE_COMMAND option must be used to override this behavior (generator expressions are supported). For projects that require no configure step, specify this option with an empty string as the command to execute.

CMAKE_COMMAND /.../cmake
    Specify an alternative cmake executable for the configure step (use an absolute path). This is generally not recommended, since it is usually desirable to use the same CMake version throughout the whole build. This option is ignored if a custom configure command has been specified with CONFIGURE_COMMAND.

CMAKE_GENERATOR <gen>
    Override the CMake generator used for the configure step. Without this option, the same generator as the main build will be used. This option is ignored if a custom configure command has been specified with the CONFIGURE_COMMAND option.

CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM <platform>
    Pass a generator-specific platform name to the CMake command (see CMAKE_GENERATOR_PLATFORM). It is an error to provide this option without the CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET <toolset>
    Pass a generator-specific toolset name to the CMake command (see CMAKE_GENERATOR_TOOLSET). It is an error to provide this option without the CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

CMAKE_GENERATOR_INSTANCE <instance>
    Pass a generator-specific instance selection to the CMake command (see CMAKE_GENERATOR_INSTANCE). It is an error to provide this option without the CMAKE_GENERATOR option.

CMAKE_ARGS <arg>...
    The specified arguments are passed to the cmake command line. They can be any argument the cmake command understands, not just cache values defined by -D... arguments (see also CMake Options). In addition, arguments may use generator expressions.

CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS <arg>...
    This is an alternate way of specifying cache variables where command line length issues may become a problem. The arguments are expected to be in the form -Dvar:STRING=value, which are then transformed into CMake set() commands with the FORCE option used. These set() commands are written to a pre-load script which is then applied using the cmake -C command line option. Arguments may use generator expressions.

CMAKE_CACHE_DEFAULT_ARGS <arg>...
    This is the same as the CMAKE_CACHE_ARGS option except the set() commands do not include the FORCE keyword. This means the values act as initial defaults only and will not override any variables already set from a previous run. Use this option with care, as it can lead to different behavior depending on whether the build starts from a fresh build directory or re-uses previous build contents.

SOURCE_SUBDIR <dir>
    When no CONFIGURE_COMMAND option is specified, the configure step assumes the external project has a CMakeLists.txt file at the top of its source tree (i.e. in SOURCE_DIR). The SOURCE_SUBDIR option can be used to point to an alternative directory within the source tree to use as the top of the CMake source tree instead. This must be a relative path and it will be interpreted as being relative to SOURCE_DIR.

Build Step Options:
    If the configure step assumed the external project uses CMake as its build system, the build step will also. Otherwise, the build step will assume a Makefile-based build and simply run make with no arguments as the default build step. This can be overridden with custom build commands if required.

BUILD_COMMAND <cmd>...
    Overrides the default build command (generator expressions are supported). If this option is not given, the default build command will be chosen to integrate with the main build in the most appropriate way (e.g. using recursive make for Makefile generators or cmake --build if the project uses a CMake build). This option can be specified with an empty string as the command to make the build step do nothing.

BUILD_IN_SOURCE <bool>
    When this option is enabled, the build will be done directly within the external project's source tree. This should generally be avoided, the use of a separate build directory is usually preferred, but it can be useful when the external project assumes an in-source build. The BINARY_DIR option should not be specified if building in-source.

BUILD_ALWAYS <bool>
    Enabling this option forces the build step to always be run. This can be the easiest way to robustly ensure that the external project's own build dependencies are evaluated rather than relying on the default success timestamp-based method. This option is not normally needed unless developers are expected to modify something the external project's build depends on in a way that is not detectable via the step target dependencies (e.g. SOURCE_DIR is used without a download method and developers might modify the sources in SOURCE_DIR).

BUILD_BYPRODUCTS <file>...
    Specifies files that will be generated by the build command but which might or might not have their modification time updated by subsequent builds. These ultimately get passed through as BYPRODUCTS to the build step's own underlying call to add_custom_command().

Install Step Options:
    If the configure step assumed the external project uses CMake as its build system, the install step will also. Otherwise, the install step will assume a Makefile-based build and simply run make install as the default build step. This can be overridden with custom install commands if required.

INSTALL_COMMAND <cmd>...
    The external project's own install step is invoked as part of the main project's build. It is done after the external project's build step and may be before or after the external project's test step (see the TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL option below). The external project's install rules are not part of the main project's install rules, so if anything from the external project should be installed as part of the main build, these need to be specified in the main build as additional install() commands. The default install step builds the install target of the external project, but this can be overridden with a custom command using this option (generator expressions are supported). Passing an empty string as the <cmd> makes the install step do nothing.

Test Step Options:
    The test step is only defined if at least one of the following TEST_... options are provided.

TEST_COMMAND <cmd>...
    Overrides the default test command (generator expressions are supported). If this option is not given, the default behavior of the test step is to build the external project's own test target. This option can be specified with <cmd> as an empty string, which allows the test step to still be defined, but it will do nothing. Do not specify any of the other TEST_... options if providing an empty string as the test command, but prefer to omit all TEST_... options altogether if the test step target is not needed.

TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL <bool>
    When this option is enabled, the test step will be executed before the install step. The default behavior is for the test step to run after the install step.

TEST_AFTER_INSTALL <bool>
    This option is mainly useful as a way to indicate that the test step is desired but all default behavior is sufficient. Specifying this option with a boolean true value ensures the test step is defined and that it comes after the install step. If both TEST_BEFORE_INSTALL and TEST_AFTER_INSTALL are enabled, the latter is silently ignored.

TEST_EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
    If enabled, the main build's default ALL target will not depend on the test step. This can be a useful way of ensuring the test step is defined but only gets invoked when manually requested.

Output Logging Options:
    Each of the following LOG_... options can be used to wrap the relevant step in a script to capture its output to files. The log files will be created in the STAMP_DIR directory with step-specific file names.

LOG_DOWNLOAD <bool>
    When enabled, the output of the download step is logged to files.

LOG_UPDATE <bool>
    When enabled, the output of the update step is logged to files.

LOG_CONFIGURE <bool>
    When enabled, the output of the configure step is logged to files.

LOG_BUILD <bool>
    When enabled, the output of the build step is logged to files.

LOG_INSTALL <bool>
    When enabled, the output of the install step is logged to files.

LOG_TEST <bool>
    When enabled, the output of the test step is logged to files.

Terminal Access Options:
    Steps can be given direct access to the terminal in some cases. Giving a step access to the terminal may allow it to receive terminal input if required, such as for authentication details not provided by other options. With the Ninja generator, these options place the steps in the console job pool. Each step can be given access to the terminal individually via the following options:

USES_TERMINAL_DOWNLOAD <bool>
    Give the download step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_UPDATE <bool>
    Give the update step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_CONFIGURE <bool>
    Give the configure step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_BUILD <bool>
    Give the build step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_INSTALL <bool>
    Give the install step access to the terminal.

USES_TERMINAL_TEST <bool>
    Give the test step access to the terminal.

Target Options:

DEPENDS <targets>...
    Specify other targets on which the external project depends. The other targets will be brought up to date before any of the external project's steps are executed. Because the external project uses additional custom targets internally for each step, the DEPENDS option is the most convenient way to ensure all of those steps depend on the other targets. Simply doing add_dependencies(<name> <targets>) will not make any of the steps dependent on <targets>.

EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL <bool>
    When enabled, this option excludes the external project from the default ALL target of the main build.

STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
    Generate custom targets for the specified steps. This is required if the steps need to be triggered manually or if they need to be used as dependencies of other targets. If this option is not specified, the default value is taken from the EP_STEP_TARGETS directory property. See ExternalProject_Add_Step() below for further discussion of the effects of this option.

INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS <step-target>...
    Generate custom targets for the specified steps and prevent these targets from having the usual dependencies applied to them. If this option is not specified, the default value is taken from the EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS directory property. This option is mostly useful for allowing individual steps to be driven independently, such as for a CDash setup where each step should be initiated and reported individually rather than as one whole build. See ExternalProject_Add_Step() below for further discussion of the effects of this option.

Miscellaneous Options:

LIST_SEPARATOR <sep>
    For any of the various ..._COMMAND options, replace ; with <sep> in the specified command lines. This can be useful where list variables may be given in commands where they should end up as space-separated arguments (<sep> would be a single space character string in this case).

COMMAND <cmd>...
    Any of the other ..._COMMAND options can have additional commands appended to them by following them with as many COMMAND ... options as needed (generator expressions are supported). For example:

    ExternalProject_Add(example
      ... # Download options, etc.
      BUILD_COMMAND ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "Starting $<CONFIG> build"
      COMMAND       ${CMAKE_COMMAND} --build <BINARY_DIR> --config $<CONFIG>
      COMMAND       ${CMAKE_COMMAND} -E echo "$<CONFIG> build complete"
    )

    It should also be noted that each build step is created via a call to ExternalProject_Add_Step(). See that command's documentation for the automatic substitutions that are supported for some options.

  Obtaining Project Properties

ExternalProject_Get_Property
    The ExternalProject_Get_Property() function retrieves external project target properties:

    ExternalProject_Get_Property(<name> <prop1> [<prop2>...])

    The function stores property values in variables of the same name. Property names correspond to the keyword argument names of ExternalProject_Add(). For example, the source directory might be retrieved like so:

    ExternalProject_Get_property(myExtProj SOURCE_DIR)
    message("Source dir of myExtProj = ${SOURCE_DIR}")

  Explicit Step Management

The ExternalProject_Add() function on its own is often sufficient for incorporating an external project into the main build. Certain scenarios require additional work to implement desired behavior, such as adding in a custom step or making steps available as manually triggerable targets. The ExternalProject_Add_Step(), ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() and ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies functions provide the lower level control needed to implement such step-level capabilities.

ExternalProject_Add_Step
    The ExternalProject_Add_Step() function specifies an additional custom step for an external project defined by an earlier call to ExternalProject_Add():

    ExternalProject_Add_Step(<name> <step> [<option>...])

    <name> is the same as the name passed to the original call to ExternalProject_Add(). The specified <step> must not be one of the pre-defined steps (mkdir, download, update, skip-update, patch, configure, build, install or test). The supported options are:

COMMAND <cmd>...
    The command line to be executed by this custom step (generator expressions are supported). This option can be repeated multiple times to specify multiple commands to be executed in order.

COMMENT <text>...
    Text to be printed when the custom step executes.

DEPENDEES <step>...
    Other steps (custom or pre-defined) on which this step depends.

DEPENDERS <step>...
    Other steps (custom or pre-defined) that depend on this new custom step.

DEPENDS <file>...
    Files on which this custom step depends.

BYPRODUCTS <file>...
    Files that will be generated by this custom step but which might or might not have their modification time updated by subsequent builds. This list of files will ultimately be passed through as the BYPRODUCTS option to the add_custom_command() used to implement the custom step internally.

ALWAYS <bool>
    When enabled, this option specifies that the custom step should always be run (i.e. that it is always considered out of date).

EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN <bool>
    When enabled, this option specifies that the external project's main target does not depend on the custom step.

WORKING_DIRECTORY <dir>
    Specifies the working directory to set before running the custom step's command. If this option is not specified, the directory will be the value of the CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR at the point where ExternalProject_Add_Step() was called.

LOG <bool>
    If set, this causes the output from the custom step to be captured to files in the external project's STAMP_DIR.

USES_TERMINAL <bool>
    If enabled, this gives the custom step direct access to the terminal if possible.

    The command line, comment, working directory and byproducts of every standard and custom step are processed to replace the tokens <SOURCE_DIR>, <SOURCE_SUBDIR>, <BINARY_DIR>, <INSTALL_DIR> <TMP_DIR>, <DOWNLOAD_DIR> and <DOWNLOADED_FILE> with their corresponding property values defined in the original call to ExternalProject_Add().

ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets
    The ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() function generates targets for the steps listed. The name of each created target will be of the form <name>-<step>:

    ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(<name> [NO_DEPENDS] <step1> [<step2>...])

    Creating a target for a step allows it to be used as a dependency of another target or to be triggered manually. Having targets for specific steps also allows them to be driven independently of each other by specifying targets on build command lines. For example, you may be submitting to a sub-project based dashboard where you want to drive the configure portion of the build, then submit to the dashboard, followed by the build portion, followed by tests. If you invoke a custom target that depends on a step halfway through the step dependency chain, then all the previous steps will also run to ensure everything is up to date.

    If the NO_DEPENDS option is specified, the step target will not depend on the dependencies of the external project (i.e. on any dependencies of the <name> custom target created by ExternalProject_Add()). This is usually safe for the download, update and patch steps, since they do not typically require that the dependencies are updated and built. Using NO_DEPENDS for any of the other pre-defined steps, however, may break parallel builds. Only use NO_DEPENDS where it is certain that the named steps genuinely do not have dependencies. For custom steps, consider whether or not the custom commands require the dependencies to be configured, built and installed.

    Internally, ExternalProject_Add() calls ExternalProject_Add_Step() to create each step. If any STEP_TARGETS or INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS were specified, then ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() will also be called after ExternalProject_Add_Step(). INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS have the NO_DEPENDS option set, whereas STEP_TARGETS do not. Other than that, the two options result in ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() being called in the same way. Even if a step is not mentioned in either of those two options, ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() can still be called later to manually define a target for the step.

    The STEP_TARGETS and INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS options for ExternalProject_Add() are generally the easiest way to ensure targets are created for specific steps of interest. For custom steps, ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets() must be called explicitly if a target should also be created for that custom step. An alternative to these two options is to populate the EP_STEP_TARGETS and EP_INDEPENDENT_STEP_TARGETS directory properties. These act as defaults for the step target options and can save having to repeatedly specify the same set of step targets when multiple external projects are being defined.

ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies
    The ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies() function can be used to add dependencies to a step. The dependencies added must be targets CMake already knows about (these can be ordinary executable or library targets, custom targets or even step targets of another external project):

    ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(<name> <step> <target1> [<target2>...])

    This function takes care to set both target and file level dependencies and will ensure that parallel builds will not break. It should be used instead of add_dependencies() whenever adding a dependency for some of the step targets generated by the ExternalProject module.

  Examples

The following example shows how to download and build a hypothetical project called FooBar from github:

include(ExternalProject)
ExternalProject_Add(foobar
  GIT_REPOSITORY    git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
  GIT_TAG           origin/release/1.2.3
)

For the sake of the example, also define a second hypothetical external project called SecretSauce, which is downloaded from a web server. Two URLs are given to take advantage of a faster internal network if available, with a fallback to a slower external server. The project is a typical Makefile project with no configure step, so some of the default commands are overridden. The build is only required to build the sauce target:

find_program(MAKE_EXE NAMES gmake nmake make)
ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
  URL               http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
                    https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
  URL_HASH          MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
  CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
  BUILD_COMMAND     ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
)

Suppose the build step of secretsauce requires that foobar must already be built. This could be enforced like so:

ExternalProject_Add_StepDependencies(secretsauce build foobar)

Another alternative would be to create a custom target for foobar's build step and make secretsauce depend on that rather than the whole foobar project. This would mean foobar only needs to be built, it doesn't need to run its install or test steps before secretsauce can be built. The dependency can also be defined along with the secretsauce project:

ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(foobar build)
ExternalProject_Add(secretsauce
  URL               http://intranet.somecompany.com/artifacts/sauce-2.7.tgz
                    https://www.somecompany.com/downloads/sauce-2.7.zip
  URL_HASH          MD5=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
  CONFIGURE_COMMAND ""
  BUILD_COMMAND     ${MAKE_EXE} sauce
  DEPENDS           foobar-build
)

Instead of calling ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(), the target could be defined along with the foobar project itself:

ExternalProject_Add(foobar
  GIT_REPOSITORY git@github.com:FooCo/FooBar.git
  GIT_TAG        origin/release/1.2.3
  STEP_TARGETS   build
)

If many external projects should have the same set of step targets, setting a directory property may be more convenient. The build step target could be created automatically by setting the EP_STEP_TARGETS directory property before creating the external projects with ExternalProject_Add():

set_property(DIRECTORY PROPERTY EP_STEP_TARGETS build)

Lastly, suppose that secretsauce provides a script called makedoc which can be used to generate its own documentation. Further suppose that the script expects the output directory to be provided as the only parameter and that it should be run from the secretsauce source directory. A custom step and a custom target to trigger the script can be defined like so:

ExternalProject_Add_Step(secretsauce docs
  COMMAND           <SOURCE_DIR>/makedoc <BINARY_DIR>
  WORKING_DIRECTORY <SOURCE_DIR>
  COMMENT           "Building secretsauce docs"
  ALWAYS            TRUE
  EXCLUDE_FROM_MAIN TRUE
)
ExternalProject_Add_StepTargets(secretsauce docs)

The custom step could then be triggered from the main build like so:

cmake --build . --target secretsauce-docs

  FeatureSummary

Functions for generating a summary of enabled/disabled features.

These functions can be used to generate a summary of enabled and disabled packages and/or feature for a build tree such as:

-- The following OPTIONAL packages have been found:
LibXml2 (required version >= 2.4), XML processing lib, <http://xmlsoft.org>
   * Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor
   * Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor
PNG, A PNG image library., <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/>
   * Enables saving screenshots
-- The following OPTIONAL packages have not been found:
Lua51, The Lua scripting language., <http://www.lua.org>
   * Enables macros in MyWordProcessor
Foo, Foo provides cool stuff.

  Global Properties

FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES

    The global property FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES defines the type of packages used by FeatureSummary.

    The order in this list is important, the first package type in the list is the least important, the last is the most important. the of a package can only be changed to higher types.

    The default package types are , RUNTIME, OPTIONAL, RECOMMENDED and REQUIRED, and their importance is RUNTIME < OPTIONAL < RECOMMENDED < REQUIRED.

FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES

    The global property FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES defines which package types are required.

    If one or more package in this categories has not been found, CMake will abort when calling feature_summary() with the 'FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES' option enabled.

    The default value for this global property is REQUIRED.

FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE

    The global property FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE defines which package type is the default one. When calling feature_summary(), if the user did not set the package type explicitly, the package will be assigned to this category.

    This value must be one of the types defined in the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property unless the package type is set for all the packages.

    The default value for this global property is OPTIONAL.

FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION

    The global property FeatureSummary_<TYPE>_DESCRIPTION can be defined for each type to replace the type name with the specified string whenever the package type is used in an output string.

    If not set, the string "<TYPE> packages" is used.

  Functions

feature_summary

    feature_summary( [FILENAME <file>]
                     [APPEND]
                     [VAR <variable_name>]
                     [INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES]
                     [FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES]
                     [DESCRIPTION "<description>" | DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION]
                     [QUIET_ON_EMPTY]
                     WHAT (ALL
                          | PACKAGES_FOUND | PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                          | <TYPE>_PACKAGES_FOUND | <TYPE>_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                          | ENABLED_FEATURES | DISABLED_FEATURES)
                   )

    The feature_summary() macro can be used to print information about enabled or disabled packages or features of a project. By default, only the names of the features/packages will be printed and their required version when one was specified. Use set_package_properties() to add more useful information, like e.g. a download URL for the respective package or their purpose in the project.

    The WHAT option is the only mandatory option. Here you specify what information will be printed:

ALL print everything

ENABLED_FEATURES
    the list of all features which are enabled

DISABLED_FEATURES
    the list of all features which are disabled

PACKAGES_FOUND
    the list of all packages which have been found

PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
    the list of all packages which have not been found

    For each package type <TYPE> defined by the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property, the following information can also be used:

<TYPE>_PACKAGES_FOUND
    only those packages which have been found which have the type <TYPE>

<TYPE>_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
    only those packages which have not been found which have the type <TYPE>

    With the exception of the ALL value, these values can be combined in order to customize the output. For example:

    feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DISABLED_FEATURES)

    If a FILENAME is given, the information is printed into this file. If APPEND is used, it is appended to this file, otherwise the file is overwritten if it already existed. If the VAR option is used, the information is "printed" into the specified variable. If FILENAME is not used, the information is printed to the terminal. Using the DESCRIPTION option a description or headline can be set which will be printed above the actual content. If only one type of package was requested, no title is printed, unless it is explicitly set using either DESCRIPTION to use a custom string, or DEFAULT_DESCRIPTION to use a default title for the requested type. If INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES is given, packages which have been searched with find_package(... QUIET) will also be listed. By default they are skipped. If FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES is given, CMake will abort if a package which is marked as one of the package types listed in the FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES global property has not been found. The default value for the FeatureSummary_REQUIRED_PKG_TYPES global property is REQUIRED.

    The FeatureSummary_DEFAULT_PKG_TYPE global property can be modified to change the default package type assigned when not explicitly assigned by the user.

    If the QUIET_ON_EMPTY option is used, if only one type of package was requested, and no packages belonging to that category were found, then no output (including the DESCRIPTION) is printed or added to the VAR variable.

    Example 1, append everything to a file:

    include(FeatureSummary)
    feature_summary(WHAT ALL
                    FILENAME ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/all.log APPEND)

    Example 2, print the enabled features into the variable enabledFeaturesText, including QUIET packages:

    include(FeatureSummary)
    feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES
                    INCLUDE_QUIET_PACKAGES
                    DESCRIPTION "Enabled Features:"
                    VAR enabledFeaturesText)
    message(STATUS "${enabledFeaturesText}")

    Example 3, change default package types and print only the categories that are not empty:

    include(FeatureSummary)
    set_property(GLOBAL APPEND PROPERTY FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES BUILD)
    find_package(FOO)
    set_package_properties(FOO PROPERTIES TYPE BUILD)
    feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_FOUND
                    Description "Build tools found:"
                    QUIET_ON_EMPTY)
    feature_summary(WHAT BUILD_PACKAGES_NOT_FOUND
                    Description "Build tools not found:"
                    QUIET_ON_EMPTY)

set_package_properties

    set_package_properties(<name> PROPERTIES
                           [ URL <url> ]
                           [ DESCRIPTION <description> ]
                           [ TYPE (RUNTIME|OPTIONAL|RECOMMENDED|REQUIRED) ]
                           [ PURPOSE <purpose> ]
                          )

    Use this macro to set up information about the named package, which can then be displayed via FEATURE_SUMMARY(). This can be done either directly in the Find-module or in the project which uses the module after the find_package() call. The features for which information can be set are added automatically by the find_package() command.

URL <url>
    This should be the homepage of the package, or something similar. Ideally this is set already directly in the Find-module.

DESCRIPTION <description>
    A short description what that package is, at most one sentence. Ideally this is set already directly in the Find-module.

TYPE <type>
    What type of dependency has the using project on that package. Default is OPTIONAL. In this case it is a package which can be used by the project when available at buildtime, but it also work without. RECOMMENDED is similar to OPTIONAL, i.e. the project will build if the package is not present, but the functionality of the resulting binaries will be severely limited. If a REQUIRED package is not available at buildtime, the project may not even build. This can be combined with the FATAL_ON_MISSING_REQUIRED_PACKAGES argument for feature_summary(). Last, a RUNTIME package is a package which is actually not used at all during the build, but which is required for actually running the resulting binaries. So if such a package is missing, the project can still be built, but it may not work later on. If set_package_properties() is called multiple times for the same package with different TYPEs, the TYPE is only changed to higher TYPEs (RUNTIME < OPTIONAL < RECOMMENDED < REQUIRED), lower TYPEs are ignored. The TYPE property is project-specific, so it cannot be set by the Find-module, but must be set in the project. Type accepted can be changed by setting the FeatureSummary_PKG_TYPES global property.

PURPOSE <purpose>
    This describes which features this package enables in the project, i.e. it tells the user what functionality he gets in the resulting binaries. If set_package_properties() is called multiple times for a package, all PURPOSE properties are appended to a list of purposes of the package in the project. As the TYPE property, also the PURPOSE property is project-specific, so it cannot be set by the Find-module, but must be set in the project.

    Example for setting the info for a package:

    find_package(LibXml2)
    set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                           DESCRIPTION "A XML processing library."
                           URL "http://xmlsoft.org/")
    # or
    set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                           TYPE RECOMMENDED
                           PURPOSE "Enables HTML-import in MyWordProcessor")
    # or
    set_package_properties(LibXml2 PROPERTIES
                           TYPE OPTIONAL
                           PURPOSE "Enables odt-export in MyWordProcessor")
    find_package(DBUS)
    set_package_properties(DBUS PROPERTIES
      TYPE RUNTIME
      PURPOSE "Necessary to disable the screensaver during a presentation")

add_feature_info

    add_feature_info(<name> <enabled> <description>)

    Use this macro to add information about a feature with the given <name>. <enabled> contains whether this feature is enabled or not. It can be a variable or a list of conditions. <description> is a text describing the feature. The information can be displayed using feature_summary() for ENABLED_FEATURES and DISABLED_FEATURES respectively.

    Example for setting the info for a feature:

    option(WITH_FOO "Help for foo" ON)
    add_feature_info(Foo WITH_FOO "The Foo feature provides very cool stuff.")

  Legacy Macros

The following macros are provided for compatibility with previous CMake versions:

set_package_info

    set_package_info(<name> <description> [ <url> [<purpose>] ])

    Use this macro to set up information about the named package, which can then be displayed via feature_summary(). This can be done either directly in the Find-module or in the project which uses the module after the find_package() call. The features for which information can be set are added automatically by the find_package() command.

set_feature_info

    set_feature_info(<name> <description> [<url>])

    Does the same as:

    set_package_info(<name> <description> <url>)

print_enabled_features

    print_enabled_features()

    Does the same as

    feature_summary(WHAT ENABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Enabled features:")

print_disabled_features

    print_disabled_features()

    Does the same as

    feature_summary(WHAT DISABLED_FEATURES DESCRIPTION "Disabled features:")

  FetchContent

  Overview

This module enables populating content at configure time via any method supported by the ExternalProject module. Whereas ExternalProject_Add() downloads at build time, the FetchContent module makes content available immediately, allowing the configure step to use the content in commands like add_subdirectory(), include() or file() operations.

Content population details would normally be defined separately from the command that performs the actual population. Projects should also check whether the content has already been populated somewhere else in the project hierarchy. Typical usage would look something like this:

FetchContent_Declare(
  googletest
  GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
  GIT_TAG        release-1.8.0
)
FetchContent_GetProperties(googletest)
if(NOT googletest_POPULATED)
  FetchContent_Populate(googletest)
  add_subdirectory(${googletest_SOURCE_DIR} ${googletest_BINARY_DIR})
endif()

When using the above pattern with a hierarchical project arrangement, projects at higher levels in the hierarchy are able to define or override the population details of content specified anywhere lower in the project hierarchy. The ability to detect whether content has already been populated ensures that even if multiple child projects want certain content to be available, the first one to populate it wins. The other child project can simply make use of the already available content instead of repeating the population for itself. See the Examples section which demonstrates this scenario.

The FetchContent module also supports defining and populating content in a single call, with no check for whether the content has been populated elsewhere in the project already. This is a more low level operation and would not normally be the way the module is used, but it is sometimes useful as part of implementing some higher level feature or to populate some content in CMake's script mode.

  Declaring Content Details

FetchContent_Declare

    FetchContent_Declare(<name> <contentOptions>...)

    The FetchContent_Declare() function records the options that describe how to populate the specified content, but if such details have already been recorded earlier in this project (regardless of where in the project hierarchy), this and all later calls for the same content <name> are ignored. This "first to record, wins" approach is what allows hierarchical projects to have parent projects override content details of child projects.

    The content <name> can be any string without spaces, but good practice would be to use only letters, numbers and underscores. The name will be treated case-insensitively and it should be obvious for the content it represents, often being the name of the child project or the value given to its top level project() command (if it is a CMake project). For well-known public projects, the name should generally be the official name of the project. Choosing an unusual name makes it unlikely that other projects needing that same content will use the same name, leading to the content being populated multiple times.

    The <contentOptions> can be any of the download or update/patch options that the ExternalProject_Add() command understands. The configure, build, install and test steps are explicitly disabled and therefore options related to them will be ignored. In most cases, <contentOptions> will just be a couple of options defining the download method and method-specific details like a commit tag or archive hash. For example:

    FetchContent_Declare(
      googletest
      GIT_REPOSITORY https://github.com/google/googletest.git
      GIT_TAG        release-1.8.0
    )
    FetchContent_Declare(
      myCompanyIcons
      URL      https://intranet.mycompany.com/assets/iconset_1.12.tar.gz
      URL_HASH 5588a7b18261c20068beabfb4f530b87
    )
    FetchContent_Declare(
      myCompanyCertificates
      SVN_REPOSITORY svn+ssh://svn.mycompany.com/srv/svn/trunk/certs
      SVN_REVISION   -r12345
    )

  Populating The Content

FetchContent_Populate

    FetchContent_Populate( <name> )

    In most cases, the only argument given to FetchContent_Populate() is the <name>. When used this way, the command assumes the content details have been recorded by an earlier call to FetchContent_Declare(). The details are stored in a global property, so they are unaffected by things like variable or directory scope. Therefore, it doesn't matter where in the project the details were previously declared, as long as they have been declared before the call to FetchContent_Populate(). Those saved details are then used to construct a call to ExternalProject_Add() in a private sub-build to perform the content population immediately. The implementation of ExternalProject_Add() ensures that if the content has already been populated in a previous CMake run, that content will be reused rather than repopulating them again. For the common case where population involves downloading content, the cost of the download is only paid once.

    An internal global property records when a particular content population request has been processed. If FetchContent_Populate() is called more than once for the same content name within a configure run, the second call will halt with an error. Projects can and should check whether content population has already been processed with the FetchContent_GetProperties() command before calling FetchContent_Populate().

    FetchContent_Populate() will set three variables in the scope of the caller; <lcName>_POPULATED, <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR and <lcName>_BINARY_DIR, where <lcName> is the lowercased <name>. <lcName>_POPULATED will always be set to True by the call. <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR is the location where the content can be found upon return (it will have already been populated), while <lcName>_BINARY_DIR is a directory intended for use as a corresponding build directory. The main use case for the two directory variables is to call add_subdirectory() immediately after population, i.e.:

    FetchContent_Populate(FooBar ...)
    add_subdirectory(${foobar_SOURCE_DIR} ${foobar_BINARY_DIR})

    The values of the three variables can also be retrieved from anywhere in the project hierarchy using the FetchContent_GetProperties() command.

    A number of cache variables influence the behavior of all content population performed using details saved from a FetchContent_Declare() call:

FETCHCONTENT_BASE_DIR
    In most cases, the saved details do not specify any options relating to the directories to use for the internal sub-build, final source and build areas. It is generally best to leave these decisions up to the FetchContent module to handle on the project's behalf. The FETCHCONTENT_BASE_DIR cache variable controls the point under which all content population directories are collected, but in most cases developers would not need to change this. The default location is ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/_deps, but if developers change this value, they should aim to keep the path short and just below the top level of the build tree to avoid running into path length problems on Windows.

FETCHCONTENT_QUIET
    The logging output during population can be quite verbose, making the configure stage quite noisy. This cache option (ON by default) hides all population output unless an error is encountered. If experiencing problems with hung downloads, temporarily switching this option off may help diagnose which content population is causing the issue.

FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED
    When this option is enabled, no attempt is made to download or update any content. It is assumed that all content has already been populated in a previous run or the source directories have been pointed at existing contents the developer has provided manually (using options described further below). When the developer knows that no changes have been made to any content details, turning this option ON can significantly speed up the configure stage. It is OFF by default.

FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED
    This is a less severe download/update control compared to FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED. Instead of bypassing all download and update logic, the FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED only disables the update stage. Therefore, if content has not been downloaded previously, it will still be downloaded when this option is enabled. This can speed up the configure stage, but not as much as FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED. It is OFF by default.

    In addition to the above cache variables, the following cache variables are also defined for each content name (<ucName> is the uppercased value of <name>):

FETCHCONTENT_SOURCE_DIR_<ucName>
    If this is set, no download or update steps are performed for the specified content and the <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR variable returned to the caller is pointed at this location. This gives developers a way to have a separate checkout of the content that they can modify freely without interference from the build. The build simply uses that existing source, but it still defines <lcName>_BINARY_DIR to point inside its own build area. Developers are strongly encouraged to use this mechanism rather than editing the sources populated in the default location, as changes to sources in the default location can be lost when content population details are changed by the project.

FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED_<ucName>
    This is the per-content equivalent of FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED. If the global option or this option is ON, then updates will be disabled for the named content. Disabling updates for individual content can be useful for content whose details rarely change, while still leaving other frequently changing content with updates enabled.

    The FetchContent_Populate() command also supports a syntax allowing the content details to be specified directly rather than using any saved details. This is more low-level and use of this form is generally to be avoided in favour of using saved content details as outlined above. Nevertheless, in certain situations it can be useful to invoke the content population as an isolated operation (typically as part of implementing some other higher level feature or when using CMake in script mode):

    FetchContent_Populate( <name>
      [QUIET]
      [SUBBUILD_DIR <subBuildDir>]
      [SOURCE_DIR <srcDir>]
      [BINARY_DIR <binDir>]
      ...
    )

    This form has a number of key differences to that where only <name> is provided:

•   All required population details are assumed to have been provided directly in the call to FetchContent_Populate(). Any saved details for <name> are ignored.

•   No check is made for whether content for <name> has already been populated.

•   No global property is set to record that the population has occurred.

•   No global properties record the source or binary directories used for the populated content.

•   The FETCHCONTENT_FULLY_DISCONNECTED and FETCHCONTENT_UPDATES_DISCONNECTED cache variables are ignored.

    The <lcName>_SOURCE_DIR and <lcName>_BINARY_DIR variables are still returned to the caller, but since these locations are not stored as global properties when this form is used, they are only available to the calling scope and below rather than the entire project hierarchy. No <lcName>_POPULATED variable is set in the caller's scope with this form.

    The supported options for FetchContent_Populate() are the same as those for FetchContent_Declare(). Those few options shown just above are either specific to FetchContent_Populate() or their behavior is slightly modified from how ExternalProject_Add() treats them.

QUIET
    The QUIET option can be given to hide the output associated with populating the specified content. If the population fails, the output will be shown regardless of whether this option was given or not so that the cause of the failure can be diagnosed. The global FETCHCONTENT_QUIET cache variable has no effect on FetchContent_Populate() calls where the content details are provided directly.

SUBBUILD_DIR
    The SUBBUILD_DIR argument can be provided to change the location of the sub-build created to perform the population. The default value is ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lcName>-subbuild and it would be unusual to need to override this default. If a relative path is specified, it will be interpreted as relative to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.

SOURCE_DIR, BINARY_DIR
    The SOURCE_DIR and BINARY_DIR arguments are supported by ExternalProject_Add(), but different default values are used by FetchContent_Populate(). SOURCE_DIR defaults to ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lcName>-src and BINARY_DIR defaults to ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/<lcName>-build. If a relative path is specified, it will be interpreted as relative to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.

    In addition to the above explicit options, any other unrecognized options are passed through unmodified to ExternalProject_Add() to perform the download, patch and update steps. The following options are explicitly prohibited (they are disabled by the FetchContent_Populate() command):

•   CONFIGURE_COMMAND

•   BUILD_COMMAND

•   INSTALL_COMMAND

•   TEST_COMMAND

    If using FetchContent_Populate() within CMake's script mode, be aware that the implementation sets up a sub-build which therefore requires a CMake generator and build tool to be available. If these cannot be found by default, then the CMAKE_GENERATOR and/or CMAKE_MAKE_PROGRAM variables will need to be set appropriately on the command line invoking the script.

  Retrieve Population Properties

FetchContent_GetProperties
    When using saved content details, a call to FetchContent_Populate() records information in global properties which can be queried at any time. This information includes the source and binary directories associated with the content and also whether or not the content population has been processed during the current configure run.

    FetchContent_GetProperties( <name>
      [SOURCE_DIR <srcDirVar>]
      [BINARY_DIR <binDirVar>]
      [POPULATED <doneVar>]
    )

    The SOURCE_DIR, BINARY_DIR and POPULATED options can be used to specify which properties should be retrieved. Each option accepts a value which is the name of the variable in which to store that property. Most of the time though, only <name> is given, in which case the call will then set the same variables as a call to FetchContent_Populate(name). This allows the following canonical pattern to be used, which ensures that the relevant variables will always be defined regardless of whether or not the population has been performed elsewhere in the project already:

    FetchContent_GetProperties(foobar)
    if(NOT foobar_POPULATED)
      FetchContent_Populate(foobar)
      # Set any custom variables, etc. here, then
      # populate the content as part of this build
      add_subdirectory(${foobar_SOURCE_DIR} ${foobar_BINARY_DIR})
    endif()

    The above pattern allows other parts of the overall project hierarchy to re-use the same content and ensure that it is only populated once.

  Examples

Consider a project hierarchy where projA is the top level project and it depends on projects projB and projC. Both projB and projC can be built standalone and they also both depend on another project projD. For simplicity, this example will assume that all four projects are available on a company git server. The CMakeLists.txt of each project might have sections like the following:

projA:

include(FetchContent)
FetchContent_Declare(
  projB
  GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com/git/projB.git
  GIT_TAG        4a89dc7e24ff212a7b5167bef7ab079d
)
FetchContent_Declare(
  projC
  GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com/git/projC.git
  GIT_TAG        4ad4016bd1d8d5412d135cf8ceea1bb9
)
FetchContent_Declare(
  projD
  GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com/git/projD.git
  GIT_TAG        origin/integrationBranch
)
FetchContent_GetProperties(projB)
if(NOT projb_POPULATED)
  FetchContent_Populate(projB)
  add_subdirectory(${projb_SOURCE_DIR} ${projb_BINARY_DIR})
endif()
FetchContent_GetProperties(projC)
if(NOT projc_POPULATED)
  FetchContent_Populate(projC)
  add_subdirectory(${projc_SOURCE_DIR} ${projc_BINARY_DIR})
endif()

projB:

include(FetchContent)
FetchContent_Declare(
  projD
  GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com/git/projD.git
  GIT_TAG        20b415f9034bbd2a2e8216e9a5c9e632
)
FetchContent_GetProperties(projD)
if(NOT projd_POPULATED)
  FetchContent_Populate(projD)
  add_subdirectory(${projd_SOURCE_DIR} ${projd_BINARY_DIR})
endif()

projC:

include(FetchContent)
FetchContent_Declare(
  projD
  GIT_REPOSITORY git@mycompany.com/git/projD.git
  GIT_TAG        7d9a17ad2c962aa13e2fbb8043fb6b8a
)
FetchContent_GetProperties(projD)
if(NOT projd_POPULATED)
  FetchContent_Populate(projD)
  add_subdirectory(${projd_SOURCE_DIR} ${projd_BINARY_DIR})
endif()

A few key points should be noted in the above:

•   projB and projC define different content details for projD, but projA also defines a set of content details for projD and because projA will define them first, the details from projB and projC will not be used. The override details defined by projA are not required to match either of those from projB or projC, but it is up to the higher level project to ensure that the details it does define still make sense for the child projects.

•   While projA defined content details for projD, it did not need to explicitly call FetchContent_Populate(projD) itself. Instead, it leaves that to a child project to do (in this case it will be projB since it is added to the build ahead of projC). If projA needed to customize how the projD content was brought into the build as well (e.g. define some CMake variables before calling add_subdirectory() after populating), it would do the call to FetchContent_Populate(), etc. just as it did for the projB and projC content. For higher level projects, it is usually enough to just define the override content details and leave the actual population to the child projects. This saves repeating the same thing at each level of the project hierarchy unnecessarily.

•   Even though projA is the top level project in this example, it still checks whether projB and projC have already been populated before going ahead to do those populations. This makes projA able to be more easily incorporated as a child of some other higher level project in the future if required. Always protect a call to FetchContent_Populate() with a check to FetchContent_GetProperties(), even in what may be considered a top level project at the time.

    The following example demonstrates how one might download and unpack a firmware tarball using CMake's script mode. The call to FetchContent_Populate() specifies all the content details and the unpacked firmware will be placed in a firmware directory below the current working directory.

    getFirmware.cmake:

    # NOTE: Intended to be run in script mode with cmake -P
    include(FetchContent)
    FetchContent_Populate(
      firmware
      URL        https://mycompany.com/assets/firmware-1.23-arm.tar.gz
      URL_HASH   MD5=68247684da89b608d466253762b0ff11
      SOURCE_DIR firmware
    )

  FindALSA

Find alsa

Find the alsa libraries (asound)

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines IMPORTED target ALSA::ALSA, if ALSA has been found.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

ALSA_FOUND
    True if ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR & ALSA_LIBRARY are found

ALSA_LIBRARIES
    List of libraries when using ALSA.

ALSA_INCLUDE_DIRS
    Where to find the ALSA headers.

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

ALSA_INCLUDE_DIR
    the ALSA include directory

ALSA_LIBRARY
    the absolute path of the asound library

  FindArmadillo

Find Armadillo

Find the Armadillo C++ library

Using Armadillo:

find_package(Armadillo REQUIRED)
include_directories(${ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS})
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo ${ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES})

This module sets the following variables:

ARMADILLO_FOUND - set to true if the library is found
ARMADILLO_INCLUDE_DIRS - list of required include directories
ARMADILLO_LIBRARIES - list of libraries to be linked
ARMADILLO_VERSION_MAJOR - major version number
ARMADILLO_VERSION_MINOR - minor version number
ARMADILLO_VERSION_PATCH - patch version number
ARMADILLO_VERSION_STRING - version number as a string (ex: "1.0.4")
ARMADILLO_VERSION_NAME - name of the version (ex: "Antipodean Antileech")

  FindASPELL

Try to find ASPELL

Once done this will define

ASPELL_FOUND - system has ASPELL
ASPELL_EXECUTABLE - the ASPELL executable
ASPELL_INCLUDE_DIR - the ASPELL include directory
ASPELL_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use ASPELL
ASPELL_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using ASPELL

  FindAVIFile

Locate AVIFILE library and include paths

AVIFILE (http://avifile.sourceforge.net/)is a set of libraries for i386 machines to use various AVI codecs. Support is limited beyond Linux. Windows provides native AVI support, and so doesn't need this library. This module defines

AVIFILE_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find avifile.h , etc.
AVIFILE_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
AVIFILE_DEFINITIONS, definitions to use when compiling
AVIFILE_FOUND, If false, don't try to use AVIFILE

  FindBISON

Find bison executable and provide a macro to generate custom build rules.

The module defines the following variables:

BISON_EXECUTABLE
    path to the bison program

BISON_VERSION
    version of bison

BISON_FOUND
    true if the program was found

    The minimum required version of bison can be specified using the standard CMake syntax, e.g. find_package(BISON 2.1.3).

    If bison is found, the module defines the macro:

    BISON_TARGET(<Name> <YaccInput> <CodeOutput>
                 [COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>]
                 [DEFINES_FILE <file>]
                 [VERBOSE [<file>]]
                 [REPORT_FILE <file>]
                 )

    which will create a custom rule to generate a parser. <YaccInput> is the path to a yacc file. <CodeOutput> is the name of the source file generated by bison. A header file is also be generated, and contains the token list.

    The options are:

COMPILE_FLAGS <flags>
    Specify flags to be added to the bison command line.

DEFINES_FILE <file>
    Specify a non-default header <file> to be generated by bison.

VERBOSE [<file>]
    Tell bison to write a report file of the grammar and parser. If <file> is given, it specifies path the report file is copied to. [<file>] is left for backward compatibility of this module. Use VERBOSE REPORT_FILE <file>.

REPORT_FILE <file>
    Specify a non-default report <file>, if generated.

    The macro defines the following variables:

BISON_<Name>_DEFINED
    true is the macro ran successfully

BISON_<Name>_INPUT
    The input source file, an alias for <YaccInput>

BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_SOURCE
    The source file generated by bison

BISON_<Name>_OUTPUT_HEADER
    The header file generated by bison

BISON_<Name>_OUTPUTS
    All files generated by bison including the source, the header and the report

BISON_<Name>_COMPILE_FLAGS
    Options used in the bison command line

    Example usage:

    find_package(BISON)
    BISON_TARGET(MyParser parser.y ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.cpp
                 DEFINES_FILE ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.h)
    add_executable(Foo main.cpp ${BISON_MyParser_OUTPUTS})

  FindBLAS

Find BLAS library

This module finds an installed fortran library that implements the BLAS linear-algebra interface (see http://www.netlib.org/blas/). The list of libraries searched for is taken from the autoconf macro file, acx_blas.m4 (distributed at http://ac-archive.sourceforge.net/ac-archive/acx_blas.html).

This module sets the following variables:

BLAS_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the BLAS interface
  is found
BLAS_LINKER_FLAGS - uncached list of required linker flags (excluding -l
  and -L).
BLAS_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to
  link against to use BLAS
BLAS95_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name)
  to link against to use BLAS95 interface
BLAS95_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the BLAS f95 interface
  is found

The following variables can be used to control this module:

BLA_STATIC  if set on this determines what kind of linkage we do (static)
BLA_VENDOR  if set checks only the specified vendor, if not set checks
   all the possibilities
BLA_F95     if set on tries to find the f95 interfaces for BLAS/LAPACK
BLA_PREFER_PKGCONFIG  if set pkg-config will be used to search for a BLAS
   library first and if one is found that is preferred

List of vendors (BLA_VENDOR) valid in this module:

•   Goto

•   OpenBLAS

•   FLAME

•   ATLAS PhiPACK

•   CXML

•   DXML

•   SunPerf

•   SCSL

•   SGIMATH

•   IBMESSL

•   Intel10_32 (intel mkl v10 32 bit)

•   Intel10_64lp (intel mkl v10 64 bit, lp thread model, lp64 model)

•   Intel10_64lp_seq (intel mkl v10 64 bit, sequential code, lp64 model)

•   Intel (older versions of mkl 32 and 64 bit)

•   ACML

•   ACML_MP

•   ACML_GPU

•   Apple

•   NAS

•   Generic

    NOTE: C/CXX should be enabled to use Intel mkl

  FindBacktrace

Find provider for backtrace(3).

Checks if OS supports backtrace(3) via either libc or custom library. This module defines the following variables:

Backtrace_HEADER
    The header file needed for backtrace(3). Cached. Could be forcibly set by user.

Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The include directories needed to use backtrace(3) header.

Backtrace_LIBRARIES
    The libraries (linker flags) needed to use backtrace(3), if any.

Backtrace_FOUND
    Is set if and only if backtrace(3) support detected.

    The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

Backtrace_LIBRARY
    The external library providing backtrace, if any.

Backtrace_INCLUDE_DIR
    The directory holding the backtrace(3) header.

    Typical usage is to generate of header file using configure_file() with the contents like the following:

    #cmakedefine01 Backtrace_FOUND
    #if Backtrace_FOUND
    # include <${Backtrace_HEADER}>
    #endif

    And then reference that generated header file in actual source.

  FindBoost

Find Boost include dirs and libraries

Use this module by invoking find_package with the form:

find_package(Boost
  [version] [EXACT]      # Minimum or EXACT version e.g. 1.67.0
  [REQUIRED]             # Fail with error if Boost is not found
  [COMPONENTS <libs>...] # Boost libraries by their canonical name
                         # e.g. "date_time" for "libboost_date_time"
  [OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS <libs>...]
                         # Optional Boost libraries by their canonical name)
  )                      # e.g. "date_time" for "libboost_date_time"

This module finds headers and requested component libraries OR a CMake package configuration file provided by a "Boost CMake" build. For the latter case skip to the "Boost CMake" section below. For the former case results are reported in variables:

Boost_FOUND            - True if headers and requested libraries were found
Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS     - Boost include directories
Boost_LIBRARY_DIRS     - Link directories for Boost libraries
Boost_LIBRARIES        - Boost component libraries to be linked
Boost_<C>_FOUND        - True if component <C> was found (<C> is upper-case)
Boost_<C>_LIBRARY      - Libraries to link for component <C> (may include
                         target_link_libraries debug/optimized keywords)
Boost_VERSION          - BOOST_VERSION value from boost/version.hpp
Boost_LIB_VERSION      - Version string appended to library filenames
Boost_MAJOR_VERSION    - Boost major version number (X in X.y.z)
Boost_MINOR_VERSION    - Boost minor version number (Y in x.Y.z)
Boost_SUBMINOR_VERSION - Boost subminor version number (Z in x.y.Z)
Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS (Windows)
                       - Pass to add_definitions() to have diagnostic
                         information about Boost's automatic linking
                         displayed during compilation

Note that Boost Python components require a Python version suffix (Boost 1.67 and later), e.g. python36 or python27 for the versions built against Python 3.6 and 2.7, respectively. This also applies to additional components using Python including mpi_python and numpy. Earlier Boost releases may use distribution-specific suffixes such as 2, 3 or 2.7. These may also be used as suffixes, but note that they are not portable.

This module reads hints about search locations from variables:

BOOST_ROOT             - Preferred installation prefix
 (or BOOSTROOT)
BOOST_INCLUDEDIR       - Preferred include directory e.g. <prefix>/include
BOOST_LIBRARYDIR       - Preferred library directory e.g. <prefix>/lib
Boost_NO_SYSTEM_PATHS  - Set to ON to disable searching in locations not
                         specified by these hint variables. Default is OFF.
Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
                       - List of Boost versions not known to this module
                         (Boost install locations may contain the version)

and saves search results persistently in CMake cache entries:

Boost_INCLUDE_DIR         - Directory containing Boost headers
Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE - Directory containing release Boost libraries
Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG   - Directory containing debug Boost libraries
Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_DEBUG   - Component <C> library debug variant
Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_RELEASE - Component <C> library release variant

The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

Boost::boost                  - Target for header-only dependencies
                                (Boost include directory)
Boost::<C>                    - Target for specific component dependency
                                (shared or static library); <C> is lower-
                                case
Boost::diagnostic_definitions - interface target to enable diagnostic
                                information about Boost's automatic linking
                                during compilation (adds BOOST_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC)
Boost::disable_autolinking    - interface target to disable automatic
                                linking with MSVC (adds BOOST_ALL_NO_LIB)
Boost::dynamic_linking        - interface target to enable dynamic linking
                                linking with MSVC (adds BOOST_ALL_DYN_LINK)

Implicit dependencies such as Boost::filesystem requiring Boost::system will be automatically detected and satisfied, even if system is not specified when using find_package and if Boost::system is not added to target_link_libraries. If using Boost::thread, then Threads::Threads will also be added automatically.

It is important to note that the imported targets behave differently than variables created by this module: multiple calls to find_package(Boost) in the same directory or sub-directories with different options (e.g. static or shared) will not override the values of the targets created by the first call.

Users may set these hints or results as cache entries. Projects should not read these entries directly but instead use the above result variables. Note that some hint names start in upper-case "BOOST". One may specify these as environment variables if they are not specified as CMake variables or cache entries.

This module first searches for the Boost header files using the above hint variables (excluding BOOST_LIBRARYDIR) and saves the result in Boost_INCLUDE_DIR. Then it searches for requested component libraries using the above hints (excluding BOOST_INCLUDEDIR and Boost_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS), "lib" directories near Boost_INCLUDE_DIR, and the library name configuration settings below. It saves the library directories in Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG and Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE and individual library locations in Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_DEBUG and Boost_<C>_LIBRARY_RELEASE. When one changes settings used by previous searches in the same build tree (excluding environment variables) this module discards previous search results affected by the changes and searches again.

Boost libraries come in many variants encoded in their file name. Users or projects may tell this module which variant to find by setting variables:

Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS     - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search
                           and use the debug libraries.  Default is ON.
Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS   - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to search
                           and use the release libraries.  Default is ON.
Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED  - Set to OFF to use the non-multithreaded
                           libraries ('mt' tag).  Default is ON.
Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS    - Set to ON to force the use of the static
                           libraries.  Default is OFF.
Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to use
                           libraries linked statically to the C++ runtime
                           ('s' tag).  Default is platform dependent.
Boost_USE_DEBUG_RUNTIME  - Set to ON or OFF to specify whether to use
                           libraries linked to the MS debug C++ runtime
                           ('g' tag).  Default is ON.
Boost_USE_DEBUG_PYTHON   - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with a
                           debug Python build ('y' tag). Default is OFF.
Boost_USE_STLPORT        - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with
                           STLPort ('p' tag).  Default is OFF.
Boost_USE_STLPORT_DEPRECATED_NATIVE_IOSTREAMS
                         - Set to ON to use libraries compiled with
                           STLPort deprecated "native iostreams"
                           ('n' tag).  Default is OFF.
Boost_COMPILER           - Set to the compiler-specific library suffix
                           (e.g. "-gcc43").  Default is auto-computed
                           for the C++ compiler in use.  A list may be
                           used if multiple compatible suffixes should
                           be tested for, in decreasing order of
                           preference.
Boost_THREADAPI          - Suffix for "thread" component library name,
                           such as "pthread" or "win32".  Names with
                           and without this suffix will both be tried.
Boost_NAMESPACE          - Alternate namespace used to build boost with
                           e.g. if set to "myboost", will search for
                           myboost_thread instead of boost_thread.

Other variables one may set to control this module are:

Boost_DEBUG              - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindBoost.
                           Please enable this before filing any bug report.
Boost_DETAILED_FAILURE_MSG
                         - Set to ON to add detailed information to the
                           failure message even when the REQUIRED option
                           is not given to the find_package call.
Boost_REALPATH           - Set to ON to resolve symlinks for discovered
                           libraries to assist with packaging.  For example,
                           the "system" component library may be resolved to
                           "/usr/lib/libboost_system.so.1.67.0" instead of
                           "/usr/lib/libboost_system.so".  This does not
                           affect linking and should not be enabled unless
                           the user needs this information.
Boost_LIBRARY_DIR        - Default value for Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_RELEASE and
                           Boost_LIBRARY_DIR_DEBUG.

On Visual Studio and Borland compilers Boost headers request automatic linking to corresponding libraries. This requires matching libraries to be linked explicitly or available in the link library search path. In this case setting Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS to OFF may not achieve dynamic linking. Boost automatic linking typically requests static libraries with a few exceptions (such as Boost.Python). Use:

add_definitions(${Boost_LIB_DIAGNOSTIC_DEFINITIONS})

to ask Boost to report information about automatic linking requests.

Example to find Boost headers only:

find_package(Boost 1.36.0)
if(Boost_FOUND)
  include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
  add_executable(foo foo.cc)
endif()

Example to find Boost libraries and use imported targets:

find_package(Boost 1.56 REQUIRED COMPONENTS
             date_time filesystem iostreams)
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo Boost::date_time Boost::filesystem
                          Boost::iostreams)

Example to find Boost Python 3.6 libraries and use imported targets:

find_package(Boost 1.67 REQUIRED COMPONENTS
             python36 numpy36)
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo Boost::python36 Boost::numpy36)

Example to find Boost headers and some static (release only) libraries:

set(Boost_USE_STATIC_LIBS        ON)  # only find static libs
set(Boost_USE_DEBUG_LIBS         OFF) # ignore debug libs and
set(Boost_USE_RELEASE_LIBS       ON)  # only find release libs
set(Boost_USE_MULTITHREADED      ON)
set(Boost_USE_STATIC_RUNTIME    OFF)
find_package(Boost 1.66.0 COMPONENTS date_time filesystem system ...)
if(Boost_FOUND)
  include_directories(${Boost_INCLUDE_DIRS})
  add_executable(foo foo.cc)
  target_link_libraries(foo ${Boost_LIBRARIES})
endif()

  Boost CMake

If Boost was built using the boost-cmake project it provides a package configuration file for use with find_package's Config mode. This module looks for the package configuration file called BoostConfig.cmake or boost-config.cmake and stores the result in cache entry "Boost_DIR". If found, the package configuration file is loaded and this module returns with no further action. See documentation of the Boost CMake package configuration for details on what it provides.

Set Boost_NO_BOOST_CMAKE to ON to disable the search for boost-cmake.

  FindBullet

Try to find the Bullet physics engine

This module defines the following variables

BULLET_FOUND - Was bullet found
BULLET_INCLUDE_DIRS - the Bullet include directories
BULLET_LIBRARIES - Link to this, by default it includes
                   all bullet components (Dynamics,
                   Collision, LinearMath, & SoftBody)

This module accepts the following variables

BULLET_ROOT - Can be set to bullet install path or Windows build path

  FindBZip2

Try to find BZip2

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines IMPORTED target BZip2::BZip2, if BZip2 has been found.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

BZIP2_FOUND
    system has BZip2

BZIP2_INCLUDE_DIRS
    the BZip2 include directories

BZIP2_LIBRARIES
    Link these to use BZip2

BZIP2_NEED_PREFIX
    this is set if the functions are prefixed with BZ2_

BZIP2_VERSION_STRING
    the version of BZip2 found

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

BZIP2_INCLUDE_DIR
    the BZip2 include directory

  FindCABLE

Find CABLE

This module finds if CABLE is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. This code sets the following variables:

CABLE             the path to the cable executable
CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY the path to the Tcl wrapper library
CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR the path to the include directory

To build Tcl wrappers, you should add shared library and link it to ${CABLE_TCL_LIBRARY}. You should also add ${CABLE_INCLUDE_DIR} as an include directory.

  FindCoin3D

Find Coin3D (Open Inventor)

Coin3D is an implementation of the Open Inventor API. It provides data structures and algorithms for 3D visualization.

This module defines the following variables

COIN3D_FOUND         - system has Coin3D - Open Inventor
COIN3D_INCLUDE_DIRS  - where the Inventor include directory can be found
COIN3D_LIBRARIES     - Link to this to use Coin3D

  FindCUDA

NOTE: The FindCUDA module has been superseded by first-class support for the CUDA language in CMake. It is no longer necessary to use this module or call find_package(CUDA). This module now exists only for compatibility with projects that have not been ported.

Instead, list CUDA among the languages named in the top-level call to the project() command, or call the enable_language() command with CUDA. Then one can add CUDA (.cu) sources to programs directly in calls to add_library() and add_executable().

Tools for building CUDA C files: libraries and build dependencies.

This script locates the NVIDIA CUDA C tools. It should work on Linux, Windows, and macOS and should be reasonably up to date with CUDA C releases.

This script makes use of the standard find_package() arguments of <VERSION>, REQUIRED and QUIET. CUDA_FOUND will report if an acceptable version of CUDA was found.

The script will prompt the user to specify CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR if the prefix cannot be determined by the location of nvcc in the system path and REQUIRED is specified to find_package(). To use a different installed version of the toolkit set the environment variable CUDA_BIN_PATH before running cmake (e.g. CUDA_BIN_PATH=/usr/local/cuda1.0 instead of the default /usr/local/cuda) or set CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR after configuring. If you change the value of CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR, various components that depend on the path will be relocated.

It might be necessary to set CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR manually on certain platforms, or to use a CUDA runtime not installed in the default location. In newer versions of the toolkit the CUDA library is included with the graphics driver -- be sure that the driver version matches what is needed by the CUDA runtime version.

The following variables affect the behavior of the macros in the script (in alphebetical order). Note that any of these flags can be changed multiple times in the same directory before calling CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE, CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_COMPILE, CUDA_COMPILE_PTX, CUDA_COMPILE_FATBIN, CUDA_COMPILE_CUBIN or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS:

CUDA_64_BIT_DEVICE_CODE (Default matches host bit size)
-- Set to ON to compile for 64 bit device code, OFF for 32 bit device code.
   Note that making this different from the host code when generating object
   or C files from CUDA code just won't work, because size_t gets defined by
   nvcc in the generated source.  If you compile to PTX and then load the
   file yourself, you can mix bit sizes between device and host.
CUDA_ATTACH_VS_BUILD_RULE_TO_CUDA_FILE (Default ON)
-- Set to ON if you want the custom build rule to be attached to the source
   file in Visual Studio.  Turn OFF if you add the same cuda file to multiple
   targets.
   This allows the user to build the target from the CUDA file; however, bad
   things can happen if the CUDA source file is added to multiple targets.
   When performing parallel builds it is possible for the custom build
   command to be run more than once and in parallel causing cryptic build
   errors.  VS runs the rules for every source file in the target, and a
   source can have only one rule no matter how many projects it is added to.
   When the rule is run from multiple targets race conditions can occur on
   the generated file.  Eventually everything will get built, but if the user
   is unaware of this behavior, there may be confusion.  It would be nice if
   this script could detect the reuse of source files across multiple targets
   and turn the option off for the user, but no good solution could be found.
CUDA_BUILD_CUBIN (Default OFF)
-- Set to ON to enable and extra compilation pass with the -cubin option in
   Device mode. The output is parsed and register, shared memory usage is
   printed during build.
CUDA_BUILD_EMULATION (Default OFF for device mode)
-- Set to ON for Emulation mode. -D_DEVICEEMU is defined for CUDA C files
   when CUDA_BUILD_EMULATION is TRUE.
CUDA_LINK_LIBRARIES_KEYWORD (Default "")
 -- The <PRIVATE|PUBLIC|INTERFACE> keyword to use for internal
    target_link_libraries calls. The default is to use no keyword which
    uses the old "plain" form of target_link_libraries. Note that is matters
    because whatever is used inside the FindCUDA module must also be used
    outside - the two forms of target_link_libraries cannot be mixed.
CUDA_GENERATED_OUTPUT_DIR (Default CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR)
-- Set to the path you wish to have the generated files placed.  If it is
   blank output files will be placed in CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR.
   Intermediate files will always be placed in
   CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR/CMakeFiles.
CUDA_HOST_COMPILATION_CPP (Default ON)
-- Set to OFF for C compilation of host code.
CUDA_HOST_COMPILER (Default CMAKE_C_COMPILER)
-- Set the host compiler to be used by nvcc.  Ignored if -ccbin or
   --compiler-bindir is already present in the CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS or
   CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS_<CONFIG> variables.  For Visual Studio targets,
   the host compiler is constructed with one or more visual studio macros
   such as $(VCInstallDir), that expands out to the path when
   the command is run from within VS.
CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS
CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS_<CONFIG>
-- Additional NVCC command line arguments.  NOTE: multiple arguments must be
   semi-colon delimited (e.g. --compiler-options;-Wall)
CUDA_PROPAGATE_HOST_FLAGS (Default ON)
-- Set to ON to propagate CMAKE_{C,CXX}_FLAGS and their configuration
   dependent counterparts (e.g. CMAKE_C_FLAGS_DEBUG) automatically to the
   host compiler through nvcc's -Xcompiler flag.  This helps make the
   generated host code match the rest of the system better.  Sometimes
   certain flags give nvcc problems, and this will help you turn the flag
   propagation off.  This does not affect the flags supplied directly to nvcc
   via CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS or through the OPTION flags specified through
   CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE, or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS.  Flags used for
   shared library compilation are not affected by this flag.
CUDA_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION (Default OFF)
-- If set this will enable separable compilation for all CUDA runtime object
   files.  If used outside of CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY
   (e.g. calling CUDA_WRAP_SRCS directly),
   CUDA_COMPUTE_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECT_FILE_NAME and
   CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS should be called.
CUDA_SOURCE_PROPERTY_FORMAT
-- If this source file property is set, it can override the format specified
   to CUDA_WRAP_SRCS (OBJ, PTX, CUBIN, or FATBIN).  If an input source file
   is not a .cu file, setting this file will cause it to be treated as a .cu
   file. See documentation for set_source_files_properties on how to set
   this property.
CUDA_USE_STATIC_CUDA_RUNTIME (Default ON)
-- When enabled the static version of the CUDA runtime library will be used
   in CUDA_LIBRARIES.  If the version of CUDA configured doesn't support
   this option, then it will be silently disabled.
CUDA_VERBOSE_BUILD (Default OFF)
-- Set to ON to see all the commands used when building the CUDA file.  When
   using a Makefile generator the value defaults to VERBOSE (run make
   VERBOSE=1 to see output), although setting CUDA_VERBOSE_BUILD to ON will
   always print the output.

The script creates the following macros (in alphebetical order):

CUDA_ADD_CUFFT_TO_TARGET( cuda_target )
-- Adds the cufft library to the target (can be any target).  Handles whether
   you are in emulation mode or not.
CUDA_ADD_CUBLAS_TO_TARGET( cuda_target )
-- Adds the cublas library to the target (can be any target).  Handles
   whether you are in emulation mode or not.
CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE( cuda_target file0 file1 ...
                     [WIN32] [MACOSX_BUNDLE] [EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL] [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Creates an executable "cuda_target" which is made up of the files
   specified.  All of the non CUDA C files are compiled using the standard
   build rules specified by CMAKE and the cuda files are compiled to object
   files using nvcc and the host compiler.  In addition CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRS is
   added automatically to include_directories().  Some standard CMake target
   calls can be used on the target after calling this macro
   (e.g. set_target_properties and target_link_libraries), but setting
   properties that adjust compilation flags will not affect code compiled by
   nvcc.  Such flags should be modified before calling CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE,
   CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY or CUDA_WRAP_SRCS.
CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY( cuda_target file0 file1 ...
                  [STATIC | SHARED | MODULE] [EXCLUDE_FROM_ALL] [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Same as CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE except that a library is created.
CUDA_BUILD_CLEAN_TARGET()
-- Creates a convenience target that deletes all the dependency files
   generated.  You should make clean after running this target to ensure the
   dependency files get regenerated.
CUDA_COMPILE( generated_files file0 file1 ... [STATIC | SHARED | MODULE]
              [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of generated files from the input source files to be used
   with ADD_LIBRARY or ADD_EXECUTABLE.
CUDA_COMPILE_PTX( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of PTX files generated from the input source files.
CUDA_COMPILE_FATBIN( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of FATBIN files generated from the input source files.
CUDA_COMPILE_CUBIN( generated_files file0 file1 ... [OPTIONS ...] )
-- Returns a list of CUBIN files generated from the input source files.
CUDA_COMPUTE_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECT_FILE_NAME( output_file_var
                                                     cuda_target
                                                     object_files )
-- Compute the name of the intermediate link file used for separable
   compilation.  This file name is typically passed into
   CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS.  output_file_var is produced
   based on cuda_target the list of objects files that need separable
   compilation as specified by object_files.  If the object_files list is
   empty, then output_file_var will be empty.  This function is called
   automatically for CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY and CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE.  Note that
   this is a function and not a macro.
CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES( path0 path1 ... )
-- Sets the directories that should be passed to nvcc
   (e.g. nvcc -Ipath0 -Ipath1 ... ). These paths usually contain other .cu
   files.
CUDA_LINK_SEPARABLE_COMPILATION_OBJECTS( output_file_var cuda_target
                                         nvcc_flags object_files)
-- Generates the link object required by separable compilation from the given
   object files.  This is called automatically for CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and
   CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, but can be called manually when using CUDA_WRAP_SRCS
   directly.  When called from CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY or CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE the
   nvcc_flags passed in are the same as the flags passed in via the OPTIONS
   argument.  The only nvcc flag added automatically is the bitness flag as
   specified by CUDA_64_BIT_DEVICE_CODE.  Note that this is a function
   instead of a macro.
CUDA_SELECT_NVCC_ARCH_FLAGS(out_variable [target_CUDA_architectures])
-- Selects GPU arch flags for nvcc based on target_CUDA_architectures
   target_CUDA_architectures : Auto | Common | All | LIST(ARCH_AND_PTX ...)
    - "Auto" detects local machine GPU compute arch at runtime.
    - "Common" and "All" cover common and entire subsets of architectures
   ARCH_AND_PTX : NAME | NUM.NUM | NUM.NUM(NUM.NUM) | NUM.NUM+PTX
   NAME: Fermi Kepler Maxwell Kepler+Tegra Kepler+Tesla Maxwell+Tegra Pascal
   NUM: Any number. Only those pairs are currently accepted by NVCC though:
         2.0 2.1 3.0 3.2 3.5 3.7 5.0 5.2 5.3 6.0 6.2
   Returns LIST of flags to be added to CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS in ${out_variable}
   Additionally, sets ${out_variable}_readable to the resulting numeric list
   Example:
    CUDA_SELECT_NVCC_ARCH_FLAGS(ARCH_FLAGS 3.0 3.5+PTX 5.2(5.0) Maxwell)
     LIST(APPEND CUDA_NVCC_FLAGS ${ARCH_FLAGS})
   More info on CUDA architectures: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CUDA
   Note that this is a function instead of a macro.
CUDA_WRAP_SRCS ( cuda_target format generated_files file0 file1 ...
                 [STATIC | SHARED | MODULE] [OPTIONS ...] )
-- This is where all the magic happens.  CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE,
   CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY, CUDA_COMPILE, and CUDA_COMPILE_PTX all call this
   function under the hood.
   Given the list of files (file0 file1 ... fileN) this macro generates
   custom commands that generate either PTX or linkable objects (use "PTX" or
   "OBJ" for the format argument to switch).  Files that don't end with .cu
   or have the HEADER_FILE_ONLY property are ignored.
   The arguments passed in after OPTIONS are extra command line options to
   give to nvcc.  You can also specify per configuration options by
   specifying the name of the configuration followed by the options.  General
   options must precede configuration specific options.  Not all
   configurations need to be specified, only the ones provided will be used.
      OPTIONS -DFLAG=2 "-DFLAG_OTHER=space in flag"
      DEBUG -g
      RELEASE --use_fast_math
      RELWITHDEBINFO --use_fast_math;-g
      MINSIZEREL --use_fast_math
   For certain configurations (namely VS generating object files with
   CUDA_ATTACH_VS_BUILD_RULE_TO_CUDA_FILE set to ON), no generated file will
   be produced for the given cuda file.  This is because when you add the
   cuda file to Visual Studio it knows that this file produces an object file
   and will link in the resulting object file automatically.
   This script will also generate a separate cmake script that is used at
   build time to invoke nvcc.  This is for several reasons.
     1. nvcc can return negative numbers as return values which confuses
     Visual Studio into thinking that the command succeeded.  The script now
     checks the error codes and produces errors when there was a problem.
     2. nvcc has been known to not delete incomplete results when it
     encounters problems.  This confuses build systems into thinking the
     target was generated when in fact an unusable file exists.  The script
     now deletes the output files if there was an error.
     3. By putting all the options that affect the build into a file and then
     make the build rule dependent on the file, the output files will be
     regenerated when the options change.
   This script also looks at optional arguments STATIC, SHARED, or MODULE to
   determine when to target the object compilation for a shared library.
   BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is ignored in CUDA_WRAP_SRCS, but it is respected in
   CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY.  On some systems special flags are added for building
   objects intended for shared libraries.  A preprocessor macro,
   <target_name>_EXPORTS is defined when a shared library compilation is
   detected.
   Flags passed into add_definitions with -D or /D are passed along to nvcc.

The script defines the following variables:

CUDA_VERSION_MAJOR    -- The major version of cuda as reported by nvcc.
CUDA_VERSION_MINOR    -- The minor version.
CUDA_VERSION
CUDA_VERSION_STRING   -- CUDA_VERSION_MAJOR.CUDA_VERSION_MINOR
CUDA_HAS_FP16         -- Whether a short float (float16,fp16) is supported.
CUDA_TOOLKIT_ROOT_DIR -- Path to the CUDA Toolkit (defined if not set).
CUDA_SDK_ROOT_DIR     -- Path to the CUDA SDK.  Use this to find files in the
                         SDK.  This script will not directly support finding
                         specific libraries or headers, as that isn't
                         supported by NVIDIA.  If you want to change
                         libraries when the path changes see the
                         FindCUDA.cmake script for an example of how to clear
                         these variables.  There are also examples of how to
                         use the CUDA_SDK_ROOT_DIR to locate headers or
                         libraries, if you so choose (at your own risk).
CUDA_INCLUDE_DIRS     -- Include directory for cuda headers.  Added automatically
                         for CUDA_ADD_EXECUTABLE and CUDA_ADD_LIBRARY.
CUDA_LIBRARIES        -- Cuda RT library.
CUDA_CUFFT_LIBRARIES  -- Device or emulation library for the Cuda FFT
                         implementation (alternative to:
                         CUDA_ADD_CUFFT_TO_TARGET macro)
CUDA_CUBLAS_LIBRARIES -- Device or emulation library for the Cuda BLAS
                         implementation (alternative to:
                         CUDA_ADD_CUBLAS_TO_TARGET macro).
CUDA_cudart_static_LIBRARY -- Statically linkable cuda runtime library.
                              Only available for CUDA version 5.5+
CUDA_cudadevrt_LIBRARY -- Device runtime library.
                          Required for separable compilation.
CUDA_cupti_LIBRARY    -- CUDA Profiling Tools Interface library.
                         Only available for CUDA version 4.0+.
CUDA_curand_LIBRARY   -- CUDA Random Number Generation library.
                         Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
CUDA_cusolver_LIBRARY -- CUDA Direct Solver library.
                         Only available for CUDA version 7.0+.
CUDA_cusparse_LIBRARY -- CUDA Sparse Matrix library.
                         Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
CUDA_npp_LIBRARY      -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib.
                         Only available for CUDA version 4.0+.
CUDA_nppc_LIBRARY     -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (core).
                         Only available for CUDA version 5.5+.
CUDA_nppi_LIBRARY     -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 5.5 - 8.0.
CUDA_nppial_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppicc_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppicom_LIBRARY  -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppidei_LIBRARY  -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppif_LIBRARY    -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppig_LIBRARY    -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppim_LIBRARY    -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppist_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppisu_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_nppitc_LIBRARY   -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (image processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 9.0.
CUDA_npps_LIBRARY     -- NVIDIA Performance Primitives lib (signal processing).
                         Only available for CUDA version 5.5+.
CUDA_nvcuvenc_LIBRARY -- CUDA Video Encoder library.
                         Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
                         Windows only.
CUDA_nvcuvid_LIBRARY  -- CUDA Video Decoder library.
                         Only available for CUDA version 3.2+.
                         Windows only.

  FindCups

Try to find the Cups printing system

Once done this will define

CUPS_FOUND - system has Cups
CUPS_INCLUDE_DIR - the Cups include directory
CUPS_LIBRARIES - Libraries needed to use Cups
CUPS_VERSION_STRING - version of Cups found (since CMake 2.8.8)
Set CUPS_REQUIRE_IPP_DELETE_ATTRIBUTE to TRUE if you need a version which
features this function (i.e. at least 1.1.19)

  FindCURL

Find the native CURL headers and libraries.

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines IMPORTED target CURL::libcurl, if curl has been found.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

CURL_FOUND
    True if curl found.

CURL_INCLUDE_DIRS
    where to find curl/curl.h, etc.

CURL_LIBRARIES
    List of libraries when using curl.

CURL_VERSION_STRING
    The version of curl found.

  FindCurses

Find the curses or ncurses include file and library.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

CURSES_FOUND
    True if Curses is found.

CURSES_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The include directories needed to use Curses.

CURSES_LIBRARIES
    The libraries needed to use Curses.

CURSES_HAVE_CURSES_H
    True if curses.h is available.

CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_H
    True if ncurses.h is available.

CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_NCURSES_H
    True if ncurses/ncurses.h is available.

CURSES_HAVE_NCURSES_CURSES_H
    True if ncurses/curses.h is available.

    Set CURSES_NEED_NCURSES to TRUE before the find_package(Curses) call if NCurses functionality is required. Set CURSES_NEED_WIDE to TRUE before the find_package(Curses) call if unicode functionality is required.

  Backward Compatibility

The following variable are provided for backward compatibility:

CURSES_INCLUDE_DIR
    Path to Curses include. Use CURSES_INCLUDE_DIRS instead.

CURSES_LIBRARY
    Path to Curses library. Use CURSES_LIBRARIES instead.

  FindCVS

The module defines the following variables:

CVS_EXECUTABLE - path to cvs command line client
CVS_FOUND - true if the command line client was found

Example usage:

find_package(CVS)
if(CVS_FOUND)
  message("CVS found: ${CVS_EXECUTABLE}")
endif()

  FindCxxTest

Find CxxTest

Find the CxxTest suite and declare a helper macro for creating unit tests and integrating them with CTest. For more details on CxxTest see http://cxxtest.tigris.org

INPUT Variables

CXXTEST_USE_PYTHON [deprecated since 1.3]
    Only used in the case both Python & Perl
    are detected on the system to control
    which CxxTest code generator is used.
    Valid only for CxxTest version 3.

NOTE: In older versions of this Find Module,
this variable controlled if the Python test
generator was used instead of the Perl one,
regardless of which scripting language the
user had installed.

CXXTEST_TESTGEN_ARGS (since CMake 2.8.3)
    Specify a list of options to pass to the CxxTest code
    generator.  If not defined, --error-printer is
    passed.

OUTPUT Variables

CXXTEST_FOUND
    True if the CxxTest framework was found
CXXTEST_INCLUDE_DIRS
    Where to find the CxxTest include directory
CXXTEST_PERL_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE
    The perl-based test generator
CXXTEST_PYTHON_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE
    The python-based test generator
CXXTEST_TESTGEN_EXECUTABLE (since CMake 2.8.3)
    The test generator that is actually used (chosen using user preferences
    and interpreters found in the system)
CXXTEST_TESTGEN_INTERPRETER (since CMake 2.8.3)
    The full path to the Perl or Python executable on the system, on
    platforms where the script cannot be executed using its shebang line.

MACROS for optional use by CMake users:

CXXTEST_ADD_TEST(<test_name> <gen_source_file> <input_files_to_testgen...>)
   Creates a CxxTest runner and adds it to the CTest testing suite
   Parameters:
       test_name               The name of the test
       gen_source_file         The generated source filename to be
                               generated by CxxTest
       input_files_to_testgen  The list of header files containing the
                               CxxTest::TestSuite's to be included in
                               this runner

#==============
Example Usage:

find_package(CxxTest)
if(CXXTEST_FOUND)
    include_directories(${CXXTEST_INCLUDE_DIR})
    enable_testing()

    CXXTEST_ADD_TEST(unittest_foo foo_test.cc
                      ${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/foo_test.h)
    target_link_libraries(unittest_foo foo) # as needed
endif()

This will (if CxxTest is found):
1. Invoke the testgen executable to autogenerate foo_test.cc in the
   binary tree from "foo_test.h" in the current source directory.
2. Create an executable and test called unittest_foo.

#=============
Example foo_test.h:

#include <cxxtest/TestSuite.h>

class MyTestSuite : public CxxTest::TestSuite
{
public:
   void testAddition( void )
   {
      TS_ASSERT( 1 + 1 > 1 );
      TS_ASSERT_EQUALS( 1 + 1, 2 );
   }
};

  FindCygwin

this module looks for Cygwin

  FindDart

Find DART

This module looks for the dart testing software and sets DART_ROOT to point to where it found it.

  FindDCMTK

Find DCMTK libraries and applications

The module defines the following variables:

DCMTK_INCLUDE_DIRS  - Directories to include to use DCMTK
DCMTK_LIBRARIES     - Files to link against to use DCMTK
DCMTK_FOUND         - If false, don't try to use DCMTK
DCMTK_DIR           - (optional) Source directory for DCMTK

  Compatibility

This module is able to find a version of DCMTK that does or does not export a DCMTKConfig.cmake file. It applies a two step process:

•   Step 1: Attempt to find DCMTK version providing a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

•   Step 2: If step 1 failed, rely on FindDCMTK.cmake to set DCMTK_* variables details below.

    Recent DCMTK provides a DCMTKConfig.cmake package configuration file. To exclusively use the package configuration file (recommended when possible), pass the NO_MODULE option to find_package(). For example, find_package(DCMTK NO_MODULE). This requires official DCMTK snapshot 3.6.1_20140617 or newer.

    Until all clients update to the more recent DCMTK, build systems will need to support different versions of DCMTK.

    On any given system, the following combinations of DCMTK versions could be considered:
     | SYSTEM DCMTK | LOCAL DCMTK | Supported ?
    Case A | NA | [ ] DCMTKConfig | YES
    Case B | NA | [X] DCMTKConfig | YES
    Case C | [ ] DCMTKConfig | NA | YES
    Case D | [X] DCMTKConfig | NA | YES
    Case E | [ ] DCMTKConfig | [ ] DCMTKConfig | YES (*)
    Case F | [X] DCMTKConfig | [ ] DCMTKConfig | NO
    Case G | [ ] DCMTKConfig | [X] DCMTKConfig | YES
    Case H | [X] DCMTKConfig | [X] DCMTKConfig | YES
    (*) See Troubleshooting section.

    Legend: NA ...............: Means that no System or Local DCMTK is available

    [ ] DCMTKConfig ..: Means that the version of DCMTK does NOT export a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

    [X] DCMTKConfig ..: Means that the version of DCMTK exports a DCMTKConfig.cmake file.

  Troubleshooting

What to do if my project finds a different version of DCMTK?

Remove DCMTK entry from the CMake cache per find_package() documentation.

  FindDevIL

This module locates the developer's image library. http://openil.sourceforge.net/

This module sets:

IL_LIBRARIES -   the name of the IL library. These include the full path to
                 the core DevIL library. This one has to be linked into the
                 application.
ILU_LIBRARIES -  the name of the ILU library. Again, the full path. This
                 library is for filters and effects, not actual loading. It
                 doesn't have to be linked if the functionality it provides
                 is not used.
ILUT_LIBRARIES - the name of the ILUT library. Full path. This part of the
                 library interfaces with OpenGL. It is not strictly needed
                 in applications.
IL_INCLUDE_DIR - where to find the il.h, ilu.h and ilut.h files.
DevIL_FOUND    - this is set to TRUE if all the above variables were set.
                 This will be set to false if ILU or ILUT are not found,
                 even if they are not needed. In most systems, if one
                 library is found all the others are as well. That's the
                 way the DevIL developers release it.

  FindDoxygen

Doxygen is a documentation generation tool (see http://www.doxygen.org). This module looks for Doxygen and some optional tools it supports. These tools are enabled as components in the find_package() command:

dot Graphviz dot utility used to render various graphs.

mscgen
    Message Chart Generator utility used by Doxygen's \msc and \mscfile commands.

dia Dia the diagram editor used by Doxygen's \diafile command.

    Examples:

    # Require dot, treat the other components as optional
    find_package(Doxygen
                 REQUIRED dot
                 OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS mscgen dia)

    The following variables are defined by this module:

DOXYGEN_FOUND
    True if the doxygen executable was found.

DOXYGEN_VERSION
    The version reported by doxygen --version.

    The module defines IMPORTED targets for Doxygen and each component found. These can be used as part of custom commands, etc. and should be preferred over old-style (and now deprecated) variables like DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE. The following import targets are defined if their corresponding executable could be found (the component import targets will only be defined if that component was requested):

    Doxygen::doxygen
    Doxygen::dot
    Doxygen::mscgen
    Doxygen::dia

  Functions

doxygen_add_docs
    This function is intended as a convenience for adding a target for generating documentation with Doxygen. It aims to provide sensible defaults so that projects can generally just provide the input files and directories and that will be sufficient to give sensible results. The function supports the ability to customize the Doxygen configuration used to build the documentation.

    doxygen_add_docs(targetName
        [filesOrDirs...]
        [ALL]
        [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
        [COMMENT comment])

    The function constructs a Doxyfile and defines a custom target that runs Doxygen on that generated file. The listed files and directories are used as the INPUT of the generated Doxyfile and they can contain wildcards. Any files that are listed explicitly will also be added as SOURCES of the custom target so they will show up in an IDE project's source list.

    So that relative input paths work as expected, by default the working directory of the Doxygen command will be the current source directory (i.e. CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR). This can be overridden with the WORKING_DIRECTORY option to change the directory used as the relative base point. Note also that Doxygen's default behavior is to strip the working directory from relative paths in the generated documentation (see the STRIP_FROM_PATH Doxygen config option for details).

    If provided, the optional comment will be passed as the COMMENT for the add_custom_target() command used to create the custom target internally.

    If ALL is set, the target will be added to the default build target.

    The contents of the generated Doxyfile can be customized by setting CMake variables before calling doxygen_add_docs(). Any variable with a name of the form DOXYGEN_<tag> will have its value substituted for the corresponding <tag> configuration option in the Doxyfile. See the Doxygen documentation for the full list of supported configuration options.

    Some of Doxygen's defaults are overridden to provide more appropriate behavior for a CMake project. Each of the following will be explicitly set unless the variable already has a value before doxygen_add_docs() is called (with some exceptions noted):

DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT
    Set to YES if the dot component was requested and it was found, NO otherwise. Any existing value of DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT is ignored.

DOXYGEN_DOT_MULTI_TARGETS
    Set to YES by this module (note that this requires a dot version newer than 1.8.10). This option is only meaningful if DOXYGEN_HAVE_DOT is also set to YES.

DOXYGEN_GENERATE_LATEX
    Set to NO by this module.

DOXYGEN_WARN_FORMAT
    For Visual Studio based generators, this is set to the form recognized by the Visual Studio IDE: $file($line) : $text. For all other generators, Doxygen's default value is not overridden.

DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NAME
    Populated with the name of the current project (i.e. PROJECT_NAME).

DOXYGEN_PROJECT_NUMBER
    Populated with the version of the current project (i.e. PROJECT_VERSION).

DOXYGEN_PROJECT_BRIEF
    Populated with the description of the current project (i.e. PROJECT_DESCRIPTION).

DOXYGEN_INPUT
    Projects should not set this variable. It will be populated with the set of files and directories passed to doxygen_add_docs(), thereby providing consistent behavior with the other built-in commands like add_executable(), add_library() and add_custom_target(). If a variable named DOXYGEN_INPUT is set by the project, it will be ignored and a warning will be issued.

DOXYGEN_RECURSIVE
    Set to YES by this module.

DOXYGEN_EXCLUDE_PATTERNS
    If the set of inputs includes directories, this variable will specify patterns used to exclude files from them. The following patterns are added by doxygen_add_docs() to ensure CMake-specific files and directories are not included in the input. If the project sets DOXYGEN_EXCLUDE_PATTERNS, those contents are merged with these additional patterns rather than replacing them:

    */.git/*
    */.svn/*
    */.hg/*
    */CMakeFiles/*
    */_CPack_Packages/*
    DartConfiguration.tcl
    CMakeLists.txt
    CMakeCache.txt

DOXYGEN_OUTPUT_DIRECTORY
    Set to CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR by this module. Note that if the project provides its own value for this and it is a relative path, it will be converted to an absolute path relative to the current binary directory. This is necessary because doxygen will normally be run from a directory within the source tree so that relative source paths work as expected. If this directory does not exist, it will be recursively created prior to executing the doxygen commands.

    To change any of these defaults or override any other Doxygen config option, set relevant variables before calling doxygen_add_docs(). For example:

    set(DOXYGEN_GENERATE_HTML NO)
    set(DOXYGEN_GENERATE_MAN YES)
    doxygen_add_docs(
        doxygen
        ${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR}
        COMMENT "Generate man pages"
    )

    A number of Doxygen config options accept lists of values, but Doxygen requires them to be separated by whitespace. CMake variables hold lists as a string with items separated by semi-colons, so a conversion needs to be performed. The doxygen_add_docs() command specifically checks the following Doxygen config options and will convert their associated CMake variable's contents into the required form if set.

    ABBREVIATE_BRIEF
    ALIASES
    CITE_BIB_FILES
    DIAFILE_DIRS
    DOTFILE_DIRS
    DOT_FONTPATH
    ENABLED_SECTIONS
    EXAMPLE_PATH
    EXAMPLE_PATTERNS
    EXCLUDE
    EXCLUDE_PATTERNS
    EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS
    EXPAND_AS_DEFINED
    EXTENSION_MAPPING
    EXTRA_PACKAGES
    EXTRA_SEARCH_MAPPINGS
    FILE_PATTERNS
    FILTER_PATTERNS
    FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS
    HTML_EXTRA_FILES
    HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET
    IGNORE_PREFIX
    IMAGE_PATH
    INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS
    INCLUDE_PATH
    INPUT
    LATEX_EXTRA_FILES
    LATEX_EXTRA_STYLESHEET
    MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS
    MSCFILE_DIRS
    PLANTUML_INCLUDE_PATH
    PREDEFINED
    QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS
    QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS
    STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH
    STRIP_FROM_PATH
    TAGFILES
    TCL_SUBST

    The following single value Doxygen options will be quoted automatically if they contain at least one space:

    CHM_FILE
    DIA_PATH
    DOCBOOK_OUTPUT
    DOCSET_FEEDNAME
    DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME
    DOT_FONTNAME
    DOT_PATH
    EXTERNAL_SEARCH_ID
    FILE_VERSION_FILTER
    GENERATE_TAGFILE
    HHC_LOCATION
    HTML_FOOTER
    HTML_HEADER
    HTML_OUTPUT
    HTML_STYLESHEET
    INPUT_FILTER
    LATEX_FOOTER
    LATEX_HEADER
    LATEX_OUTPUT
    LAYOUT_FILE
    MAN_OUTPUT
    MAN_SUBDIR
    MATHJAX_CODEFILE
    MSCGEN_PATH
    OUTPUT_DIRECTORY
    PERL_PATH
    PLANTUML_JAR_PATH
    PROJECT_BRIEF
    PROJECT_LOGO
    PROJECT_NAME
    QCH_FILE
    QHG_LOCATION
    QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME
    QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER
    RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE
    RTF_OUTPUT
    RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE
    SEARCHDATA_FILE
    USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE
    WARN_FORMAT
    WARN_LOGFILE
    XML_OUTPUT

    There are situations where it may be undesirable for a particular config option to be automatically quoted by doxygen_add_docs(), such as ALIASES which may need to include its own embedded quoting. The DOXYGEN_VERBATIM_VARS variable can be used to specify a list of Doxygen variables (including the leading DOXYGEN_ prefix) which should not be quoted. The project is then responsible for ensuring that those variables' values make sense when placed directly in the Doxygen input file. In the case of list variables, list items are still separated by spaces, it is only the automatic quoting that is skipped. For example, the following allows doxygen_add_docs() to apply quoting to DOXYGEN_PROJECT_BRIEF, but not each item in the DOXYGEN_ALIASES list (bracket syntax can also be used to make working with embedded quotes easier):

    set(DOXYGEN_PROJECT_BRIEF "String with spaces")
    set(DOXYGEN_ALIASES
        [[somealias="@some_command param"]]
        "anotherAlias=@foobar"
    )
    set(DOXYGEN_VERBATIM_VARS DOXYGEN_ALIASES)

    The resultant Doxyfile will contain the following lines:

    PROJECT_BRIEF = "String with spaces"
    ALIASES       = somealias="@some_command param" anotherAlias=@foobar

  Deprecated Result Variables

For compatibility with previous versions of CMake, the following variables are also defined but they are deprecated and should no longer be used:

DOXYGEN_EXECUTABLE
    The path to the doxygen command. If projects need to refer to the doxygen executable directly, they should use the Doxygen::doxygen import target instead.

DOXYGEN_DOT_FOUND
    True if the dot executable was found.

DOXYGEN_DOT_EXECUTABLE
    The path to the dot command. If projects need to refer to the dot executable directly, they should use the Doxygen::dot import target instead.

DOXYGEN_DOT_PATH
    The path to the directory containing the dot executable as reported in DOXYGEN_DOT_EXECUTABLE. The path may have forward slashes even on Windows and is not suitable for direct substitution into a Doxyfile.in template. If you need this value, get the IMPORTED_LOCATION property of the Doxygen::dot target and use get_filename_component() to extract the directory part of that path. You may also want to consider using file(TO_NATIVE_PATH) to prepare the path for a Doxygen configuration file.

  Deprecated Hint Variables

DOXYGEN_SKIP_DOT
    This variable has no effect for the component form of find_package. In backward compatibility mode (i.e. without components list) it prevents the finder module from searching for Graphviz's dot utility.

  FindEXPAT

Find the native Expat headers and library.

  Imported Targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

EXPAT::EXPAT
    The Expat expat library, if found.

  Result Variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

EXPAT_INCLUDE_DIRS
    where to find expat.h, etc.

EXPAT_LIBRARIES
    the libraries to link against to use Expat.

EXPAT_FOUND
    true if the Expat headers and libraries were found.

  FindFLEX

Find flex executable and provides a macro to generate custom build rules

The module defines the following variables:

FLEX_FOUND - true is flex executable is found
FLEX_EXECUTABLE - the path to the flex executable
FLEX_VERSION - the version of flex
FLEX_LIBRARIES - The flex libraries
FLEX_INCLUDE_DIRS - The path to the flex headers

The minimum required version of flex can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(FLEX 2.5.13)

If flex is found on the system, the module provides the macro:

FLEX_TARGET(Name FlexInput FlexOutput
            [COMPILE_FLAGS <string>]
            [DEFINES_FILE <string>]
            )

which creates a custom command to generate the <FlexOutput> file from the <FlexInput> file. If COMPILE_FLAGS option is specified, the next parameter is added to the flex command line. If flex is configured to output a header file, the DEFINES_FILE option may be used to specify its name. Name is an alias used to get details of this custom command. Indeed the macro defines the following variables:

FLEX_${Name}_DEFINED - true is the macro ran successfully
FLEX_${Name}_OUTPUTS - the source file generated by the custom rule, an
alias for FlexOutput
FLEX_${Name}_INPUT - the flex source file, an alias for ${FlexInput}
FLEX_${Name}_OUTPUT_HEADER - the header flex output, if any.

Flex scanners often use tokens defined by Bison: the code generated by Flex depends of the header generated by Bison. This module also defines a macro:

ADD_FLEX_BISON_DEPENDENCY(FlexTarget BisonTarget)

which adds the required dependency between a scanner and a parser where <FlexTarget> and <BisonTarget> are the first parameters of respectively FLEX_TARGET and BISON_TARGET macros.

====================================================================
Example:

find_package(BISON)
find_package(FLEX)

BISON_TARGET(MyParser parser.y ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/parser.cpp)
FLEX_TARGET(MyScanner lexer.l  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/lexer.cpp)
ADD_FLEX_BISON_DEPENDENCY(MyScanner MyParser)

 include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
 add_executable(Foo
    Foo.cc
    ${BISON_MyParser_OUTPUTS}
    ${FLEX_MyScanner_OUTPUTS}
 )
====================================================================

  FindFLTK2

Find the native FLTK2 includes and library

The following settings are defined

FLTK2_FLUID_EXECUTABLE, where to find the Fluid tool
FLTK2_WRAP_UI, This enables the FLTK2_WRAP_UI command
FLTK2_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find include files
FLTK2_LIBRARIES, list of fltk2 libraries
FLTK2_FOUND, Don't use FLTK2 if false.

The following settings should not be used in general.

FLTK2_BASE_LIBRARY   = the full path to fltk2.lib
FLTK2_GL_LIBRARY     = the full path to fltk2_gl.lib
FLTK2_IMAGES_LIBRARY = the full path to fltk2_images.lib

  FindFLTK

Find the FLTK library

  Input Variables

By default this module will search for all of the FLTK components and add them to the FLTK_LIBRARIES variable. You can limit the components which get placed in FLTK_LIBRARIES by defining one or more of the following three options:

FLTK_SKIP_OPENGL
    Set to true to disable searching for the FLTK GL library

FLTK_SKIP_FORMS
    Set to true to disable searching for the FLTK Forms library

FLTK_SKIP_IMAGES
    Set to true to disable searching for the FLTK Images library

    FLTK is composed also by a binary tool. You can set the following option:

FLTK_SKIP_FLUID
    Set to true to not look for the FLUID binary

  Result Variables

The following variables will be defined:

FLTK_FOUND
    True if all components not skipped were found

FLTK_INCLUDE_DIR
    Path to the include directory for FLTK header files

FLTK_LIBRARIES
    List of the FLTK libraries found

FLTK_FLUID_EXECUTABLE
    Path to the FLUID binary tool

FLTK_WRAP_UI
    True if FLUID is found, used to enable the FLTK_WRAP_UI command

  Cache Variables

The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

FLTK_BASE_LIBRARY_RELEASE
    The FLTK base library (optimized)

FLTK_BASE_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    The FLTK base library (debug)

FLTK_GL_LIBRARY_RELEASE
    The FLTK GL library (optimized)

FLTK_GL_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    The FLTK GL library (debug)

FLTK_FORMS_LIBRARY_RELEASE
    The FLTK Forms library (optimized)

FLTK_FORMS_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    The FLTK Forms library (debug)

FLTK_IMAGES_LIBRARY_RELEASE
    The FLTK Images protobuf library (optimized)

FLTK_IMAGES_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    The FLTK Images library (debug)

  FindFreetype

Find the FreeType font renderer includes and library.

  Imported Targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

Freetype::Freetype
    The Freetype freetype library, if found

  Result Variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

FREETYPE_FOUND
    true if the Freetype headers and libraries were found

FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIRS
    directories containing the Freetype headers. This is the concatenation of the variables:

FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_ft2build
    directory holding the main Freetype API configuration header

FREETYPE_INCLUDE_DIR_freetype2
    directory holding Freetype public headers

FREETYPE_LIBRARIES
    the library to link against

FREETYPE_VERSION_STRING
    the version of freetype found (since CMake 2.8.8)

  Hints

The user may set the environment variable FREETYPE_DIR to the root directory of a Freetype installation.

  FindGCCXML

Find the GCC-XML front-end executable.

This module will define the following variables:

GCCXML - the GCC-XML front-end executable.

  FindGDAL

Locate gdal

This module accepts the following environment variables:

GDAL_DIR or GDAL_ROOT - Specify the location of GDAL

This module defines the following CMake variables:

GDAL_FOUND - True if libgdal is found
GDAL_LIBRARY - A variable pointing to the GDAL library
GDAL_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers

  FindGettext

Find GNU gettext tools

This module looks for the GNU gettext tools. This module defines the following values:

GETTEXT_MSGMERGE_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the msgmerge tool.
GETTEXT_MSGFMT_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the msgfmt tool.
GETTEXT_FOUND: True if gettext has been found.
GETTEXT_VERSION_STRING: the version of gettext found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Additionally it provides the following macros:

GETTEXT_CREATE_TRANSLATIONS ( outputFile [ALL] file1 ... fileN )

This will create a target "translations" which will convert the
given input po files into the binary output mo file. If the
ALL option is used, the translations will also be created when
building the default target.

GETTEXT_PROCESS_POT_FILE( <potfile> [ALL] [INSTALL_DESTINATION <destdir>] LANGUAGES <lang1> <lang2> ... )

Process the given pot file to mo files.
If INSTALL_DESTINATION is given then automatically install rules will
be created, the language subdirectory will be taken into account
(by default use share/locale/).
If ALL is specified, the pot file is processed when building the all traget.
It creates a custom target "potfile".

GETTEXT_PROCESS_PO_FILES( <lang> [ALL] [INSTALL_DESTINATION <dir>] PO_FILES <po1> <po2> ... )

Process the given po files to mo files for the given language.
If INSTALL_DESTINATION is given then automatically install rules will
be created, the language subdirectory will be taken into account
(by default use share/locale/).
If ALL is specified, the po files are processed when building the all traget.
It creates a custom target "pofiles".

NOTE: If you wish to use the Gettext library (libintl), use FindIntl.

  FindGIF

This finds the GIF library (giflib)

The module defines the following variables:

GIF_FOUND
    True if giflib was found

GIF_LIBRARIES
    Libraries to link to in order to use giflib

GIF_INCLUDE_DIR
    where to find the headers

GIF_VERSION
    3, 4 or a full version string (eg 5.1.4) for versions >= 4.1.6

    The minimum required version of giflib can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(GIF 4)

    $GIF_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

  FindGit

The module defines the following variables:

GIT_EXECUTABLE
    Path to Git command-line client.

Git_FOUND, GIT_FOUND
    True if the Git command-line client was found.

GIT_VERSION_STRING
    The version of Git found.

    Example usage:

    find_package(Git)
    if(Git_FOUND)
      message("Git found: ${GIT_EXECUTABLE}")
    endif()

  FindGLEW

Find the OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library (GLEW)

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines the IMPORTED target GLEW::GLEW, if GLEW has been found.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

GLEW_INCLUDE_DIRS - include directories for GLEW
GLEW_LIBRARIES - libraries to link against GLEW
GLEW_FOUND - true if GLEW has been found and can be used

  FindGLUT

try to find glut library and include files.

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines the IMPORTED targets:

GLUT::GLUT
    Defined if the system has GLUT.

  Result Variables

This module sets the following variables:

GLUT_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find GL/glut.h, etc.
GLUT_LIBRARIES, the libraries to link against
GLUT_FOUND, If false, do not try to use GLUT.

Also defined, but not for general use are:

GLUT_glut_LIBRARY = the full path to the glut library.
GLUT_Xmu_LIBRARY  = the full path to the Xmu library.
GLUT_Xi_LIBRARY   = the full path to the Xi Library.

  FindGnuplot

this module looks for gnuplot

Once done this will define

GNUPLOT_FOUND - system has Gnuplot
GNUPLOT_EXECUTABLE - the Gnuplot executable
GNUPLOT_VERSION_STRING - the version of Gnuplot found (since CMake 2.8.8)

GNUPLOT_VERSION_STRING will not work for old versions like 3.7.1.

  FindGnuTLS

Try to find the GNU Transport Layer Security library (gnutls)

Once done this will define

GNUTLS_FOUND - System has gnutls
GNUTLS_INCLUDE_DIR - The gnutls include directory
GNUTLS_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use gnutls
GNUTLS_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using gnutls

  FindGSL

Find the native GSL includes and libraries.

The GNU Scientific Library (GSL) is a numerical library for C and C++ programmers. It is free software under the GNU General Public License.

  Imported Targets

If GSL is found, this module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

GSL::gsl      - The main GSL library.
GSL::gslcblas - The CBLAS support library used by GSL.

  Result Variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

GSL_FOUND          - True if GSL found on the local system
GSL_INCLUDE_DIRS   - Location of GSL header files.
GSL_LIBRARIES      - The GSL libraries.
GSL_VERSION        - The version of the discovered GSL install.

  Hints

Set GSL_ROOT_DIR to a directory that contains a GSL installation.

This script expects to find libraries at $GSL_ROOT_DIR/lib and the GSL headers at $GSL_ROOT_DIR/include/gsl. The library directory may optionally provide Release and Debug folders. If available, the libraries named gsld, gslblasd or cblasd are recognized as debug libraries. For Unix-like systems, this script will use $GSL_ROOT_DIR/bin/gsl-config (if found) to aid in the discovery of GSL.

  Cache Variables

This module may set the following variables depending on platform and type of GSL installation discovered. These variables may optionally be set to help this module find the correct files:

GSL_CBLAS_LIBRARY       - Location of the GSL CBLAS library.
GSL_CBLAS_LIBRARY_DEBUG - Location of the debug GSL CBLAS library (if any).
GSL_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE   - Location of the ``gsl-config`` script (if any).
GSL_LIBRARY             - Location of the GSL library.
GSL_LIBRARY_DEBUG       - Location of the debug GSL library (if any).

  FindGTest

Locate the Google C++ Testing Framework.

  Imported targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

GTest::GTest
    The Google Test gtest library, if found; adds Thread::Thread automatically

GTest::Main
    The Google Test gtest_main library, if found

  Result variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

GTEST_FOUND
    Found the Google Testing framework

GTEST_INCLUDE_DIRS
    the directory containing the Google Test headers

    The library variables below are set as normal variables. These contain debug/optimized keywords when a debugging library is found.

GTEST_LIBRARIES
    The Google Test gtest library; note it also requires linking with an appropriate thread library

GTEST_MAIN_LIBRARIES
    The Google Test gtest_main library

GTEST_BOTH_LIBRARIES
    Both gtest and gtest_main

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

GTEST_ROOT
    The root directory of the Google Test installation (may also be set as an environment variable)

GTEST_MSVC_SEARCH
    If compiling with MSVC, this variable can be set to MT or MD (the default) to enable searching a GTest build tree

  Example usage

enable_testing()
find_package(GTest REQUIRED)
add_executable(foo foo.cc)
target_link_libraries(foo GTest::GTest GTest::Main)
add_test(AllTestsInFoo foo)

  Deeper integration with CTest

See GoogleTest for information on the gtest_add_tests() and gtest_discover_tests() commands.

  FindGTK2

FindGTK2.cmake

This module can find the GTK2 widget libraries and several of its other optional components like gtkmm, glade, and glademm.

NOTE: If you intend to use version checking, CMake 2.6.2 or later is

required.

Specify one or more of the following components as you call this find module. See example below.

gtk
gtkmm
glade
glademm

The following variables will be defined for your use

GTK2_FOUND - Were all of your specified components found?
GTK2_INCLUDE_DIRS - All include directories
GTK2_LIBRARIES - All libraries
GTK2_TARGETS - All imported targets
GTK2_DEFINITIONS - Additional compiler flags

GTK2_VERSION - The version of GTK2 found (x.y.z)
GTK2_MAJOR_VERSION - The major version of GTK2
GTK2_MINOR_VERSION - The minor version of GTK2
GTK2_PATCH_VERSION - The patch version of GTK2

Optional variables you can define prior to calling this module:

GTK2_DEBUG - Enables verbose debugging of the module
GTK2_ADDITIONAL_SUFFIXES - Allows defining additional directories to
                           search for include files

================= Example Usage:

Call find_package() once, here are some examples to pick from:

Require GTK 2.6 or later
    find_package(GTK2 2.6 REQUIRED gtk)

Require GTK 2.10 or later and Glade
    find_package(GTK2 2.10 REQUIRED gtk glade)

Search for GTK/GTKMM 2.8 or later
    find_package(GTK2 2.8 COMPONENTS gtk gtkmm)

if(GTK2_FOUND)
   include_directories(${GTK2_INCLUDE_DIRS})
   add_executable(mygui mygui.cc)
   target_link_libraries(mygui ${GTK2_LIBRARIES})
endif()

  FindGTK

try to find GTK (and glib) and GTKGLArea

GTK_INCLUDE_DIR   - Directories to include to use GTK
GTK_LIBRARIES     - Files to link against to use GTK
GTK_FOUND         - GTK was found
GTK_GL_FOUND      - GTK's GL features were found

  FindHDF5

Find HDF5, a library for reading and writing self describing array data.

This module invokes the HDF5 wrapper compiler that should be installed alongside HDF5. Depending upon the HDF5 Configuration, the wrapper compiler is called either h5cc or h5pcc. If this succeeds, the module will then call the compiler with the -show argument to see what flags are used when compiling an HDF5 client application.

The module will optionally accept the COMPONENTS argument. If no COMPONENTS are specified, then the find module will default to finding only the HDF5 C library. If one or more COMPONENTS are specified, the module will attempt to find the language bindings for the specified components. The only valid components are C, CXX, Fortran, HL, and Fortran_HL. If the COMPONENTS argument is not given, the module will attempt to find only the C bindings.

This module will read the variable HDF5_USE_STATIC_LIBRARIES to determine whether or not to prefer a static link to a dynamic link for HDF5 and all of it's dependencies. To use this feature, make sure that the HDF5_USE_STATIC_LIBRARIES variable is set before the call to find_package.

To provide the module with a hint about where to find your HDF5 installation, you can set the environment variable HDF5_ROOT. The Find module will then look in this path when searching for HDF5 executables, paths, and libraries.

Both the serial and parallel HDF5 wrappers are considered and the first directory to contain either one will be used. In the event that both appear in the same directory the serial version is preferentially selected. This behavior can be reversed by setting the variable HDF5_PREFER_PARALLEL to true.

In addition to finding the includes and libraries required to compile an HDF5 client application, this module also makes an effort to find tools that come with the HDF5 distribution that may be useful for regression testing.

This module will define the following variables:

HDF5_FOUND - true if HDF5 was found on the system
HDF5_VERSION - HDF5 version in format Major.Minor.Release
HDF5_INCLUDE_DIRS - Location of the hdf5 includes
HDF5_INCLUDE_DIR - Location of the hdf5 includes (deprecated)
HDF5_DEFINITIONS - Required compiler definitions for HDF5
HDF5_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for all requested bindings
HDF5_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 high level API for all
                    bindings, if the HL component is enabled

Available components are: C CXX Fortran and HL. For each enabled language binding, a corresponding HDF5_${LANG}_LIBRARIES variable, and potentially HDF5_${LANG}_DEFINITIONS, will be defined. If the HL component is enabled, then an HDF5_${LANG}_HL_LIBRARIES will also be defined. With all components enabled, the following variables will be defined:

HDF5_C_DEFINITIONS -- Required compiler definitions for HDF5 C bindings
HDF5_CXX_DEFINITIONS -- Required compiler definitions for HDF5 C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_DEFINITIONS -- Required compiler definitions for HDF5 Fortran bindings
HDF5_C_INCLUDE_DIRS -- Required include directories for HDF5 C bindings
HDF5_CXX_INCLUDE_DIRS -- Required include directories for HDF5 C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_INCLUDE_DIRS -- Required include directories for HDF5 Fortran bindings
HDF5_C_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 C bindings
HDF5_CXX_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the HDF5 Fortran bindings
HDF5_C_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the high level C bindings
HDF5_CXX_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the high level C++ bindings
HDF5_Fortran_HL_LIBRARIES - Required libraries for the high level Fortran
                            bindings.
HDF5_IS_PARALLEL - Whether or not HDF5 was found with parallel IO support
HDF5_C_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 C wrapper compiler
HDF5_CXX_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 C++ wrapper compiler
HDF5_Fortran_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 Fortran wrapper compiler
HDF5_C_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE - path to the primary C compiler
                                            which is also the HDF5 wrapper
HDF5_CXX_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE - path to the primary C++
                                              compiler which is also
                                              the HDF5 wrapper
HDF5_Fortran_COMPILER_EXECUTABLE_NO_INTERROGATE - path to the primary
                                                  Fortran compiler which
                                                  is also the HDF5 wrapper
HDF5_DIFF_EXECUTABLE - the path to the HDF5 dataset comparison tool

The following variable can be set to guide the search for HDF5 libraries and includes:

HDF5_ROOT
    Specify the path to the HDF5 installation to use.

HDF5_FIND_DEBUG
    Set to a true value to get some extra debugging output.

HDF5_NO_FIND_PACKAGE_CONFIG_FILE
    Set to a true value to skip trying to find hdf5-config.cmake.

  FindHg

Extract information from a mercurial working copy.

The module defines the following variables:

HG_EXECUTABLE - path to mercurial command line client (hg)
HG_FOUND - true if the command line client was found
HG_VERSION_STRING - the version of mercurial found

If the command line client executable is found the following macro is defined:

HG_WC_INFO(<dir> <var-prefix>)

Hg_WC_INFO extracts information of a mercurial working copy at a given location. This macro defines the following variables:

<var-prefix>_WC_CHANGESET - current changeset
<var-prefix>_WC_REVISION - current revision

Example usage:

find_package(Hg)
if(HG_FOUND)
  message("hg found: ${HG_EXECUTABLE}")
  HG_WC_INFO(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
  message("Current revision is ${Project_WC_REVISION}")
  message("Current changeset is ${Project_WC_CHANGESET}")
endif()

  FindHSPELL

Try to find Hspell

Once done this will define

HSPELL_FOUND - system has Hspell
HSPELL_INCLUDE_DIR - the Hspell include directory
HSPELL_LIBRARIES - The libraries needed to use Hspell
HSPELL_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using Hspell

HSPELL_VERSION_STRING - The version of Hspell found (x.y)
HSPELL_MAJOR_VERSION  - the major version of Hspell
HSPELL_MINOR_VERSION  - The minor version of Hspell

  FindHTMLHelp

This module looks for Microsoft HTML Help Compiler

It defines:

HTML_HELP_COMPILER     : full path to the Compiler (hhc.exe)
HTML_HELP_INCLUDE_PATH : include path to the API (htmlhelp.h)
HTML_HELP_LIBRARY      : full path to the library (htmlhelp.lib)

  FindIce

Find the ZeroC Internet Communication Engine (ICE) programs, libraries and datafiles.

This module supports multiple components. Components can include any of: Freeze, Glacier2, Ice, IceBox, IceDB, IceDiscovery, IceGrid, IceLocatorDiscovery, IcePatch, IceSSL, IceStorm, IceUtil, IceXML, or Slice.

Ice 3.7 and later also include C++11-specific components: Glacier2++11, Ice++11, IceBox++11, IceDiscovery++11 IceGrid, IceLocatorDiscovery++11, IceSSL++11, IceStorm++11

Note that the set of supported components is Ice version-specific.

This module reports information about the Ice installation in several variables. General variables:

Ice_VERSION - Ice release version
Ice_FOUND - true if the main programs and libraries were found
Ice_LIBRARIES - component libraries to be linked
Ice_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories containing the Ice headers
Ice_SLICE_DIRS - the directories containing the Ice slice interface
                 definitions

Imported targets:

Ice::<C>

Where <C> is the name of an Ice component, for example Ice::Glacier2 or Ice++11.

Ice slice programs are reported in:

Ice_SLICE2CPP_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2cpp executable
Ice_SLICE2CS_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2cs executable
Ice_SLICE2FREEZEJ_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2freezej executable
Ice_SLICE2FREEZE_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2freeze executable
Ice_SLICE2HTML_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2html executable
Ice_SLICE2JAVA_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2java executable
Ice_SLICE2JS_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2js executable
Ice_SLICE2OBJC_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2objc executable
Ice_SLICE2PHP_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2php executable
Ice_SLICE2PY_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2py executable
Ice_SLICE2RB_EXECUTABLE - path to slice2rb executable

Ice programs are reported in:

Ice_GLACIER2ROUTER_EXECUTABLE - path to glacier2router executable
Ice_ICEBOX_EXECUTABLE - path to icebox executable
Ice_ICEBOXXX11_EXECUTABLE - path to icebox++11 executable
Ice_ICEBOXADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxadmin executable
Ice_ICEBOXD_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxd executable
Ice_ICEBOXNET_EXECUTABLE - path to iceboxnet executable
Ice_ICEBRIDGE_EXECUTABLE - path to icebridge executable
Ice_ICEGRIDADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridadmin executable
Ice_ICEGRIDDB_EXECUTABLE - path to icegriddb executable
Ice_ICEGRIDNODE_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridnode executable
Ice_ICEGRIDNODED_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridnoded executable
Ice_ICEGRIDREGISTRY_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridregistry executable
Ice_ICEGRIDREGISTRYD_EXECUTABLE - path to icegridregistryd executable
Ice_ICEPATCH2CALC_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2calc executable
Ice_ICEPATCH2CLIENT_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2client executable
Ice_ICEPATCH2SERVER_EXECUTABLE - path to icepatch2server executable
Ice_ICESERVICEINSTALL_EXECUTABLE - path to iceserviceinstall executable
Ice_ICESTORMADMIN_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormadmin executable
Ice_ICESTORMDB_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormdb executable
Ice_ICESTORMMIGRATE_EXECUTABLE - path to icestormmigrate executable

Ice db programs (Windows only; standard system versions on all other platforms) are reported in:

Ice_DB_ARCHIVE_EXECUTABLE - path to db_archive executable
Ice_DB_CHECKPOINT_EXECUTABLE - path to db_checkpoint executable
Ice_DB_DEADLOCK_EXECUTABLE - path to db_deadlock executable
Ice_DB_DUMP_EXECUTABLE - path to db_dump executable
Ice_DB_HOTBACKUP_EXECUTABLE - path to db_hotbackup executable
Ice_DB_LOAD_EXECUTABLE - path to db_load executable
Ice_DB_LOG_VERIFY_EXECUTABLE - path to db_log_verify executable
Ice_DB_PRINTLOG_EXECUTABLE - path to db_printlog executable
Ice_DB_RECOVER_EXECUTABLE - path to db_recover executable
Ice_DB_STAT_EXECUTABLE - path to db_stat executable
Ice_DB_TUNER_EXECUTABLE - path to db_tuner executable
Ice_DB_UPGRADE_EXECUTABLE - path to db_upgrade executable
Ice_DB_VERIFY_EXECUTABLE - path to db_verify executable
Ice_DUMPDB_EXECUTABLE - path to dumpdb executable
Ice_TRANSFORMDB_EXECUTABLE - path to transformdb executable

Ice component libraries are reported in:

Ice_<C>_FOUND - ON if component was found
Ice_<C>_LIBRARIES - libraries for component

Note that <C> is the uppercased name of the component.

This module reads hints about search results from:

Ice_HOME - the root of the Ice installation

The environment variable ICE_HOME may also be used; the Ice_HOME variable takes precedence.

NOTE: On Windows, Ice 3.7.0 and later provide libraries via the NuGet package manager. Appropriate NuGet packages will be searched for using CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH, or alternatively Ice_HOME may be set to the location of a specific NuGet package to restrict the search.

The following cache variables may also be set:

Ice_<P>_EXECUTABLE - the path to executable <P>
Ice_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the Ice headers
Ice_SLICE_DIR - the directory containing the Ice slice interface
                definitions
Ice_<C>_LIBRARY - the library for component <C>

NOTE: In most cases none of the above variables will require setting, unless multiple Ice versions are available and a specific version is required. On Windows, the most recent version of Ice will be found through the registry. On Unix, the programs, headers and libraries will usually be in standard locations, but Ice_SLICE_DIRS might not be automatically detected (commonly known locations are searched). All the other variables are defaulted using Ice_HOME, if set. It's possible to set Ice_HOME and selectively specify alternative locations for the other components; this might be required for e.g. newer versions of Visual Studio if the heuristics are not sufficient to identify the correct programs and libraries for the specific Visual Studio version.

Other variables one may set to control this module are:

Ice_DEBUG - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindIce.

  FindIcotool

Find icotool

This module looks for icotool. This module defines the following values:

ICOTOOL_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the icotool tool.
ICOTOOL_FOUND: True if icotool has been found.
ICOTOOL_VERSION_STRING: the version of icotool found.

  FindICU

Find the International Components for Unicode (ICU) libraries and programs.

This module supports multiple components. Components can include any of: data, i18n, io, le, lx, test, tu and uc.

Note that on Windows data is named dt and i18n is named in; any of the names may be used, and the appropriate platform-specific library name will be automatically selected.

This module reports information about the ICU installation in several variables. General variables:

ICU_VERSION - ICU release version
ICU_FOUND - true if the main programs and libraries were found
ICU_LIBRARIES - component libraries to be linked
ICU_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories containing the ICU headers

Imported targets:

ICU::<C>

Where <C> is the name of an ICU component, for example ICU::i18n.

ICU programs are reported in:

ICU_GENCNVAL_EXECUTABLE - path to gencnval executable
ICU_ICUINFO_EXECUTABLE - path to icuinfo executable
ICU_GENBRK_EXECUTABLE - path to genbrk executable
ICU_ICU-CONFIG_EXECUTABLE - path to icu-config executable
ICU_GENRB_EXECUTABLE - path to genrb executable
ICU_GENDICT_EXECUTABLE - path to gendict executable
ICU_DERB_EXECUTABLE - path to derb executable
ICU_PKGDATA_EXECUTABLE - path to pkgdata executable
ICU_UCONV_EXECUTABLE - path to uconv executable
ICU_GENCFU_EXECUTABLE - path to gencfu executable
ICU_MAKECONV_EXECUTABLE - path to makeconv executable
ICU_GENNORM2_EXECUTABLE - path to gennorm2 executable
ICU_GENCCODE_EXECUTABLE - path to genccode executable
ICU_GENSPREP_EXECUTABLE - path to gensprep executable
ICU_ICUPKG_EXECUTABLE - path to icupkg executable
ICU_GENCMN_EXECUTABLE - path to gencmn executable

ICU component libraries are reported in:

ICU_<C>_FOUND - ON if component was found
ICU_<C>_LIBRARIES - libraries for component

ICU datafiles are reported in:

ICU_MAKEFILE_INC - Makefile.inc
ICU_PKGDATA_INC - pkgdata.inc

Note that <C> is the uppercased name of the component.

This module reads hints about search results from:

ICU_ROOT - the root of the ICU installation

The environment variable ICU_ROOT may also be used; the ICU_ROOT variable takes precedence.

The following cache variables may also be set:

ICU_<P>_EXECUTABLE - the path to executable <P>
ICU_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the ICU headers
ICU_<C>_LIBRARY - the library for component <C>

NOTE: In most cases none of the above variables will require setting, unless multiple ICU versions are available and a specific version is required.

Other variables one may set to control this module are:

ICU_DEBUG - Set to ON to enable debug output from FindICU.

  FindImageMagick

Find the ImageMagick binary suite.

This module will search for a set of ImageMagick tools specified as components in the FIND_PACKAGE call. Typical components include, but are not limited to (future versions of ImageMagick might have additional components not listed here):

animate
compare
composite
conjure
convert
display
identify
import
mogrify
montage
stream

If no component is specified in the FIND_PACKAGE call, then it only searches for the ImageMagick executable directory. This code defines the following variables:

ImageMagick_FOUND                  - TRUE if all components are found.
ImageMagick_EXECUTABLE_DIR         - Full path to executables directory.
ImageMagick_<component>_FOUND      - TRUE if <component> is found.
ImageMagick_<component>_EXECUTABLE - Full path to <component> executable.
ImageMagick_VERSION_STRING         - the version of ImageMagick found
                                     (since CMake 2.8.8)

ImageMagick_VERSION_STRING will not work for old versions like 5.2.3.

There are also components for the following ImageMagick APIs:

Magick++
MagickWand
MagickCore

For these components the following variables are set:

ImageMagick_FOUND                    - TRUE if all components are found.
ImageMagick_INCLUDE_DIRS             - Full paths to all include dirs.
ImageMagick_LIBRARIES                - Full paths to all libraries.
ImageMagick_<component>_FOUND        - TRUE if <component> is found.
ImageMagick_<component>_INCLUDE_DIRS - Full path to <component> include dirs.
ImageMagick_<component>_LIBRARIES    - Full path to <component> libraries.

Example Usages:

find_package(ImageMagick)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS convert)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS convert mogrify display)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS Magick++)
find_package(ImageMagick COMPONENTS Magick++ convert)

Note that the standard FIND_PACKAGE features are supported (i.e., QUIET, REQUIRED, etc.).

  FindIconv

This module finds the iconv() POSIX.1 functions on the system. These functions might be provided in the regular C library or externally in the form of an additional library.

The following variables are provided to indicate iconv support:

Iconv_FOUND
    Variable indicating if the iconv support was found.

Iconv_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The directories containing the iconv headers.

Iconv_LIBRARIES
    The iconv libraries to be linked.

Iconv_IS_BUILT_IN
    A variable indicating whether iconv support is stemming from the C library or not. Even if the C library provides iconv(), the presence of an external libiconv implementation might lead to this being false.

    Additionally, the following IMPORTED target is being provided:

Iconv::Iconv
    Imported target for using iconv.

    The following cache variables may also be set:

Iconv_INCLUDE_DIR
    The directory containing the iconv headers.

Iconv_LIBRARY
    The iconv library (if not implicitly given in the C library).

    NOTE: On POSIX platforms, iconv might be part of the C library and the cache variables Iconv_INCLUDE_DIR and Iconv_LIBRARY might be empty.

  FindIntl

Find the Gettext libintl headers and libraries.

This module reports information about the Gettext libintl installation in several variables. General variables:

Intl_FOUND - true if the libintl headers and libraries were found
Intl_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directory containing the libintl headers
Intl_LIBRARIES - libintl libraries to be linked

The following cache variables may also be set:

Intl_INCLUDE_DIR - the directory containing the libintl headers
Intl_LIBRARY - the libintl library (if any)

NOTE: On some platforms, such as Linux with GNU libc, the gettext functions are present in the C standard library and libintl is not required. Intl_LIBRARIES will be empty in this case.

NOTE: If you wish to use the Gettext tools (msgmerge, msgfmt, etc.), use FindGettext.

  FindITK

This module no longer exists.

This module existed in versions of CMake prior to 3.1, but became only a thin wrapper around find_package(ITK NO_MODULE) to provide compatibility for projects using long-outdated conventions. Now find_package(ITK) will search for ITKConfig.cmake directly.

  FindJasper

Try to find the Jasper JPEG2000 library

Once done this will define

JASPER_FOUND - system has Jasper
JASPER_INCLUDE_DIR - the Jasper include directory
JASPER_LIBRARIES - the libraries needed to use Jasper
JASPER_VERSION_STRING - the version of Jasper found (since CMake 2.8.8)

  FindJava

Find Java

This module finds if Java is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. The caller may set variable JAVA_HOME to specify a Java installation prefix explicitly.

See also the FindJNI module to find Java development tools.

Specify one or more of the following components as you call this find module. See example below.

Runtime     = User just want to execute some Java byte-compiled
Development = Development tools (java, javac, javah, jar and javadoc), includes Runtime component
IdlJ        = idl compiler for Java
JarSigner   = signer tool for jar

This module sets the following result variables:

Java_JAVA_EXECUTABLE      = the full path to the Java runtime
Java_JAVAC_EXECUTABLE     = the full path to the Java compiler
Java_JAVAH_EXECUTABLE     = the full path to the Java header generator
Java_JAVADOC_EXECUTABLE   = the full path to the Java documentation generator
Java_IDLJ_EXECUTABLE      = the full path to the Java idl compiler
Java_JAR_EXECUTABLE       = the full path to the Java archiver
Java_JARSIGNER_EXECUTABLE = the full path to the Java jar signer
Java_VERSION_STRING       = Version of java found, eg. 1.6.0_12
Java_VERSION_MAJOR        = The major version of the package found.
Java_VERSION_MINOR        = The minor version of the package found.
Java_VERSION_PATCH        = The patch version of the package found.
Java_VERSION_TWEAK        = The tweak version of the package found (after '_')
Java_VERSION              = This is set to: $major[.$minor[.$patch[.$tweak]]]

The minimum required version of Java can be specified using the standard CMake syntax, e.g. find_package(Java 1.5)

NOTE: ${Java_VERSION} and ${Java_VERSION_STRING} are not guaranteed to be identical. For example some java version may return: Java_VERSION_STRING = 1.5.0_17 and Java_VERSION = 1.5.0.17

another example is the Java OEM, with: Java_VERSION_STRING = 1.6.0-oem and Java_VERSION = 1.6.0

For these components the following variables are set:

Java_FOUND                    - TRUE if all components are found.
Java_<component>_FOUND        - TRUE if <component> is found.

Example Usages:

find_package(Java)
find_package(Java COMPONENTS Runtime)
find_package(Java COMPONENTS Development)

  FindJNI

Find JNI java libraries.

This module finds if Java is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. The caller may set variable JAVA_HOME to specify a Java installation prefix explicitly.

This module sets the following result variables:

JNI_INCLUDE_DIRS      = the include dirs to use
JNI_LIBRARIES         = the libraries to use
JNI_FOUND             = TRUE if JNI headers and libraries were found.
JAVA_AWT_LIBRARY      = the path to the jawt library
JAVA_JVM_LIBRARY      = the path to the jvm library
JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH     = the include path to jni.h
JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH2    = the include path to jni_md.h
JAVA_AWT_INCLUDE_PATH = the include path to jawt.h

  FindJPEG

Find the JPEG library (libjpeg)

  Imported targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

JPEG::JPEG
    The JPEG library, if found.

  Result variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

JPEG_FOUND
    If false, do not try to use JPEG.

JPEG_INCLUDE_DIRS
    where to find jpeglib.h, etc.

JPEG_LIBRARIES
    the libraries needed to use JPEG.

JPEG_VERSION
    the version of the JPEG library found

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

JPEG_INCLUDE_DIRS
    where to find jpeglib.h, etc.

JPEG_LIBRARY_RELEASE
    where to find the JPEG library (optimized).

JPEG_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    where to find the JPEG library (debug).

  Obsolete variables

JPEG_INCLUDE_DIR
    where to find jpeglib.h, etc. (same as JPEG_INCLUDE_DIRS)

JPEG_LIBRARY
    where to find the JPEG library.

  FindKDE3

Find the KDE3 include and library dirs, KDE preprocessors and define a some macros

This module defines the following variables:

KDE3_DEFINITIONS
    compiler definitions required for compiling KDE software

KDE3_INCLUDE_DIR
    the KDE include directory

KDE3_INCLUDE_DIRS
    the KDE and the Qt include directory, for use with include_directories()

KDE3_LIB_DIR
    the directory where the KDE libraries are installed, for use with link_directories()

QT_AND_KDECORE_LIBS
    this contains both the Qt and the kdecore library

KDE3_DCOPIDL_EXECUTABLE
    the dcopidl executable

KDE3_DCOPIDL2CPP_EXECUTABLE
    the dcopidl2cpp executable

KDE3_KCFGC_EXECUTABLE
    the kconfig_compiler executable

KDE3_FOUND
    set to TRUE if all of the above has been found

    The following user adjustable options are provided:

KDE3_BUILD_TESTS
    enable this to build KDE testcases

    It also adds the following macros (from KDE3Macros.cmake) SRCS_VAR is always the variable which contains the list of source files for your application or library.

    KDE3_AUTOMOC(file1 ... fileN)

    Call this if you want to have automatic moc file handling.
    This means if you include "foo.moc" in the source file foo.cpp
    a moc file for the header foo.h will be created automatically.
    You can set the property SKIP_AUTOMAKE using set_source_files_properties()
    to exclude some files in the list from being processed.

    KDE3_ADD_MOC_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1 ... fileN )

    If you don't use the KDE3_AUTOMOC() macro, for the files
    listed here moc files will be created (named "foo.moc.cpp")

    KDE3_ADD_DCOP_SKELS(SRCS_VAR header1.h ... headerN.h )

    Use this to generate DCOP skeletions from the listed headers.

    KDE3_ADD_DCOP_STUBS(SRCS_VAR header1.h ... headerN.h )

    Use this to generate DCOP stubs from the listed headers.

    KDE3_ADD_UI_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1.ui ... fileN.ui )

    Use this to add the Qt designer ui files to your application/library.

    KDE3_ADD_KCFG_FILES(SRCS_VAR file1.kcfgc ... fileN.kcfgc )

    Use this to add KDE kconfig compiler files to your application/library.

    KDE3_INSTALL_LIBTOOL_FILE(target)

    This will create and install a simple libtool file for the given target.

    KDE3_ADD_EXECUTABLE(name file1 ... fileN )

    Currently identical to add_executable(), may provide some advanced
    features in the future.

    KDE3_ADD_KPART(name [WITH_PREFIX] file1 ... fileN )

    Create a KDE plugin (KPart, kioslave, etc.) from the given source files.
    If WITH_PREFIX is given, the resulting plugin will have the prefix "lib",
    otherwise it won't.
    It creates and installs an appropriate libtool la-file.

    KDE3_ADD_KDEINIT_EXECUTABLE(name file1 ... fileN )

    Create a KDE application in the form of a module loadable via kdeinit.
    A library named kdeinit_<name> will be created and a small executable
    which links to it.

    The option KDE3_ENABLE_FINAL to enable all-in-one compilation is no longer supported.

    Author: Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>

  FindKDE4

Find KDE4 and provide all necessary variables and macros to compile software for it. It looks for KDE 4 in the following directories in the given order:

CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX
KDEDIRS
/opt/kde4

Please look in FindKDE4Internal.cmake and KDE4Macros.cmake for more information. They are installed with the KDE 4 libraries in $KDEDIRS/share/apps/cmake/modules/.

Author: Alexander Neundorf <neundorf@kde.org>

  FindLAPACK

Find LAPACK library

This module finds an installed fortran library that implements the LAPACK linear-algebra interface (see http://www.netlib.org/lapack/).

The approach follows that taken for the autoconf macro file, acx_lapack.m4 (distributed at http://ac-archive.sourceforge.net/ac-archive/acx_lapack.html).

This module sets the following variables:

LAPACK_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the LAPACK interface
  is found
LAPACK_LINKER_FLAGS - uncached list of required linker flags (excluding -l
  and -L).
LAPACK_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to
  link against to use LAPACK
LAPACK95_LIBRARIES - uncached list of libraries (using full path name) to
  link against to use LAPACK95
LAPACK95_FOUND - set to true if a library implementing the LAPACK f95
  interface is found
BLA_STATIC  if set on this determines what kind of linkage we do (static)
BLA_VENDOR  if set checks only the specified vendor, if not set checks
   all the possibilities
BLA_F95     if set on tries to find the f95 interfaces for BLAS/LAPACK

List of vendors (BLA_VENDOR) valid in this module:

•   Intel(mkl)

•   OpenBLAS

•   FLAME

•   ACML

•   Apple

•   NAS

•   Generic

  FindLATEX

Find Latex

This module finds an installed Latex and determines the location of the compiler. Additionally the module looks for Latex-related software like BibTeX.

This module sets the following result variables:

LATEX_FOUND:          whether found Latex and requested components
LATEX_<component>_FOUND:  whether found <component>
LATEX_COMPILER:       path to the LaTeX compiler
PDFLATEX_COMPILER:    path to the PdfLaTeX compiler
XELATEX_COMPILER:     path to the XeLaTeX compiler
LUALATEX_COMPILER:    path to the LuaLaTeX compiler
BIBTEX_COMPILER:      path to the BibTeX compiler
BIBER_COMPILER:       path to the Biber compiler
MAKEINDEX_COMPILER:   path to the MakeIndex compiler
XINDY_COMPILER:       path to the xindy compiler
DVIPS_CONVERTER:      path to the DVIPS converter
DVIPDF_CONVERTER:     path to the DVIPDF converter
PS2PDF_CONVERTER:     path to the PS2PDF converter
PDFTOPS_CONVERTER:    path to the pdftops converter
LATEX2HTML_CONVERTER: path to the LaTeX2Html converter
HTLATEX_COMPILER:     path to the htlatex compiler

Possible components are:

PDFLATEX
XELATEX
LUALATEX
BIBTEX
BIBER
MAKEINDEX
XINDY
DVIPS
DVIPDF
PS2PDF
PDFTOPS
LATEX2HTML
HTLATEX

Example Usages:

find_package(LATEX)
find_package(LATEX COMPONENTS PDFLATEX)
find_package(LATEX COMPONENTS BIBTEX PS2PDF)

  FindLibArchive

Find libarchive library and headers

The module defines the following variables:

LibArchive_FOUND        - true if libarchive was found
LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIRS - include search path
LibArchive_LIBRARIES    - libraries to link
LibArchive_VERSION      - libarchive 3-component version number

  FindLibLZMA

Find LibLZMA

Find LibLZMA headers and library

LIBLZMA_FOUND             - True if liblzma is found.
LIBLZMA_INCLUDE_DIRS      - Directory where liblzma headers are located.
LIBLZMA_LIBRARIES         - Lzma libraries to link against.
LIBLZMA_HAS_AUTO_DECODER  - True if lzma_auto_decoder() is found (required).
LIBLZMA_HAS_EASY_ENCODER  - True if lzma_easy_encoder() is found (required).
LIBLZMA_HAS_LZMA_PRESET   - True if lzma_lzma_preset() is found (required).
LIBLZMA_VERSION_MAJOR     - The major version of lzma
LIBLZMA_VERSION_MINOR     - The minor version of lzma
LIBLZMA_VERSION_PATCH     - The patch version of lzma
LIBLZMA_VERSION_STRING    - version number as a string (ex: "5.0.3")

  FindLibXml2

Find the XML processing library (libxml2).

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines IMPORTED target LibXml2::LibXml2, if libxml2 has been found.

  Result variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

LIBXML2_FOUND
    true if libxml2 headers and libraries were found

LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR
    the directory containing LibXml2 headers

LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIRS
    list of the include directories needed to use LibXml2

LIBXML2_LIBRARIES
    LibXml2 libraries to be linked

LIBXML2_DEFINITIONS
    the compiler switches required for using LibXml2

LIBXML2_XMLLINT_EXECUTABLE
    path to the XML checking tool xmllint coming with LibXml2

LIBXML2_VERSION_STRING
    the version of LibXml2 found (since CMake 2.8.8)

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR
    the directory containing LibXml2 headers

LIBXML2_LIBRARY
    path to the LibXml2 library

  FindLibXslt

Try to find the LibXslt library

Once done this will define

LIBXSLT_FOUND - system has LibXslt
LIBXSLT_INCLUDE_DIR - the LibXslt include directory
LIBXSLT_LIBRARIES - Link these to LibXslt
LIBXSLT_DEFINITIONS - Compiler switches required for using LibXslt
LIBXSLT_VERSION_STRING - version of LibXslt found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Additionally, the following two variables are set (but not required for using xslt):

LIBXSLT_EXSLT_LIBRARIES
    Link to these if you need to link against the exslt library.

LIBXSLT_XSLTPROC_EXECUTABLE
    Contains the full path to the xsltproc executable if found.

  FindLTTngUST

This module finds the LTTng-UST library.

  Imported target

This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

LTTng::UST
    The LTTng-UST library, if found

  Result variables

This module sets the following

LTTNGUST_FOUND
    TRUE if system has LTTng-UST

LTTNGUST_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The LTTng-UST include directories

LTTNGUST_LIBRARIES
    The libraries needed to use LTTng-UST

LTTNGUST_VERSION_STRING
    The LTTng-UST version

LTTNGUST_HAS_TRACEF
    TRUE if the tracef() API is available in the system's LTTng-UST

LTTNGUST_HAS_TRACELOG
    TRUE if the tracelog() API is available in the system's LTTng-UST

  FindLua50

Locate Lua library This module defines

LUA50_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to Lua
LUA_LIBRARIES, both lua and lualib
LUA_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find lua.h and lualib.h (and probably lauxlib.h)

Note that the expected include convention is

#include "lua.h"

and not

#include <lua/lua.h>

This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

  FindLua51

Locate Lua library This module defines

LUA51_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to Lua
LUA_LIBRARIES
LUA_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find lua.h
LUA_VERSION_STRING, the version of Lua found (since CMake 2.8.8)

Note that the expected include convention is

#include "lua.h"

and not

#include <lua/lua.h>

This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

  FindLua

Locate Lua library This module defines

LUA_FOUND          - if false, do not try to link to Lua
LUA_LIBRARIES      - both lua and lualib
LUA_INCLUDE_DIR    - where to find lua.h
LUA_VERSION_STRING - the version of Lua found
LUA_VERSION_MAJOR  - the major version of Lua
LUA_VERSION_MINOR  - the minor version of Lua
LUA_VERSION_PATCH  - the patch version of Lua

Note that the expected include convention is

#include "lua.h"

and not

#include <lua/lua.h>

This is because, the lua location is not standardized and may exist in locations other than lua/

  FindMatlab

Finds Matlab or Matlab Compiler Runtime (MCR) and provides Matlab tools, libraries and compilers to CMake.

This package primary purpose is to find the libraries associated with Matlab or the MCR in order to be able to build Matlab extensions (mex files). It can also be used:

•   to run specific commands in Matlab in case Matlab is available

•   for declaring Matlab unit test

•   to retrieve various information from Matlab (mex extensions, versions and release queries, ...)

    The module supports the following components:

•   MX_LIBRARY, ENG_LIBRARY and MAT_LIBRARY: respectively the MX, ENG and MAT libraries of Matlab

•   MAIN_PROGRAM the Matlab binary program. Note that this component is not available on the MCR version, and will yield an error if the MCR is found instead of the regular Matlab installation.

•   MEX_COMPILER the MEX compiler.

•   SIMULINK the Simulink environment.

    NOTE: The version given to the find_package() directive is the Matlab version, which should not be confused with the Matlab release name (eg. R2014). The matlab_get_version_from_release_name() and matlab_get_release_name_from_version() provide a mapping between the release name and the version.

    The variable Matlab_ROOT_DIR may be specified in order to give the path of the desired Matlab version. Otherwise, the behaviour is platform specific:

•   Windows: The installed versions of Matlab/MCR are retrieved from the Windows registry

•   OS X: The installed versions of Matlab/MCR are given by the MATLAB default installation paths in /Application. If no such application is found, it falls back to the one that might be accessible from the PATH.

•   Unix: The desired Matlab should be accessible from the PATH. This does not work for MCR installation and Matlab_ROOT_DIR should be specified on this platform.

    Additional information is provided when MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG is set. When a Matlab/MCR installation is found automatically and the MATLAB_VERSION is not given, the version is queried from Matlab directly (on Windows this may pop up a Matlab window) or from the MCR installation.

    The mapping of the release names and the version of Matlab is performed by defining pairs (name, version). The variable MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS may be provided before the call to the find_package() in order to handle additional versions.

    A Matlab scripts can be added to the set of tests using the matlab_add_unit_test(). By default, the Matlab unit test framework will be used (>= 2013a) to run this script, but regular .m files returning an exit code can be used as well (0 indicating a success).

  Module Input Variables

Users or projects may set the following variables to configure the module behaviour:

Matlab_ROOT_DIR
    the root of the Matlab installation.

MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG
    outputs debug information

MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
    additional versions of Matlab for the automatic retrieval of the installed versions.

  Variables defined by the module

  Result variables

Matlab_FOUND
    TRUE if the Matlab installation is found, FALSE otherwise. All variable below are defined if Matlab is found.

Matlab_ROOT_DIR
    the final root of the Matlab installation determined by the FindMatlab module.

Matlab_MAIN_PROGRAM
    the Matlab binary program. Available only if the component MAIN_PROGRAM is given in the find_package() directive.

Matlab_INCLUDE_DIRS
    the path of the Matlab libraries headers

Matlab_MEX_LIBRARY
    library for mex, always available.

Matlab_MX_LIBRARY
    mx library of Matlab (arrays). Available only if the component MX_LIBRARY has been requested.

Matlab_ENG_LIBRARY
    Matlab engine library. Available only if the component ENG_LIBRARY is requested.

Matlab_MAT_LIBRARY
    Matlab matrix library. Available only if the component MAT_LIBRARY is requested.

Matlab_LIBRARIES
    the whole set of libraries of Matlab

Matlab_MEX_COMPILER
    the mex compiler of Matlab. Currently not used. Available only if the component MEX_COMPILER is asked

  Cached variables

Matlab_MEX_EXTENSION
    the extension of the mex files for the current platform (given by Matlab).

Matlab_ROOT_DIR
    the location of the root of the Matlab installation found. If this value is changed by the user, the result variables are recomputed.

  Provided macros

matlab_get_version_from_release_name()
    returns the version from the release name

matlab_get_release_name_from_version()
    returns the release name from the Matlab version

  Provided functions

matlab_add_mex()
    adds a target compiling a MEX file.

matlab_add_unit_test()
    adds a Matlab unit test file as a test to the project.

matlab_extract_all_installed_versions_from_registry()
    parses the registry for all Matlab versions. Available on Windows only. The part of the registry parsed is dependent on the host processor

matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry()
    returns all the possible Matlab or MCR paths, according to a previously given list. Only the existing/accessible paths are kept. This is mainly useful for the searching all possible Matlab installation.

matlab_get_mex_suffix()
    returns the suffix to be used for the mex files (platform/architecture dependent)

matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run()
    returns the version of Matlab/MCR, given the full directory of the Matlab/MCR installation path.

  Known issues

Symbol clash in a MEX target
    By default, every symbols inside a MEX file defined with the command matlab_add_mex() have hidden visibility, except for the entry point. This is the default behaviour of the MEX compiler, which lowers the risk of symbol collision between the libraries shipped with Matlab, and the libraries to which the MEX file is linking to. This is also the default on Windows platforms.

    However, this is not sufficient in certain case, where for instance your MEX file is linking against libraries that are already loaded by Matlab, even if those libraries have different SONAMES. A possible solution is to hide the symbols of the libraries to which the MEX target is linking to. This can be achieved in GNU GCC compilers with the linker option -Wl,--exclude-libs,ALL.

Tests using GPU resources
    in case your MEX file is using the GPU and in order to be able to run unit tests on this MEX file, the GPU resources should be properly released by Matlab. A possible solution is to make Matlab aware of the use of the GPU resources in the session, which can be performed by a command such as D = gpuDevice() at the beginning of the test script (or via a fixture).

  Reference

Matlab_ROOT_DIR
    The root folder of the Matlab installation. If set before the call to find_package(), the module will look for the components in that path. If not set, then an automatic search of Matlab will be performed. If set, it should point to a valid version of Matlab.

MATLAB_FIND_DEBUG
    If set, the lookup of Matlab and the intermediate configuration steps are outputted to the console.

MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
    If set, specifies additional versions of Matlab that may be looked for. The variable should be a list of strings, organised by pairs of release name and versions, such as follows:

    set(MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
        "release_name1=corresponding_version1"
        "release_name2=corresponding_version2"
        ...
        )

    Example:

    set(MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS
        "R2013b=8.2"
        "R2013a=8.1"
        "R2012b=8.0")

    The order of entries in this list matters when several versions of Matlab are installed. The priority is set according to the ordering in this list.

matlab_get_version_from_release_name
    Returns the version of Matlab (17.58) from a release name (R2017k)

matlab_get_release_name_from_version
    Returns the release name (R2017k) from the version of Matlab (17.58)

matlab_extract_all_installed_versions_from_registry
    This function parses the registry and founds the Matlab versions that are installed. The found versions are returned in matlab_versions. Set win64 to TRUE if the 64 bit version of Matlab should be looked for The returned list contains all versions under HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Mathworks\\MATLAB and HKLM\\SOFTWARE\\Mathworks\\MATLAB Runtime or an empty list in case an error occurred (or nothing found).

    NOTE: Only the versions are provided. No check is made over the existence of the installation referenced in the registry,

matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry
    Populates the Matlab root with valid versions of Matlab or Matlab Runtime (MCR). The returned matlab_roots is organized in triplets (type,version_number,matlab_root_path), where type indicates either MATLAB or MCR.

    matlab_get_all_valid_matlab_roots_from_registry(
        matlab_versions
        matlab_roots)

matlab_versions
    the versions of each of the Matlab or MCR installations

matlab_roots
    the location of each of the Matlab or MCR installations

matlab_get_mex_suffix
    Returns the extension of the mex files (the suffixes). This function should not be called before the appropriate Matlab root has been found.

    matlab_get_mex_suffix(
        matlab_root
        mex_suffix)

matlab_root
    the root of the Matlab/MCR installation

mex_suffix
    the variable name in which the suffix will be returned.

matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run
    This function runs Matlab program specified on arguments and extracts its version. If the path provided for the Matlab installation points to an MCR installation, the version is extracted from the installed files.

    matlab_get_version_from_matlab_run(
        matlab_binary_path
        matlab_list_versions)

matlab_binary_path
    the location of the matlab binary executable

matlab_list_versions
    the version extracted from Matlab

matlab_add_unit_test
    Adds a Matlab unit test to the test set of cmake/ctest. This command requires the component MAIN_PROGRAM and hence is not available for an MCR installation.

    The unit test uses the Matlab unittest framework (default, available starting Matlab 2013b+) except if the option NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK is given.

    The function expects one Matlab test script file to be given. In the case NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK is given, the unittest script file should contain the script to be run, plus an exit command with the exit value. This exit value will be passed to the ctest framework (0 success, non 0 failure). Additional arguments accepted by add_test() can be passed through TEST_ARGS (eg. CONFIGURATION <config> ...).

    matlab_add_unit_test(
        NAME <name>
        UNITTEST_FILE matlab_file_containing_unittest.m
        [CUSTOM_TEST_COMMAND matlab_command_to_run_as_test]
        [UNITTEST_PRECOMMAND matlab_command_to_run]
        [TIMEOUT timeout]
        [ADDITIONAL_PATH path1 [path2 ...]]
        [MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_STARTUP_OPTIONS option1 [option2 ...]]
        [TEST_ARGS arg1 [arg2 ...]]
        [NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK]
        )

    The function arguments are:

NAME
    name of the unittest in ctest.

UNITTEST_FILE
    the matlab unittest file. Its path will be automatically added to the Matlab path.

CUSTOM_TEST_COMMAND
    Matlab script command to run as the test. If this is not set, then the following is run: runtests('matlab_file_name'), exit(max([ans(1,:).Failed])) where matlab_file_name is the UNITTEST_FILE without the extension.

UNITTEST_PRECOMMAND
    Matlab script command to be ran before the file containing the test (eg. GPU device initialisation based on CMake variables).

TIMEOUT
    the test timeout in seconds. Defaults to 180 seconds as the Matlab unit test may hang.

ADDITIONAL_PATH
    a list of paths to add to the Matlab path prior to running the unit test.

MATLAB_ADDITIONAL_STARTUP_OPTIONS
    a list of additional option in order to run Matlab from the command line. -nosplash -nodesktop -nodisplay are always added.

TEST_ARGS
    Additional options provided to the add_test command. These options are added to the default options (eg. "CONFIGURATIONS Release")

NO_UNITTEST_FRAMEWORK
    when set, indicates that the test should not use the unittest framework of Matlab (available for versions >= R2013a).

WORKING_DIRECTORY
    This will be the working directory for the test. If specified it will also be the output directory used for the log file of the test run. If not specified the temporary directory ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/Matlab will be used as the working directory and the log location.

matlab_add_mex
    Adds a Matlab MEX target. This commands compiles the given sources with the current tool-chain in order to produce a MEX file. The final name of the produced output may be specified, as well as additional link libraries, and a documentation entry for the MEX file. Remaining arguments of the call are passed to the add_library() or add_executable() command.

    matlab_add_mex(
        NAME <name>
        [EXECUTABLE | MODULE | SHARED]
        SRC src1 [src2 ...]
        [OUTPUT_NAME output_name]
        [DOCUMENTATION file.txt]
        [LINK_TO target1 target2 ...]
        [...]
    )

NAME
    name of the target.

SRC list of source files.

LINK_TO
    a list of additional link dependencies. The target links to libmex by default. If Matlab_MX_LIBRARY is defined, it also links to libmx.

OUTPUT_NAME
    if given, overrides the default name. The default name is the name of the target without any prefix and with Matlab_MEX_EXTENSION suffix.

DOCUMENTATION
    if given, the file file.txt will be considered as being the documentation file for the MEX file. This file is copied into the same folder without any processing, with the same name as the final mex file, and with extension .m. In that case, typing help <name> in Matlab prints the documentation contained in this file.

MODULE or SHARED may be given to specify the type of library to be
    created. EXECUTABLE may be given to create an executable instead of a library. If no type is given explicitly, the type is SHARED.

    The documentation file is not processed and should be in the following format:

    % This is the documentation
    function ret = mex_target_output_name(input1)

  FindMFC

Find MFC on Windows

Find the native MFC - i.e. decide if an application can link to the MFC libraries.

MFC_FOUND - Was MFC support found

You don't need to include anything or link anything to use it.

  FindMotif

Try to find Motif (or lesstif)

Once done this will define:

MOTIF_FOUND        - system has MOTIF
MOTIF_INCLUDE_DIR  - include paths to use Motif
MOTIF_LIBRARIES    - Link these to use Motif

  FindMPEG2

Find the native MPEG2 includes and library

This module defines

MPEG2_INCLUDE_DIR, path to mpeg2dec/mpeg2.h, etc.
MPEG2_LIBRARIES, the libraries required to use MPEG2.
MPEG2_FOUND, If false, do not try to use MPEG2.

also defined, but not for general use are

MPEG2_mpeg2_LIBRARY, where to find the MPEG2 library.
MPEG2_vo_LIBRARY, where to find the vo library.

  FindMPEG

Find the native MPEG includes and library

This module defines

MPEG_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find MPEG.h, etc.
MPEG_LIBRARIES, the libraries required to use MPEG.
MPEG_FOUND, If false, do not try to use MPEG.

also defined, but not for general use are

MPEG_mpeg2_LIBRARY, where to find the MPEG library.
MPEG_vo_LIBRARY, where to find the vo library.

  FindMPI

Find a Message Passing Interface (MPI) implementation.

The Message Passing Interface (MPI) is a library used to write high-performance distributed-memory parallel applications, and is typically deployed on a cluster. MPI is a standard interface (defined by the MPI forum) for which many implementations are available.

  Variables for using MPI

The module exposes the components C, CXX, MPICXX and Fortran. Each of these controls the various MPI languages to search for. The difference between CXX and MPICXX is that CXX refers to the MPI C API being usable from C++, whereas MPICXX refers to the MPI-2 C++ API that was removed again in MPI-3.

Depending on the enabled components the following variables will be set:

MPI_FOUND
    Variable indicating that MPI settings for all requested languages have been found. If no components are specified, this is true if MPI settings for all enabled languages were detected. Note that the MPICXX component does not affect this variable.

MPI_VERSION
    Minimal version of MPI detected among the requested languages, or all enabled languages if no components were specified.

    This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX, or Fortran:

MPI_<lang>_FOUND
    Variable indicating the MPI settings for <lang> were found and that simple MPI test programs compile with the provided settings.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILER
    MPI compiler for <lang> if such a program exists.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_OPTIONS
    Compilation options for MPI programs in <lang>, given as a ;-list.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS
    Compilation definitions for MPI programs in <lang>, given as a ;-list.

MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS
    Include path(s) for MPI header.

MPI_<lang>_LINK_FLAGS
    Linker flags for MPI programs.

MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES
    All libraries to link MPI programs against.

    Additionally, the following IMPORTED targets are defined:

MPI::MPI_<lang>
    Target for using MPI from <lang>.

    The following variables indicating which bindings are present will be defined:

MPI_MPICXX_FOUND
    Variable indicating whether the MPI-2 C++ bindings are present (introduced in MPI-2, removed with MPI-3).

MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F77_HEADER
    True if the Fortran 77 header mpif.h is available.

MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F90_MODULE
    True if the Fortran 90 module mpi can be used for accessing MPI (MPI-2 and higher only).

MPI_Fortran_HAVE_F08_MODULE
    True if the Fortran 2008 mpi_f08 is available to MPI programs (MPI-3 and higher only).

    If possible, the MPI version will be determined by this module. The facilities to detect the MPI version were introduced with MPI-1.2, and therefore cannot be found for older MPI versions.

MPI_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
    Major version of MPI implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

MPI_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
    Minor version of MPI implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

MPI_<lang>_VERSION
    MPI version implemented for <lang> by the MPI distribution.

    Note that there's no variable for the C bindings being accessible through mpi.h, since the MPI standards always have required this binding to work in both C and C++ code.

    For running MPI programs, the module sets the following variables

MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE
    Executable for running MPI programs, if such exists.

MPIEXEC_NUMPROC_FLAG
    Flag to pass to mpiexec before giving it the number of processors to run on.

MPIEXEC_MAX_NUMPROCS
    Number of MPI processors to utilize. Defaults to the number of processors detected on the host system.

MPIEXEC_PREFLAGS
    Flags to pass to mpiexec directly before the executable to run.

MPIEXEC_POSTFLAGS
    Flags to pass to mpiexec after other flags.

  Variables for locating MPI

This module performs a three step search for an MPI implementation:

1.  Check if the compiler has MPI support built-in. This is the case if the user passed a compiler wrapper as CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER or if they're on a Cray system.

2.  Attempt to find an MPI compiler wrapper and determine the compiler information from it.

3.  Try to find an MPI implementation that does not ship such a wrapper by guessing settings. Currently, only Microsoft MPI and MPICH2 on Windows are supported.

    For controlling the second step, the following variables may be set:

MPI_<lang>_COMPILER
    Search for the specified compiler wrapper and use it.

MPI_<lang>_COMPILER_FLAGS
    Flags to pass to the MPI compiler wrapper during interrogation. Some compiler wrappers support linking debug or tracing libraries if a specific flag is passed and this variable may be used to obtain them.

MPI_COMPILER_FLAGS
    Used to initialize MPI_<lang>_COMPILER_FLAGS if no language specific flag has been given. Empty by default.

MPI_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
    A suffix which is appended to all names that are being looked for. For instance you may set this to .mpich or .openmpi to prefer the one or the other on Debian and its derivatives.

    In order to control the guessing step, the following variable may be set:

MPI_GUESS_LIBRARY_NAME
    Valid values are MSMPI and MPICH2. If set, only the given library will be searched for. By default, MSMPI will be preferred over MPICH2 if both are available. This also sets MPI_SKIP_COMPILER_WRAPPER to true, which may be overridden.

    Each of the search steps may be skipped with the following control variables:

MPI_ASSUME_NO_BUILTIN_MPI
    If true, the module assumes that the compiler itself does not provide an MPI implementation and skips to step 2.

MPI_SKIP_COMPILER_WRAPPER
    If true, no compiler wrapper will be searched for.

MPI_SKIP_GUESSING
    If true, the guessing step will be skipped.

    Additionally, the following control variable is available to change search behavior:

MPI_CXX_SKIP_MPICXX
    Add some definitions that will disable the MPI-2 C++ bindings. Currently supported are MPICH, Open MPI, Platform MPI and derivatives thereof, for example MVAPICH or Intel MPI.

    If the find procedure fails for a variable MPI_<lang>_WORKS, then the settings detected by or passed to the module did not work and even a simple MPI test program failed to compile.

    If all of these parameters were not sufficient to find the right MPI implementation, a user may disable the entire autodetection process by specifying both a list of libraries in MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES and a list of include directories in MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS. Any other variable may be set in addition to these two. The module will then validate the MPI settings and store the settings in the cache.

  Cache variables for MPI

The variable MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS will be assembled from the following variables. For C and CXX:

MPI_<lang>_HEADER_DIR
    Location of the mpi.h header on disk.

    For Fortran:

MPI_Fortran_F77_HEADER_DIR
    Location of the Fortran 77 header mpif.h, if it exists.

MPI_Fortran_MODULE_DIR
    Location of the mpi or mpi_f08 modules, if available.

    For all languages the following variables are additionally considered:

MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS
    A ;-list of paths needed in addition to the normal include directories.

MPI_<include_name>_INCLUDE_DIR
    Path variables for include folders referred to by <include_name>.

MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_VARS
    A ;-list of <include_name> that will be added to the include locations of <lang>.

    The variable MPI_<lang>_LIBRARIES will be assembled from the following variables:

MPI_<lib_name>_LIBRARY
    The location of a library called <lib_name> for use with MPI.

MPI_<lang>_LIB_NAMES
    A ;-list of <lib_name> that will be added to the include locations of <lang>.

  Usage of mpiexec

When using MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE to execute MPI applications, you should typically use all of the MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE flags as follows:

${MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE} ${MPIEXEC_NUMPROC_FLAG} ${MPIEXEC_MAX_NUMPROCS}
  ${MPIEXEC_PREFLAGS} EXECUTABLE ${MPIEXEC_POSTFLAGS} ARGS

where EXECUTABLE is the MPI program, and ARGS are the arguments to pass to the MPI program.

  Advanced variables for using MPI

The module can perform some advanced feature detections upon explicit request.

Important notice: The following checks cannot be performed without executing an MPI test program. Consider the special considerations for the behavior of try_run() during cross compilation. Moreover, running an MPI program can cause additional issues, like a firewall notification on some systems. You should only enable these detections if you absolutely need the information.

If the following variables are set to true, the respective search will be performed:

MPI_DETERMINE_Fortran_CAPABILITIES
    Determine for all available Fortran bindings what the values of MPI_SUBARRAYS_SUPPORTED and MPI_ASYNC_PROTECTS_NONBLOCKING are and make their values available as MPI_Fortran_<binding>_SUBARRAYS and MPI_Fortran_<binding>_ASYNCPROT, where <binding> is one of F77_HEADER, F90_MODULE and F08_MODULE.

MPI_DETERMINE_LIBRARY_VERSION
    For each language, find the output of MPI_Get_library_version and make it available as MPI_<lang>_LIBRARY_VERSION. This information is usually tied to the runtime component of an MPI implementation and might differ depending on <lang>. Note that the return value is entirely implementation defined. This information might be used to identify the MPI vendor and for example pick the correct one of multiple third party binaries that matches the MPI vendor.

  Backward Compatibility

For backward compatibility with older versions of FindMPI, these variables are set, but deprecated:

MPI_COMPILER        MPI_LIBRARY        MPI_EXTRA_LIBRARY
MPI_COMPILE_FLAGS   MPI_INCLUDE_PATH   MPI_LINK_FLAGS
MPI_LIBRARIES

In new projects, please use the MPI_<lang>_XXX equivalents. Additionally, the following variables are deprecated:

MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_FLAGS
    Use MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_OPTIONS and MPI_<lang>_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS instead.

MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_PATH
    For consumption use MPI_<lang>_INCLUDE_DIRS and for specifying folders use MPI_<lang>_ADDITIONAL_INCLUDE_DIRS instead.

MPIEXEC
    Use MPIEXEC_EXECUTABLE instead.

  FindODBC

Find an Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) include directory and library.

On Windows, when building with Visual Studio, this module assumes the ODBC library is provided by the available Windows SDK.

On Unix, this module allows to search for ODBC library provided by unixODBC or iODBC implementations of ODBC API. This module reads hint about location of the config program:

ODBC_CONFIG
    Location of odbc_config or iodbc-config program

    Otherwise, this module tries to find the config program, first from unixODBC, then from iODBC. If no config program found, this module searches for ODBC header and library in list of known locations.

  Imported targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

ODBC::ODBC
    Imported target for using the ODBC library, if found.

  Result variables

ODBC_FOUND
    Set to true if ODBC library found, otherwise false or undefined.

ODBC_INCLUDE_DIRS
    Paths to include directories listed in one variable for use by ODBC client. May be empty on Windows, where the include directory corresponding to the expected Windows SDK is already available in the compilation environment.

ODBC_LIBRARIES
    Paths to libraries to linked against to use ODBC. May just a library name on Windows, where the library directory corresponding to the expected Windows SDK is already available in the compilation environment.

ODBC_CONFIG
    Path to unixODBC or iODBC config program, if found or specified.

  Cache variables

For users who wish to edit and control the module behavior, this module reads hints about search locations from the following variables:

ODBC_INCLUDE_DIR
    Path to ODBC include directory with sql.h header.

ODBC_LIBRARY
    Path to ODBC library to be linked.

    These variables should not be used directly by project code.

  Limitations

On Windows, this module does not search for iODBC. On Unix, there is no way to prefer unixODBC over iODBC, or vice versa, other than providing the config program location using the ODBC_CONFIG. This module does not allow to search for a specific ODBC driver.

  FindOpenACC

Detect OpenACC support by the compiler.

This module can be used to detect OpenACC support in a compiler. If the compiler supports OpenACC, the flags required to compile with OpenACC support are returned in variables for the different languages. Currently, only PGI, GNU and Cray compilers are supported.

  Variables

This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX, or Fortran:

OpenACC_<lang>_FOUND
    Variable indicating if OpenACC support for <lang> was detected.

OpenACC_<lang>_FLAGS
    OpenACC compiler flags for <lang>, separated by spaces.

    The module will also try to provide the OpenACC version variables:

OpenACC_<lang>_SPEC_DATE
    Date of the OpenACC specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
    Major version of OpenACC implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
    Minor version of OpenACC implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenACC_<lang>_VERSION
    OpenACC version implemented by the <lang> compiler.

    The specification date is formatted as given in the OpenACC standard: yyyymm where yyyy and mm represents the year and month of the OpenACC specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

  Input Variables

OpenACC_ACCEL_TARGET=<target> If set, will the correct target accelerator flag set to the <target> will be returned with OpenACC_<lang>_FLAGS.

  FindOpenAL

Locate OpenAL This module defines OPENAL_LIBRARY OPENAL_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to OpenAL OPENAL_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$OPENALDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module.

  FindOpenCL

Try to find OpenCL

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines IMPORTED target OpenCL::OpenCL, if OpenCL has been found.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

OpenCL_FOUND          - True if OpenCL was found
OpenCL_INCLUDE_DIRS   - include directories for OpenCL
OpenCL_LIBRARIES      - link against this library to use OpenCL
OpenCL_VERSION_STRING - Highest supported OpenCL version (eg. 1.2)
OpenCL_VERSION_MAJOR  - The major version of the OpenCL implementation
OpenCL_VERSION_MINOR  - The minor version of the OpenCL implementation

The module will also define two cache variables:

OpenCL_INCLUDE_DIR    - the OpenCL include directory
OpenCL_LIBRARY        - the path to the OpenCL library

  FindOpenGL

FindModule for OpenGL and GLU.

  Optional COMPONENTS

This module respects several optional COMPONENTS: EGL, GLX, and OpenGL. There are corresponding import targets for each of these flags.

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines the IMPORTED targets:

OpenGL::GL
    Defined to the platform-specific OpenGL libraries if the system has OpenGL.

OpenGL::OpenGL
    Defined to libOpenGL if the system is GLVND-based.

OpenGL::GLU
    Defined if the system has GLU.

OpenGL::GLX
    Defined if the system has GLX.

OpenGL::EGL
    Defined if the system has EGL.

  Result Variables

This module sets the following variables:

OPENGL_FOUND
    True, if the system has OpenGL and all components are found.

OPENGL_XMESA_FOUND
    True, if the system has XMESA.

OPENGL_GLU_FOUND
    True, if the system has GLU.

OpenGL_OpenGL_FOUND
    True, if the system has an OpenGL library.

OpenGL_GLX_FOUND
    True, if the system has GLX.

OpenGL_EGL_FOUND
    True, if the system has EGL.

OPENGL_INCLUDE_DIR
    Path to the OpenGL include directory.

OPENGL_EGL_INCLUDE_DIRS
    Path to the EGL include directory.

OPENGL_LIBRARIES
    Paths to the OpenGL library, windowing system libraries, and GLU libraries. On Linux, this assumes GLX and is never correct for EGL-based targets. Clients are encouraged to use the OpenGL::* import targets instead.

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

OPENGL_egl_LIBRARY
    Path to the EGL library.

OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY
    Path to the GLU library.

OPENGL_glx_LIBRARY
    Path to the GLVND 'GLX' library.

OPENGL_opengl_LIBRARY
    Path to the GLVND 'OpenGL' library

OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY
    Path to the OpenGL library. New code should prefer the OpenGL::* import targets.

  Linux-specific

Some Linux systems utilize GLVND as a new ABI for OpenGL. GLVND separates context libraries from OpenGL itself; OpenGL lives in "libOpenGL", and contexts are defined in "libGLX" or "libEGL". GLVND is currently the only way to get OpenGL 3+ functionality via EGL in a manner portable across vendors. Projects may use GLVND explicitly with target OpenGL::OpenGL and either OpenGL::GLX or OpenGL::EGL.

Projects may use the OpenGL::GL target (or OPENGL_LIBRARIES variable) to use legacy GL interfaces. These will use the legacy GL library located by OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY, if available. If OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY is empty or not found and GLVND is available, the OpenGL::GL target will use GLVND OpenGL::OpenGL and OpenGL::GLX (and the OPENGL_LIBRARIES variable will use the corresponding libraries). Thus, for non-EGL-based Linux targets, the OpenGL::GL target is most portable.

A OpenGL_GL_PREFERENCE variable may be set to specify the preferred way to provide legacy GL interfaces in case multiple choices are available. The value may be one of:

GLVND
    If the GLVND OpenGL and GLX libraries are available, prefer them. This forces OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY to be empty. This is the default if components were requested (since components correspond to GLVND libraries) or if policy CMP0072 is set to NEW.

LEGACY
    Prefer to use the legacy libGL library, if available. This is the default if no components were requested and policy CMP0072 is not set to NEW.

    For EGL targets the client must rely on GLVND support on the user's system. Linking should use the OpenGL::OpenGL OpenGL::EGL targets. Using GLES* libraries is theoretically possible in place of OpenGL::OpenGL, but this module does not currently support that; contributions welcome.

    OPENGL_egl_LIBRARY and OPENGL_EGL_INCLUDE_DIRS are defined in the case of GLVND. For non-GLVND Linux and other systems these are left undefined.

  macOS-Specific

On OSX FindOpenGL defaults to using the framework version of OpenGL. People will have to change the cache values of OPENGL_glu_LIBRARY and OPENGL_gl_LIBRARY to use OpenGL with X11 on OSX.

  FindOpenMP

Finds OpenMP support

This module can be used to detect OpenMP support in a compiler. If the compiler supports OpenMP, the flags required to compile with OpenMP support are returned in variables for the different languages. The variables may be empty if the compiler does not need a special flag to support OpenMP.

  Variables

The module exposes the components C, CXX, and Fortran. Each of these controls the various languages to search OpenMP support for.

Depending on the enabled components the following variables will be set:

OpenMP_FOUND
    Variable indicating that OpenMP flags for all requested languages have been found. If no components are specified, this is true if OpenMP settings for all enabled languages were detected.

OpenMP_VERSION
    Minimal version of the OpenMP standard detected among the requested languages, or all enabled languages if no components were specified.

    This module will set the following variables per language in your project, where <lang> is one of C, CXX, or Fortran:

OpenMP_<lang>_FOUND
    Variable indicating if OpenMP support for <lang> was detected.

OpenMP_<lang>_FLAGS
    OpenMP compiler flags for <lang>, separated by spaces.

    For linking with OpenMP code written in <lang>, the following variables are provided:

OpenMP_<lang>_LIB_NAMES
    ;-list of libraries for OpenMP programs for <lang>.

OpenMP_<libname>_LIBRARY
    Location of the individual libraries needed for OpenMP support in <lang>.

OpenMP_<lang>_LIBRARIES
    A list of libraries needed to link with OpenMP code written in <lang>.

    Additionally, the module provides IMPORTED targets:

OpenMP::OpenMP_<lang>
    Target for using OpenMP from <lang>.

    Specifically for Fortran, the module sets the following variables:

OpenMP_Fortran_HAVE_OMPLIB_HEADER
    Boolean indicating if OpenMP is accessible through omp_lib.h.

OpenMP_Fortran_HAVE_OMPLIB_MODULE
    Boolean indicating if OpenMP is accessible through the omp_lib Fortran module.

    The module will also try to provide the OpenMP version variables:

OpenMP_<lang>_SPEC_DATE
    Date of the OpenMP specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION_MAJOR
    Major version of OpenMP implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION_MINOR
    Minor version of OpenMP implemented by the <lang> compiler.

OpenMP_<lang>_VERSION
    OpenMP version implemented by the <lang> compiler.

    The specification date is formatted as given in the OpenMP standard: yyyymm where yyyy and mm represents the year and month of the OpenMP specification implemented by the <lang> compiler.

  FindOpenSceneGraph

Find OpenSceneGraph

This module searches for the OpenSceneGraph core "osg" library as well as OpenThreads, and whatever additional COMPONENTS (nodekits) that you specify.

See http://www.openscenegraph.org

NOTE: To use this module effectively you must either require CMake >= 2.6.3 with cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6.3) or download and place FindOpenThreads.cmake, Findosg_functions.cmake, Findosg.cmake, and Find<etc>.cmake files into your CMAKE_MODULE_PATH.

----

This module accepts the following variables (note mixed case)

OpenSceneGraph_DEBUG - Enable debugging output

OpenSceneGraph_MARK_AS_ADVANCED - Mark cache variables as advanced
                                  automatically

The following environment variables are also respected for finding the OSG and it's various components. CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH can also be used for this (see find_library() CMake documentation).

<MODULE>_DIR
    (where MODULE is of the form "OSGVOLUME" and there is a FindosgVolume.cmake file)

OSG_DIR

OSGDIR

OSG_ROOT

    [CMake 2.8.10]: The CMake variable OSG_DIR can now be used as well to influence detection, instead of needing to specify an environment variable.

    This module defines the following output variables:

    OPENSCENEGRAPH_FOUND - Was the OSG and all of the specified components found?

    OPENSCENEGRAPH_VERSION - The version of the OSG which was found

    OPENSCENEGRAPH_INCLUDE_DIRS - Where to find the headers

    OPENSCENEGRAPH_LIBRARIES - The OSG libraries

    ================================== Example Usage:

    find_package(OpenSceneGraph 2.0.0 REQUIRED osgDB osgUtil)
        # libOpenThreads & libosg automatically searched
    include_directories(${OPENSCENEGRAPH_INCLUDE_DIRS})

    add_executable(foo foo.cc)
    target_link_libraries(foo ${OPENSCENEGRAPH_LIBRARIES})

  FindOpenSSL

Find the OpenSSL encryption library.

  Optional COMPONENTS

This module supports two optional COMPONENTS: Crypto and SSL. Both components have associated imported targets, as described below.

  Imported Targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

OpenSSL::SSL
    The OpenSSL ssl library, if found.

OpenSSL::Crypto
    The OpenSSL crypto library, if found.

  Result Variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

OPENSSL_FOUND
    System has the OpenSSL library. If no components are requested it only requires the crypto library.

OPENSSL_INCLUDE_DIR
    The OpenSSL include directory.

OPENSSL_CRYPTO_LIBRARY
    The OpenSSL crypto library.

OPENSSL_SSL_LIBRARY
    The OpenSSL SSL library.

OPENSSL_LIBRARIES
    All OpenSSL libraries.

OPENSSL_VERSION
    This is set to $major.$minor.$revision$patch (e.g. 0.9.8s).

  Hints

Set OPENSSL_ROOT_DIR to the root directory of an OpenSSL installation. Set OPENSSL_USE_STATIC_LIBS to TRUE to look for static libraries. Set OPENSSL_MSVC_STATIC_RT set TRUE to choose the MT version of the lib.

  FindOpenThreads

OpenThreads is a C++ based threading library. Its largest userbase seems to OpenSceneGraph so you might notice I accept OSGDIR as an environment path. I consider this part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module.

Locate OpenThreads This module defines OPENTHREADS_LIBRARY OPENTHREADS_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to OpenThreads OPENTHREADS_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$OPENTHREADS_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the ./configure --prefix=$OPENTHREADS_DIR used in building osg.

[CMake 2.8.10]: The CMake variables OPENTHREADS_DIR or OSG_DIR can now be used as well to influence detection, instead of needing to specify an environment variable.

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgAnimation

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgAnimation This module defines

OSGANIMATION_FOUND - Was osgAnimation found? OSGANIMATION_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGANIMATION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link against for the OSG (use this)

OSGANIMATION_LIBRARY - The OSG library OSGANIMATION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The OSG debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgDB

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgDB This module defines

OSGDB_FOUND - Was osgDB found? OSGDB_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGDB_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link against for the osgDB (use this)

OSGDB_LIBRARY - The osgDB library OSGDB_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgDB debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  Findosg_functions

This CMake file contains two macros to assist with searching for OSG libraries and nodekits. Please see FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake for full documentation.

  FindosgFX

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgFX This module defines

OSGFX_FOUND - Was osgFX found? OSGFX_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGFX_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link against for the osgFX (use this)

OSGFX_LIBRARY - The osgFX library OSGFX_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgFX debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgGA

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgGA This module defines

OSGGA_FOUND - Was osgGA found? OSGGA_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGGA_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link against for the osgGA (use this)

OSGGA_LIBRARY - The osgGA library OSGGA_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgGA debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgIntrospection

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgINTROSPECTION This module defines

OSGINTROSPECTION_FOUND - Was osgIntrospection found? OSGINTROSPECTION_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgIntrospection (use this)

OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARY - The osgIntrospection library OSGINTROSPECTION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgIntrospection debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgManipulator

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgManipulator This module defines

OSGMANIPULATOR_FOUND - Was osgManipulator found? OSGMANIPULATOR_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgManipulator (use this)

OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARY - The osgManipulator library OSGMANIPULATOR_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgManipulator debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgParticle

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgParticle This module defines

OSGPARTICLE_FOUND - Was osgParticle found? OSGPARTICLE_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgParticle (use this)

OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARY - The osgParticle library OSGPARTICLE_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgParticle debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgPresentation

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgPresentation This module defines

OSGPRESENTATION_FOUND - Was osgPresentation found? OSGPRESENTATION_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgPresentation (use this)

OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARY - The osgPresentation library OSGPRESENTATION_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgPresentation debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. Modified to work with osgPresentation by Robert Osfield, January 2012.

  FindosgProducer

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgProducer This module defines

OSGPRODUCER_FOUND - Was osgProducer found? OSGPRODUCER_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgProducer (use this)

OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARY - The osgProducer library OSGPRODUCER_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgProducer debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgQt

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgQt This module defines

OSGQT_FOUND - Was osgQt found? OSGQT_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGQT_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgQt (use this)

OSGQT_LIBRARY - The osgQt library OSGQT_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgQt debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. Modified to work with osgQt by Robert Osfield, January 2012.

  Findosg

NOTE: It is highly recommended that you use the new FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake introduced in CMake 2.6.3 and not use this Find module directly.

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osg This module defines

OSG_FOUND - Was the Osg found? OSG_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSG_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link against for the OSG (use this)

OSG_LIBRARY - The OSG library OSG_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The OSG debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgShadow

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgShadow This module defines

OSGSHADOW_FOUND - Was osgShadow found? OSGSHADOW_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGSHADOW_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgShadow (use this)

OSGSHADOW_LIBRARY - The osgShadow library OSGSHADOW_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgShadow debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgSim

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgSim This module defines

OSGSIM_FOUND - Was osgSim found? OSGSIM_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGSIM_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgSim (use this)

OSGSIM_LIBRARY - The osgSim library OSGSIM_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgSim debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgTerrain

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgTerrain This module defines

OSGTERRAIN_FOUND - Was osgTerrain found? OSGTERRAIN_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgTerrain (use this)

OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARY - The osgTerrain library OSGTERRAIN_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgTerrain debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgText

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgText This module defines

OSGTEXT_FOUND - Was osgText found? OSGTEXT_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGTEXT_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgText (use this)

OSGTEXT_LIBRARY - The osgText library OSGTEXT_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgText debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgUtil

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgUtil This module defines

OSGUTIL_FOUND - Was osgUtil found? OSGUTIL_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGUTIL_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgUtil (use this)

OSGUTIL_LIBRARY - The osgUtil library OSGUTIL_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgUtil debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgViewer

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgViewer This module defines

OSGVIEWER_FOUND - Was osgViewer found? OSGVIEWER_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGVIEWER_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgViewer (use this)

OSGVIEWER_LIBRARY - The osgViewer library OSGVIEWER_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgViewer debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgVolume

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgVolume This module defines

OSGVOLUME_FOUND - Was osgVolume found? OSGVOLUME_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGVOLUME_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgVolume (use this)

OSGVOLUME_LIBRARY - The osgVolume library OSGVOLUME_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgVolume debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindosgWidget

This is part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL and OpenThreads (and Producer if needed) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate osgWidget This module defines

OSGWIDGET_FOUND - Was osgWidget found? OSGWIDGET_INCLUDE_DIR - Where to find the headers OSGWIDGET_LIBRARIES - The libraries to link for osgWidget (use this)

OSGWIDGET_LIBRARY - The osgWidget library OSGWIDGET_LIBRARY_DEBUG - The osgWidget debug library

$OSGDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

FindosgWidget.cmake tweaked from Findosg* suite as created by Eric Wing.

  FindPackageHandleStandardArgs

This module provides a function intended to be used in Find Modules implementing find_package(<PackageName>) calls. It handles the REQUIRED, QUIET and version-related arguments of find_package. It also sets the <PackageName>_FOUND variable. The package is considered found if all variables listed contain valid results, e.g. valid filepaths.

find_package_handle_standard_args
    There are two signatures:

    find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
      (DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
      <required-var>...
      )
    find_package_handle_standard_args(<PackageName>
      [FOUND_VAR <result-var>]
      [REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...]
      [VERSION_VAR <version-var>]
      [HANDLE_COMPONENTS]
      [CONFIG_MODE]
      [FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>]
      )

    The <PackageName>_FOUND variable will be set to TRUE if all the variables <required-var>... are valid and any optional constraints are satisfied, and FALSE otherwise. A success or failure message may be displayed based on the results and on whether the REQUIRED and/or QUIET option was given to the find_package() call.

    The options are:

(DEFAULT_MSG|<custom-failure-message>)
    In the simple signature this specifies the failure message. Use DEFAULT_MSG to ask for a default message to be computed (recommended). Not valid in the full signature.

FOUND_VAR <result-var>
    Obsolete. Specifies either <PackageName>_FOUND or <PACKAGENAME>_FOUND as the result variable. This exists only for compatibility with older versions of CMake and is now ignored. Result variables of both names are always set for compatibility.

REQUIRED_VARS <required-var>...
    Specify the variables which are required for this package. These may be named in the generated failure message asking the user to set the missing variable values. Therefore these should typically be cache entries such as FOO_LIBRARY and not output variables like FOO_LIBRARIES.

VERSION_VAR <version-var>
    Specify the name of a variable that holds the version of the package that has been found. This version will be checked against the (potentially) specified required version given to the find_package() call, including its EXACT option. The default messages include information about the required version and the version which has been actually found, both if the version is ok or not.

HANDLE_COMPONENTS
    Enable handling of package components. In this case, the command will report which components have been found and which are missing, and the <PackageName>_FOUND variable will be set to FALSE if any of the required components (i.e. not the ones listed after the OPTIONAL_COMPONENTS option of find_package()) are missing.

CONFIG_MODE
    Specify that the calling find module is a wrapper around a call to find_package(<PackageName> NO_MODULE). This implies a VERSION_VAR value of <PackageName>_VERSION. The command will automatically check whether the package configuration file was found.

FAIL_MESSAGE <custom-failure-message>
    Specify a custom failure message instead of using the default generated message. Not recommended.

    Example for the simple signature:

    find_package_handle_standard_args(LibXml2 DEFAULT_MSG
      LIBXML2_LIBRARY LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR)

    The LibXml2 package is considered to be found if both LIBXML2_LIBRARY and LIBXML2_INCLUDE_DIR are valid. Then also LibXml2_FOUND is set to TRUE. If it is not found and REQUIRED was used, it fails with a message(FATAL_ERROR), independent whether QUIET was used or not. If it is found, success will be reported, including the content of the first <required-var>. On repeated CMake runs, the same message will not be printed again.

    Example for the full signature:

    find_package_handle_standard_args(LibArchive
      REQUIRED_VARS LibArchive_LIBRARY LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR
      VERSION_VAR LibArchive_VERSION)

    In this case, the LibArchive package is considered to be found if both LibArchive_LIBRARY and LibArchive_INCLUDE_DIR are valid. Also the version of LibArchive will be checked by using the version contained in LibArchive_VERSION. Since no FAIL_MESSAGE is given, the default messages will be printed.

    Another example for the full signature:

    find_package(Automoc4 QUIET NO_MODULE HINTS /opt/automoc4)
    find_package_handle_standard_args(Automoc4  CONFIG_MODE)

    In this case, a FindAutmoc4.cmake module wraps a call to find_package(Automoc4 NO_MODULE) and adds an additional search directory for automoc4. Then the call to find_package_handle_standard_args produces a proper success/failure message.

  FindPackageMessage

FIND_PACKAGE_MESSAGE(<name> "message for user" "find result details")

This macro is intended to be used in FindXXX.cmake modules files. It will print a message once for each unique find result. This is useful for telling the user where a package was found. The first argument specifies the name (XXX) of the package. The second argument specifies the message to display. The third argument lists details about the find result so that if they change the message will be displayed again. The macro also obeys the QUIET argument to the find_package command.

Example:

if(X11_FOUND)
  FIND_PACKAGE_MESSAGE(X11 "Found X11: ${X11_X11_LIB}"
    "[${X11_X11_LIB}][${X11_INCLUDE_DIR}]")
else()
 ...
endif()

  FindPatch

The module defines the following variables:

Patch_EXECUTABLE
    Path to patch command-line executable.

Patch_FOUND
    True if the patch command-line executable was found.

    The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

Patch::patch
    The command-line executable.

    Example usage:

    find_package(Patch)
    if(Patch_FOUND)
      message("Patch found: ${Patch_EXECUTABLE}")
    endif()

  FindPerlLibs

Find Perl libraries

This module finds if PERL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PERLLIBS_FOUND    = True if perl.h & libperl were found
PERL_INCLUDE_PATH = path to where perl.h is found
PERL_LIBRARY      = path to libperl
PERL_EXECUTABLE   = full path to the perl binary

The minimum required version of Perl can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(PerlLibs 6.0)

The following variables are also available if needed
(introduced after CMake 2.6.4)

PERL_SITESEARCH     = path to the sitesearch install dir (-V:installsitesearch)
PERL_SITEARCH       = path to the sitelib install directory (-V:installsitearch)
PERL_SITELIB        = path to the sitelib install directory (-V:installsitelib)
PERL_VENDORARCH     = path to the vendor arch install directory (-V:installvendorarch)
PERL_VENDORLIB      = path to the vendor lib install directory (-V:installvendorlib)
PERL_ARCHLIB        = path to the core arch lib install directory (-V:archlib)
PERL_PRIVLIB        = path to the core priv lib install directory (-V:privlib)
PERL_UPDATE_ARCHLIB = path to the update arch lib install directory (-V:installarchlib)
PERL_UPDATE_PRIVLIB = path to the update priv lib install directory (-V:installprivlib)
PERL_EXTRA_C_FLAGS = Compilation flags used to build perl

  FindPerl

Find perl

this module looks for Perl

PERL_EXECUTABLE     - the full path to perl
PERL_FOUND          - If false, don't attempt to use perl.
PERL_VERSION_STRING - version of perl found (since CMake 2.8.8)

  FindPHP4

Find PHP4

This module finds if PHP4 is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PHP4_INCLUDE_PATH       = path to where php.h can be found
PHP4_EXECUTABLE         = full path to the php4 binary

  FindPhysFS

Locate PhysFS library This module defines PHYSFS_LIBRARY, the name of the library to link against PHYSFS_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to PHYSFS PHYSFS_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find physfs.h

$PHYSFSDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindPike

Find Pike

This module finds if PIKE is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PIKE_INCLUDE_PATH       = path to where program.h is found
PIKE_EXECUTABLE         = full path to the pike binary

  FindPkgConfig

A pkg-config module for CMake.

Finds the pkg-config executable and adds the pkg_get_variable(), pkg_check_modules() and pkg_search_module() commands. The following variables will also be set:

PKG_CONFIG_FOUND          ... if pkg-config executable was found
PKG_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE     ... pathname of the pkg-config program
PKG_CONFIG_VERSION_STRING ... the version of the pkg-config program found
                              (since CMake 2.8.8)

pkg_get_variable
    Retrieves the value of a pkg-config variable varName and stores it in the result variable resultVar in the calling scope.

    pkg_get_variable(<resultVar> <moduleName> <varName>)

    If pkg-config returns multiple values for the specified variable, resultVar will contain a ;-list.

    For example:

    pkg_get_variable(GI_GIRDIR gobject-introspection-1.0 girdir)

pkg_check_modules
    Checks for all the given modules, setting a variety of result variables in the calling scope.

    pkg_check_modules(<prefix>
                      [REQUIRED] [QUIET]
                      [NO_CMAKE_PATH]
                      [NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH]
                      [IMPORTED_TARGET]
                      <moduleSpec> [<moduleSpec>...])

    When the REQUIRED argument is given, the command will fail with an error if module(s) could not be found.

    When the QUIET argument is given, no status messages will be printed.

    By default, if CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION is 3.1 or later, or if PKG_CONFIG_USE_CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH is set to a boolean True value, then the CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH, CMAKE_FRAMEWORK_PATH, and CMAKE_APPBUNDLE_PATH cache and environment variables will be added to the pkg-config search path. The NO_CMAKE_PATH and NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH arguments disable this behavior for the cache variables and environment variables respectively.

    The IMPORTED_TARGET argument will create an imported target named PkgConfig::<prefix> that can be passed directly as an argument to target_link_libraries().

    Each <moduleSpec> must be in one of the following formats:

    {moduleName}            ... matches any version
    {moduleName}>={version} ... at least version <version> is required
    {moduleName}={version}  ... exactly version <version> is required
    {moduleName}<={version} ... modules must not be newer than <version>

    The following variables may be set upon return. Two sets of values exist, one for the common case (<XXX> = <prefix>) and another for the information pkg-config provides when it is called with the --static option (<XXX> = <prefix>_STATIC):

    <XXX>_FOUND          ... set to 1 if module(s) exist
    <XXX>_LIBRARIES      ... only the libraries (without the '-l')
    <XXX>_LINK_LIBRARIES ... the libraries and their absolute paths
    <XXX>_LIBRARY_DIRS   ... the paths of the libraries (without the '-L')
    <XXX>_LDFLAGS        ... all required linker flags
    <XXX>_LDFLAGS_OTHER  ... all other linker flags
    <XXX>_INCLUDE_DIRS   ... the '-I' preprocessor flags (without the '-I')
    <XXX>_CFLAGS         ... all required cflags
    <XXX>_CFLAGS_OTHER   ... the other compiler flags

    All but <XXX>_FOUND may be a ;-list if the associated variable returned from pkg-config has multiple values.

    There are some special variables whose prefix depends on the number of <moduleSpec> given. When there is only one <moduleSpec>, <YYY> will simply be <prefix>, but if two or more <moduleSpec> items are given, <YYY> will be <prefix>_<moduleName>:

    <YYY>_VERSION    ... version of the module
    <YYY>_PREFIX     ... prefix directory of the module
    <YYY>_INCLUDEDIR ... include directory of the module
    <YYY>_LIBDIR     ... lib directory of the module

    Examples

    pkg_check_modules (GLIB2 glib-2.0)

    Looks for any version of glib2. If found, the output variable GLIB2_VERSION will hold the actual version found.

    pkg_check_modules (GLIB2 glib-2.0>=2.10)

    Looks for at least version 2.10 of glib2. If found, the output variable GLIB2_VERSION will hold the actual version found.

    pkg_check_modules (FOO glib-2.0>=2.10 gtk+-2.0)

    Looks for both glib2-2.0 (at least version 2.10) and any version of gtk2+-2.0. Only if both are found will FOO be considered found. The FOO_glib-2.0_VERSION and FOO_gtk+-2.0_VERSION variables will be set to their respective found module versions.

    pkg_check_modules (XRENDER REQUIRED xrender)

    Requires any version of xrender. Example output variables set by a successful call:

    XRENDER_LIBRARIES=Xrender;X11
    XRENDER_STATIC_LIBRARIES=Xrender;X11;pthread;Xau;Xdmcp

pkg_search_module
    The behavior of this command is the same as pkg_check_modules(), except that rather than checking for all the specified modules, it searches for just the first successful match.

    pkg_search_module(<prefix>
                      [REQUIRED] [QUIET]
                      [NO_CMAKE_PATH]
                      [NO_CMAKE_ENVIRONMENT_PATH]
                      [IMPORTED_TARGET]
                      <moduleSpec> [<moduleSpec>...])

    Examples

    pkg_search_module (BAR libxml-2.0 libxml2 libxml>=2)

  Variables Affecting Behavior

PKG_CONFIG_EXECUTABLE
    This can be set to the path of the pkg-config executable. If not provided, it will be set by the module as a result of calling find_program() internally. The PKG_CONFIG environment variable can be used as a hint.

PKG_CONFIG_USE_CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH
    Specifies whether pkg_check_modules() and pkg_search_module() should add the paths in the CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH, CMAKE_FRAMEWORK_PATH and CMAKE_APPBUNDLE_PATH cache and environment variables to the pkg-config search path.

    If this variable is not set, this behavior is enabled by default if CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION is 3.1 or later, disabled otherwise.

  FindPNG

Find libpng, the official reference library for the PNG image format.

  Imported targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED target:

PNG::PNG
    The libpng library, if found.

  Result variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

PNG_INCLUDE_DIRS
    where to find png.h, etc.

PNG_LIBRARIES
    the libraries to link against to use PNG.

PNG_DEFINITIONS
    You should add_definitions(${PNG_DEFINITIONS}) before compiling code that includes png library files.

PNG_FOUND
    If false, do not try to use PNG.

PNG_VERSION_STRING
    the version of the PNG library found (since CMake 2.8.8)

  Obsolete variables

The following variables may also be set, for backwards compatibility:

PNG_LIBRARY
    where to find the PNG library.

PNG_INCLUDE_DIR
    where to find the PNG headers (same as PNG_INCLUDE_DIRS)

    Since PNG depends on the ZLib compression library, none of the above will be defined unless ZLib can be found.

  FindPostgreSQL

Find the PostgreSQL installation.

This module defines

PostgreSQL_LIBRARIES - the PostgreSQL libraries needed for linking
PostgreSQL_INCLUDE_DIRS - the directories of the PostgreSQL headers
PostgreSQL_LIBRARY_DIRS  - the link directories for PostgreSQL libraries
PostgreSQL_VERSION_STRING - the version of PostgreSQL found (since CMake 2.8.8)

  FindProducer

Though Producer isn't directly part of OpenSceneGraph, its primary user is OSG so I consider this part of the Findosg* suite used to find OpenSceneGraph components. You'll notice that I accept OSGDIR as an environment path.

Each component is separate and you must opt in to each module. You must also opt into OpenGL (and OpenThreads?) as these modules won't do it for you. This is to allow you control over your own system piece by piece in case you need to opt out of certain components or change the Find behavior for a particular module (perhaps because the default FindOpenGL.cmake module doesn't work with your system as an example). If you want to use a more convenient module that includes everything, use the FindOpenSceneGraph.cmake instead of the Findosg*.cmake modules.

Locate Producer This module defines PRODUCER_LIBRARY PRODUCER_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to Producer PRODUCER_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$PRODUCER_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindProtobuf

Locate and configure the Google Protocol Buffers library.

The following variables can be set and are optional:

Protobuf_SRC_ROOT_FOLDER
    When compiling with MSVC, if this cache variable is set the protobuf-default VS project build locations (vsprojects/Debug and vsprojects/Release or vsprojects/x64/Debug and vsprojects/x64/Release) will be searched for libraries and binaries.

Protobuf_IMPORT_DIRS
    List of additional directories to be searched for imported .proto files.

Protobuf_DEBUG
    Show debug messages.

Protobuf_USE_STATIC_LIBS
    Set to ON to force the use of the static libraries. Default is OFF.

    Defines the following variables:

Protobuf_FOUND
    Found the Google Protocol Buffers library (libprotobuf & header files)

Protobuf_VERSION
    Version of package found.

Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIRS
    Include directories for Google Protocol Buffers

Protobuf_LIBRARIES
    The protobuf libraries

Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARIES
    The protoc libraries

Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARIES
    The protobuf-lite libraries

    The following IMPORTED targets are also defined:

protobuf::libprotobuf
    The protobuf library.

protobuf::libprotobuf-lite
    The protobuf lite library.

protobuf::libprotoc
    The protoc library.

protobuf::protoc
    The protoc compiler.

    The following cache variables are also available to set or use:

Protobuf_LIBRARY
    The protobuf library

Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARY
    The protoc library

Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIR
    The include directory for protocol buffers

Protobuf_PROTOC_EXECUTABLE
    The protoc compiler

Protobuf_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    The protobuf library (debug)

Protobuf_PROTOC_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    The protoc library (debug)

Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARY
    The protobuf lite library

Protobuf_LITE_LIBRARY_DEBUG
    The protobuf lite library (debug)

    Example:

    find_package(Protobuf REQUIRED)
    include_directories(${Protobuf_INCLUDE_DIRS})
    include_directories(${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
    protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS foo.proto)
    protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS EXPORT_MACRO DLL_EXPORT foo.proto)
    protobuf_generate_cpp(PROTO_SRCS PROTO_HDRS DESCRIPTORS PROTO_DESCS foo.proto)
    protobuf_generate_python(PROTO_PY foo.proto)
    add_executable(bar bar.cc ${PROTO_SRCS} ${PROTO_HDRS})
    target_link_libraries(bar ${Protobuf_LIBRARIES})

    NOTE: The protobuf_generate_cpp and protobuf_generate_python functions and add_executable() or add_library() calls only work properly within the same directory.

protobuf_generate_cpp
    Add custom commands to process .proto files to C++:

    protobuf_generate_cpp (<SRCS> <HDRS>
        [DESCRIPTORS <DESC>] [EXPORT_MACRO <MACRO>] [<ARGN>...])

SRCS
    Variable to define with autogenerated source files

HDRS
    Variable to define with autogenerated header files

DESCRIPTORS
    Variable to define with autogenerated descriptor files, if requested.

EXPORT_MACRO
    is a macro which should expand to __declspec(dllexport) or __declspec(dllimport) depending on what is being compiled.

ARGN
    .proto files

protobuf_generate_python
    Add custom commands to process .proto files to Python:

    protobuf_generate_python (<PY> [<ARGN>...])

PY  Variable to define with autogenerated Python files

ARGN
    .proto filess

  FindPython

Find Python interpreter, compiler and development environment (include directories and libraries).

Three components are supported:

•   Interpreter: search for Python interpreter.

•   Compiler: search for Python compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

•   Development: search for development artifacts (include directories and libraries).

    If no COMPONENTS is specified, Interpreter is assumed.

    To ensure consistent versions between components Interpreter, Compiler and Development, specify all components at the same time:

    find_package (Python COMPONENTS Interpreter Development)

    This module looks preferably for version 3 of Python. If not found, version 2 is searched. To manage concurrent versions 3 and 2 of Python, use FindPython3 and FindPython2 modules rather than this one.

  Imported Targets

This module defines the following Imported Targets:

Python::Interpreter
    Python interpreter. Target defined if component Interpreter is found.

Python::Compiler
    Python compiler. Target defined if component Compiler is found.

Python::Python
    Python library. Target defined if component Development is found.

  Result Variables

This module will set the following variables in your project (see Standard Variable Names):

Python_FOUND
    System has the Python requested components.

Python_Interpreter_FOUND
    System has the Python interpreter.

Python_EXECUTABLE
    Path to the Python interpreter.

Python_INTERPRETER_ID

A short string unique to the interpreter. Possible values include:

•   Python

•   ActivePython

•   Anaconda

•   Canopy

•   IronPython

Python_STDLIB
    Standard platform independent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=True).

Python_STDARCH
    Standard platform dependent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=True).

Python_SITELIB
    Third-party platform independent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=False).

Python_SITEARCH
    Third-party platform dependent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=False).

Python_Compiler_FOUND
    System has the Python compiler.

Python_COMPILER
    Path to the Python compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

Python_COMPILER_ID

A short string unique to the compiler. Possible values include:

•   IronPython

Python_Development_FOUND
    System has the Python development artifacts.

Python_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The Python include directories.

Python_LIBRARIES
    The Python libraries.

Python_LIBRARY_DIRS
    The Python library directories.

Python_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS
    The Python runtime library directories.

Python_VERSION
    Python version.

Python_VERSION_MAJOR
    Python major version.

Python_VERSION_MINOR
    Python minor version.

Python_VERSION_PATCH
    Python patch version.

  Hints

Python_ROOT_DIR
    Define the root directory of a Python installation.

Python_USE_STATIC_LIBS

•   If not defined, search for shared libraries and static libraries in that order.

•   If set to TRUE, search only for static libraries.

•   If set to FALSE, search only for shared libraries.

  Commands

This module defines the command Python_add_library which have the same semantic as add_library() but take care of Python module naming rules (only applied if library is of type MODULE) and add dependency to target Python::Python:

Python_add_library (my_module MODULE src1.cpp)

If library type is not specified, MODULE is assumed.

  FindPython2

Find Python 2 interpreter, compiler and development environment (include directories and libraries).

Three components are supported:

•   Interpreter: search for Python 2 interpreter

•   Compiler: search for Python 2 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

•   Development: search for development artifacts (include directories and libraries)

    If no COMPONENTS is specified, Interpreter is assumed.

    To ensure consistent versions between components Interpreter, Compiler and Development, specify all components at the same time:

    find_package (Python2 COMPONENTS Interpreter Development)

    This module looks only for version 2 of Python. This module can be used concurrently with FindPython3 module to use both Python versions.

    The FindPython module can be used if Python version does not matter for you.

  Imported Targets

This module defines the following Imported Targets:

Python2::Interpreter
    Python 2 interpreter. Target defined if component Interpreter is found.

Python2::Compiler
    Python 2 compiler. Target defined if component Compiler is found.

Python2::Python
    Python 2 library. Target defined if component Development is found.

  Result Variables

This module will set the following variables in your project (see Standard Variable Names):

Python2_FOUND
    System has the Python 2 requested components.

Python2_Interpreter_FOUND
    System has the Python 2 interpreter.

Python2_EXECUTABLE
    Path to the Python 2 interpreter.

Python2_INTERPRETER_ID

A short string unique to the interpreter. Possible values include:

•   Python

•   ActivePython

•   Anaconda

•   Canopy

•   IronPython

Python2_STDLIB
    Standard platform independent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=True).

Python2_STDARCH
    Standard platform dependent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=True).

Python2_SITELIB
    Third-party platform independent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=False).

Python2_SITEARCH
    Third-party platform dependent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=False).

Python2_Compiler_FOUND
    System has the Python 2 compiler.

Python2_COMPILER
    Path to the Python 2 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

Python2_COMPILER_ID

A short string unique to the compiler. Possible values include:

•   IronPython

Python2_Development_FOUND
    System has the Python 2 development artifacts.

Python2_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The Python 2 include directories.

Python2_LIBRARIES
    The Python 2 libraries.

Python2_LIBRARY_DIRS
    The Python 2 library directories.

Python2_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS
    The Python 2 runtime library directories.

Python2_VERSION
    Python 2 version.

Python2_VERSION_MAJOR
    Python 2 major version.

Python2_VERSION_MINOR
    Python 2 minor version.

Python2_VERSION_PATCH
    Python 2 patch version.

  Hints

Python2_ROOT_DIR
    Define the root directory of a Python 2 installation.

Python2_USE_STATIC_LIBS

•   If not defined, search for shared libraries and static libraries in that order.

•   If set to TRUE, search only for static libraries.

•   If set to FALSE, search only for shared libraries.

  Commands

This module defines the command Python2_add_library which have the same semantic as add_library() but take care of Python module naming rules (only applied if library is of type MODULE) and add dependency to target Python2::Python:

Python2_add_library (my_module MODULE src1.cpp)

If library type is not specified, MODULE is assumed.

  FindPython3

Find Python 3 interpreter, compiler and development environment (include directories and libraries).

Three components are supported:

•   Interpreter: search for Python 3 interpreter

•   Compiler: search for Python 3 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

•   Development: search for development artifacts (include directories and libraries)

    If no COMPONENTS is specified, Interpreter is assumed.

    To ensure consistent versions between components Interpreter, Compiler and Development, specify all components at the same time:

    find_package (Python3 COMPONENTS Interpreter Development)

    This module looks only for version 3 of Python. This module can be used concurrently with FindPython2 module to use both Python versions.

    The FindPython module can be used if Python version does not matter for you.

  Imported Targets

This module defines the following Imported Targets:

Python3::Interpreter
    Python 3 interpreter. Target defined if component Interpreter is found.

Python3::Compiler
    Python 3 compiler. Target defined if component Compiler is found.

Python3::Python
    Python 3 library. Target defined if component Development is found.

  Result Variables

This module will set the following variables in your project (see Standard Variable Names):

Python3_FOUND
    System has the Python 3 requested components.

Python3_Interpreter_FOUND
    System has the Python 3 interpreter.

Python3_EXECUTABLE
    Path to the Python 3 interpreter.

Python3_INTERPRETER_ID

A short string unique to the interpreter. Possible values include:

•   Python

•   ActivePython

•   Anaconda

•   Canopy

•   IronPython

Python3_STDLIB
    Standard platform independent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=True).

Python3_STDARCH
    Standard platform dependent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=True).

Python3_SITELIB
    Third-party platform independent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=False,standard_lib=False).

Python3_SITEARCH
    Third-party platform dependent installation directory.

    Information returned by distutils.sysconfig.get_python_lib(plat_specific=True,standard_lib=False).

Python3_Compiler_FOUND
    System has the Python 3 compiler.

Python3_COMPILER
    Path to the Python 3 compiler. Only offered by IronPython.

Python3_COMPILER_ID

A short string unique to the compiler. Possible values include:

•   IronPython

Python3_Development_FOUND
    System has the Python 3 development artifacts.

Python3_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The Python 3 include directories.

Python3_LIBRARIES
    The Python 3 libraries.

Python3_LIBRARY_DIRS
    The Python 3 library directories.

Python3_RUNTIME_LIBRARY_DIRS
    The Python 3 runtime library directories.

Python3_VERSION
    Python 3 version.

Python3_VERSION_MAJOR
    Python 3 major version.

Python3_VERSION_MINOR
    Python 3 minor version.

Python3_VERSION_PATCH
    Python 3 patch version.

  Hints

Python3_ROOT_DIR
    Define the root directory of a Python 3 installation.

Python3_USE_STATIC_LIBS

•   If not defined, search for shared libraries and static libraries in that order.

•   If set to TRUE, search only for static libraries.

•   If set to FALSE, search only for shared libraries.

  Commands

This module defines the command Python3_add_library which have the same semantic as add_library() but take care of Python module naming rules (only applied if library is of type MODULE) and add dependency to target Python3::Python:

Python3_add_library (my_module MODULE src1.cpp)

If library type is not specified, MODULE is assumed.

  FindPythonInterp

Find python interpreter

Deprecated since version 3.12: Use FindPython3, FindPython2 or FindPython instead.

This module finds if Python interpreter is installed and determines where the executables are. This code sets the following variables:

PYTHONINTERP_FOUND         - Was the Python executable found
PYTHON_EXECUTABLE          - path to the Python interpreter

PYTHON_VERSION_STRING      - Python version found e.g. 2.5.2
PYTHON_VERSION_MAJOR       - Python major version found e.g. 2
PYTHON_VERSION_MINOR       - Python minor version found e.g. 5
PYTHON_VERSION_PATCH       - Python patch version found e.g. 2

The Python_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS variable can be used to specify a list of version numbers that should be taken into account when searching for Python. You need to set this variable before calling find_package(PythonInterp).

If calling both find_package(PythonInterp) and find_package(PythonLibs), call find_package(PythonInterp) first to get the currently active Python version by default with a consistent version of PYTHON_LIBRARIES.

  FindPythonLibs

Find python libraries

Deprecated since version 3.12: Use FindPython3, FindPython2 or FindPython instead.

This module finds if Python is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

PYTHONLIBS_FOUND           - have the Python libs been found
PYTHON_LIBRARIES           - path to the python library
PYTHON_INCLUDE_PATH        - path to where Python.h is found (deprecated)
PYTHON_INCLUDE_DIRS        - path to where Python.h is found
PYTHON_DEBUG_LIBRARIES     - path to the debug library (deprecated)
PYTHONLIBS_VERSION_STRING  - version of the Python libs found (since CMake 2.8.8)

The Python_ADDITIONAL_VERSIONS variable can be used to specify a list of version numbers that should be taken into account when searching for Python. You need to set this variable before calling find_package(PythonLibs).

If you'd like to specify the installation of Python to use, you should modify the following cache variables:

PYTHON_LIBRARY             - path to the python library
PYTHON_INCLUDE_DIR         - path to where Python.h is found

If calling both find_package(PythonInterp) and find_package(PythonLibs), call find_package(PythonInterp) first to get the currently active Python version by default with a consistent version of PYTHON_LIBRARIES.

  FindQt3

Locate Qt include paths and libraries

This module defines:

QT_INCLUDE_DIR    - where to find qt.h, etc.
QT_LIBRARIES      - the libraries to link against to use Qt.
QT_DEFINITIONS    - definitions to use when
                    compiling code that uses Qt.
QT_FOUND          - If false, don't try to use Qt.
QT_VERSION_STRING - the version of Qt found

If you need the multithreaded version of Qt, set QT_MT_REQUIRED to TRUE

Also defined, but not for general use are:

QT_MOC_EXECUTABLE, where to find the moc tool.
QT_UIC_EXECUTABLE, where to find the uic tool.
QT_QT_LIBRARY, where to find the Qt library.
QT_QTMAIN_LIBRARY, where to find the qtmain
 library. This is only required by Qt3 on Windows.

  FindQt4

  Finding and Using Qt4

This module can be used to find Qt4. The most important issue is that the Qt4 qmake is available via the system path. This qmake is then used to detect basically everything else. This module defines a number of IMPORTED targets, macros and variables.

Typical usage could be something like:

set(CMAKE_AUTOMOC ON)
set(CMAKE_INCLUDE_CURRENT_DIR ON)
find_package(Qt4 4.4.3 REQUIRED QtGui QtXml)
add_executable(myexe main.cpp)
target_link_libraries(myexe Qt4::QtGui Qt4::QtXml)

NOTE: When using IMPORTED targets, the qtmain.lib static library is automatically linked on Windows for WIN32 executables. To disable that globally, set the QT4_NO_LINK_QTMAIN variable before finding Qt4. To disable that for a particular executable, set the QT4_NO_LINK_QTMAIN target property to TRUE on the executable.

  Qt Build Tools

Qt relies on some bundled tools for code generation, such as moc for meta-object code generation,``uic`` for widget layout and population, and rcc for virtual filesystem content generation. These tools may be automatically invoked by cmake(1) if the appropriate conditions are met. See cmake-qt(7) for more.

  Qt Macros

In some cases it can be necessary or useful to invoke the Qt build tools in a more-manual way. Several macros are available to add targets for such uses.

macro QT4_WRAP_CPP(outfiles inputfile ... [TARGET tgt] OPTIONS ...)
      create moc code from a list of files containing Qt class with
      the Q_OBJECT declaration.  Per-directory preprocessor definitions
      are also added.  If the <tgt> is specified, the
      INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from
      the <tgt> are passed to moc.  Options may be given to moc, such as
      those found when executing "moc -help".

macro QT4_WRAP_UI(outfiles inputfile ... OPTIONS ...)
      create code from a list of Qt designer ui files.
      Options may be given to uic, such as those found
      when executing "uic -help"

macro QT4_ADD_RESOURCES(outfiles inputfile ... OPTIONS ...)
      create code from a list of Qt resource files.
      Options may be given to rcc, such as those found
      when executing "rcc -help"

macro QT4_GENERATE_MOC(inputfile outputfile [TARGET tgt])
      creates a rule to run moc on infile and create outfile.
      Use this if for some reason QT4_WRAP_CPP() isn't appropriate, e.g.
      because you need a custom filename for the moc file or something
      similar.  If the <tgt> is specified, the
      INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from
      the <tgt> are passed to moc.

macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACE(outfiles interface basename)
      Create the interface header and implementation files with the
      given basename from the given interface xml file and add it to
      the list of sources.
      You can pass additional parameters to the qdbusxml2cpp call by setting
      properties on the input file:
      INCLUDE the given file will be included in the generate interface header
      CLASSNAME the generated class is named accordingly
      NO_NAMESPACE the generated class is not wrapped in a namespace

macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACES(outfiles inputfile ... )
      Create the interface header and implementation files
      for all listed interface xml files.
      The basename will be automatically determined from the name
      of the xml file.
      The source file properties described for
      QT4_ADD_DBUS_INTERFACE also apply here.

macro QT4_ADD_DBUS_ADAPTOR(outfiles xmlfile parentheader parentclassname
                           [basename] [classname])
      create a dbus adaptor (header and implementation file) from the xml file
      describing the interface, and add it to the list of sources. The adaptor
      forwards the calls to a parent class, defined in parentheader and named
      parentclassname. The name of the generated files will be
      <basename>adaptor.{cpp,h} where basename defaults to the basename of the
      xml file.
      If <classname> is provided, then it will be used as the classname of the
      adaptor itself.

macro QT4_GENERATE_DBUS_INTERFACE( header [interfacename] OPTIONS ...)
      generate the xml interface file from the given header.
      If the optional argument interfacename is omitted, the name of the
      interface file is constructed from the basename of the header with
      the suffix .xml appended.
      Options may be given to qdbuscpp2xml, such as those found when
      executing "qdbuscpp2xml --help"

macro QT4_CREATE_TRANSLATION( qm_files directories ... sources ...
                              ts_files ... OPTIONS ...)
      out: qm_files
      in:  directories sources ts_files
      options: flags to pass to lupdate, such as -extensions to specify
      extensions for a directory scan.
      generates commands to create .ts (vie lupdate) and .qm
      (via lrelease) - files from directories and/or sources. The ts files are
      created and/or updated in the source tree (unless given with full paths).
      The qm files are generated in the build tree.
      Updating the translations can be done by adding the qm_files
      to the source list of your library/executable, so they are
      always updated, or by adding a custom target to control when
      they get updated/generated.

macro QT4_ADD_TRANSLATION( qm_files ts_files ... )
      out: qm_files
      in:  ts_files
      generates commands to create .qm from .ts - files. The generated
      filenames can be found in qm_files. The ts_files
      must exist and are not updated in any way.

macro QT4_AUTOMOC(sourcefile1 sourcefile2 ... [TARGET tgt])
      The qt4_automoc macro is obsolete.  Use the CMAKE_AUTOMOC feature instead.
      This macro is still experimental.
      It can be used to have moc automatically handled.
      So if you have the files foo.h and foo.cpp, and in foo.h a
      a class uses the Q_OBJECT macro, moc has to run on it. If you don't
      want to use QT4_WRAP_CPP() (which is reliable and mature), you can insert
      #include "foo.moc"
      in foo.cpp and then give foo.cpp as argument to QT4_AUTOMOC(). This will
      scan all listed files at cmake-time for such included moc files and if it
      finds them cause a rule to be generated to run moc at build time on the
      accompanying header file foo.h.
      If a source file has the SKIP_AUTOMOC property set it will be ignored by
      this macro.
      If the <tgt> is specified, the INTERFACE_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and
      INTERFACE_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS from the <tgt> are passed to moc.

function QT4_USE_MODULES( target [link_type] modules...)
       This function is obsolete. Use target_link_libraries with IMPORTED targets
       instead.
       Make <target> use the <modules> from Qt. Using a Qt module means
       to link to the library, add the relevant include directories for the
       module, and add the relevant compiler defines for using the module.
       Modules are roughly equivalent to components of Qt4, so usage would be
       something like:
        qt4_use_modules(myexe Core Gui Declarative)
       to use QtCore, QtGui and QtDeclarative. The optional <link_type> argument
       can be specified as either LINK_PUBLIC or LINK_PRIVATE to specify the
       same argument to the target_link_libraries call.

  IMPORTED Targets

A particular Qt library may be used by using the corresponding IMPORTED target with the target_link_libraries() command:

target_link_libraries(myexe Qt4::QtGui Qt4::QtXml)

Using a target in this way causes :cmake(1)` to use the appropriate include directories and compile definitions for the target when compiling myexe.

Targets are aware of their dependencies, so for example it is not necessary to list Qt4::QtCore if another Qt library is listed, and it is not necessary to list Qt4::QtGui if Qt4::QtDeclarative is listed. Targets may be tested for existence in the usual way with the if(TARGET) command.

The Qt toolkit may contain both debug and release libraries. cmake(1) will choose the appropriate version based on the build configuration.

Qt4::QtCore
    The QtCore target

Qt4::QtGui
    The QtGui target

Qt4::Qt3Support
    The Qt3Support target

Qt4::QtAssistant
    The QtAssistant target

Qt4::QtAssistantClient
    The QtAssistantClient target

Qt4::QAxContainer
    The QAxContainer target (Windows only)

Qt4::QAxServer
    The QAxServer target (Windows only)

Qt4::QtDBus
    The QtDBus target

Qt4::QtDeclarative
    The QtDeclarative target

Qt4::QtDesigner
    The QtDesigner target

Qt4::QtDesignerComponents
    The QtDesignerComponents target

Qt4::QtHelp
    The QtHelp target

Qt4::QtMotif
    The QtMotif target

Qt4::QtMultimedia
    The QtMultimedia target

Qt4::QtNetwork
    The QtNetwork target

Qt4::QtNsPLugin
    The QtNsPLugin target

Qt4::QtOpenGL
    The QtOpenGL target

Qt4::QtScript
    The QtScript target

Qt4::QtScriptTools
    The QtScriptTools target

Qt4::QtSql
    The QtSql target

Qt4::QtSvg
    The QtSvg target

Qt4::QtTest
    The QtTest target

Qt4::QtUiTools
    The QtUiTools target

Qt4::QtWebKit
    The QtWebKit target

Qt4::QtXml
    The QtXml target

Qt4::QtXmlPatterns
    The QtXmlPatterns target

Qt4::phonon
    The phonon target

  Result Variables
Below is a detailed list of variables that FindQt4.cmake sets.

Qt4_FOUND
    If false, don't try to use Qt 4.

QT_FOUND
    If false, don't try to use Qt. This variable is for compatibility only.

QT4_FOUND
    If false, don't try to use Qt 4. This variable is for compatibility only.

QT_VERSION_MAJOR
    The major version of Qt found.

QT_VERSION_MINOR
    The minor version of Qt found.

QT_VERSION_PATCH
    The patch version of Qt found.

  FindQt

Searches for all installed versions of Qt.

This should only be used if your project can work with multiple versions of Qt. If not, you should just directly use FindQt4 or FindQt3. If multiple versions of Qt are found on the machine, then The user must set the option DESIRED_QT_VERSION to the version they want to use. If only one version of qt is found on the machine, then the DESIRED_QT_VERSION is set to that version and the matching FindQt3 or FindQt4 module is included. Once the user sets DESIRED_QT_VERSION, then the FindQt3 or FindQt4 module is included.

This module can only detect and switch between Qt versions 3 and 4. It cannot handle Qt5 or any later versions.

QT_REQUIRED if this is set to TRUE then if CMake can
            not find Qt4 or Qt3 an error is raised
            and a message is sent to the user.

DESIRED_QT_VERSION OPTION is created
QT4_INSTALLED is set to TRUE if qt4 is found.
QT3_INSTALLED is set to TRUE if qt3 is found.

  FindQuickTime

Locate QuickTime This module defines QUICKTIME_LIBRARY QUICKTIME_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to gdal QUICKTIME_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find the headers

$QUICKTIME_DIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing.

  FindRTI

Try to find M&S HLA RTI libraries

This module finds if any HLA RTI is installed and locates the standard RTI include files and libraries.

RTI is a simulation infrastructure standardized by IEEE and SISO. It has a well defined C++ API that assures that simulation applications are independent on a particular RTI implementation.

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Run-Time_Infrastructure_(simulation)

This code sets the following variables:

RTI_INCLUDE_DIR = the directory where RTI includes file are found
RTI_LIBRARIES = The libraries to link against to use RTI
RTI_DEFINITIONS = -DRTI_USES_STD_FSTREAM
RTI_FOUND = Set to FALSE if any HLA RTI was not found

Report problems to <certi-devel@nongnu.org>

  FindRuby

Find Ruby

This module finds if Ruby is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. Ruby 1.8, 1.9, 2.0 and 2.1 are supported.

The minimum required version of Ruby can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(Ruby 1.8)

It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

RUBY_EXECUTABLE
    full path to the ruby binary

RUBY_INCLUDE_DIRS
    include dirs to be used when using the ruby library

RUBY_LIBRARY
    full path to the ruby library

RUBY_VERSION
    the version of ruby which was found, e.g. "1.8.7"

RUBY_FOUND
    set to true if ruby ws found successfully

    Also:

RUBY_INCLUDE_PATH
    same as RUBY_INCLUDE_DIRS, only provided for compatibility reasons, don't use it

  FindSDL_image

Locate SDL_image library

This module defines:

SDL_IMAGE_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_IMAGE_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_IMAGE_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_IMAGE_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the
                           version of SDL_image

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLIMAGE_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_IMAGE_LIBRARIES)
SDLIMAGE_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_IMAGE_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLIMAGE_FOUND (same value as SDL_IMAGE_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

  FindSDL_mixer

Locate SDL_mixer library

This module defines:

SDL_MIXER_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_MIXER_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_MIXER_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_MIXER_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the
                           version of SDL_mixer

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLMIXER_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_MIXER_LIBRARIES)
SDLMIXER_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_MIXER_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLMIXER_FOUND (same value as SDL_MIXER_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

  FindSDL_net

Locate SDL_net library

This module defines:

SDL_NET_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_NET_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_NET_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_NET_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the version of SDL_net

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLNET_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_NET_LIBRARIES)
SDLNET_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_NET_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLNET_FOUND (same value as SDL_NET_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

  FindSDL

Locate SDL library

This module defines

SDL_LIBRARY, the name of the library to link against
SDL_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to SDL
SDL_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find SDL.h
SDL_VERSION_STRING, human-readable string containing the version of SDL

This module responds to the flag:

SDL_BUILDING_LIBRARY
  If this is defined, then no SDL_main will be linked in because
  only applications need main().
  Otherwise, it is assumed you are building an application and this
  module will attempt to locate and set the proper link flags
  as part of the returned SDL_LIBRARY variable.

Don't forget to include SDLmain.h and SDLmain.m your project for the OS X framework based version. (Other versions link to -lSDLmain which this module will try to find on your behalf.) Also for OS X, this module will automatically add the -framework Cocoa on your behalf.

Additional Note: If you see an empty SDL_LIBRARY_TEMP in your configuration and no SDL_LIBRARY, it means CMake did not find your SDL library (SDL.dll, libsdl.so, SDL.framework, etc). Set SDL_LIBRARY_TEMP to point to your SDL library, and configure again. Similarly, if you see an empty SDLMAIN_LIBRARY, you should set this value as appropriate. These values are used to generate the final SDL_LIBRARY variable, but when these values are unset, SDL_LIBRARY does not get created.

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Modified by Eric Wing. Added code to assist with automated building by using environmental variables and providing a more controlled/consistent search behavior. Added new modifications to recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc). Also corrected the header search path to follow "proper" SDL guidelines. Added a search for SDLmain which is needed by some platforms. Added a search for threads which is needed by some platforms. Added needed compile switches for MinGW.

On OSX, this will prefer the Framework version (if found) over others. People will have to manually change the cache values of SDL_LIBRARY to override this selection or set the CMake environment CMAKE_INCLUDE_PATH to modify the search paths.

Note that the header path has changed from SDL/SDL.h to just SDL.h This needed to change because "proper" SDL convention is #include "SDL.h", not <SDL/SDL.h>. This is done for portability reasons because not all systems place things in SDL/ (see FreeBSD).

  FindSDL_sound

Locates the SDL_sound library

This module depends on SDL being found and must be called AFTER FindSDL.cmake is called.

This module defines

SDL_SOUND_INCLUDE_DIR, where to find SDL_sound.h
SDL_SOUND_FOUND, if false, do not try to link to SDL_sound
SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES, this contains the list of libraries that you need
  to link against.
SDL_SOUND_EXTRAS, this is an optional variable for you to add your own
  flags to SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES. This is prepended to SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES.
  This is available mostly for cases this module failed to anticipate for
  and you must add additional flags. This is marked as ADVANCED.
SDL_SOUND_VERSION_STRING, human-readable string containing the
  version of SDL_sound

This module also defines (but you shouldn't need to use directly)

SDL_SOUND_LIBRARY, the name of just the SDL_sound library you would link
against. Use SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES for you link instructions and not this one.

And might define the following as needed

MIKMOD_LIBRARY
MODPLUG_LIBRARY
OGG_LIBRARY
VORBIS_LIBRARY
SMPEG_LIBRARY
FLAC_LIBRARY
SPEEX_LIBRARY

Typically, you should not use these variables directly, and you should use SDL_SOUND_LIBRARIES which contains SDL_SOUND_LIBRARY and the other audio libraries (if needed) to successfully compile on your system.

Created by Eric Wing. This module is a bit more complicated than the other FindSDL* family modules. The reason is that SDL_sound can be compiled in a large variety of different ways which are independent of platform. SDL_sound may dynamically link against other 3rd party libraries to get additional codec support, such as Ogg Vorbis, SMPEG, ModPlug, MikMod, FLAC, Speex, and potentially others. Under some circumstances which I don't fully understand, there seems to be a requirement that dependent libraries of libraries you use must also be explicitly linked against in order to successfully compile. SDL_sound does not currently have any system in place to know how it was compiled. So this CMake module does the hard work in trying to discover which 3rd party libraries are required for building (if any). This module uses a brute force approach to create a test program that uses SDL_sound, and then tries to build it. If the build fails, it parses the error output for known symbol names to figure out which libraries are needed.

Responds to the $SDLDIR and $SDLSOUNDDIR environmental variable that would correspond to the ./configure --prefix=$SDLDIR used in building SDL.

On OSX, this will prefer the Framework version (if found) over others. People will have to manually change the cache values of SDL_LIBRARY to override this selectionor set the CMake environment CMAKE_INCLUDE_PATH to modify the search paths.

  FindSDL_ttf

Locate SDL_ttf library

This module defines:

SDL_TTF_LIBRARIES, the name of the library to link against
SDL_TTF_INCLUDE_DIRS, where to find the headers
SDL_TTF_FOUND, if false, do not try to link against
SDL_TTF_VERSION_STRING - human-readable string containing the version of SDL_ttf

For backward compatibility the following variables are also set:

SDLTTF_LIBRARY (same value as SDL_TTF_LIBRARIES)
SDLTTF_INCLUDE_DIR (same value as SDL_TTF_INCLUDE_DIRS)
SDLTTF_FOUND (same value as SDL_TTF_FOUND)

$SDLDIR is an environment variable that would correspond to the

Created by Eric Wing. This was influenced by the FindSDL.cmake module, but with modifications to recognize OS X frameworks and additional Unix paths (FreeBSD, etc).

  FindSelfPackers

Find upx

This module looks for some executable packers (i.e. software that compress executables or shared libs into on-the-fly self-extracting executables or shared libs. Examples:

UPX: http://wildsau.idv.uni-linz.ac.at/mfx/upx.html

  FindSquish

-- Typical Use

This module can be used to find Squish. Currently Squish versions 3 and 4 are supported.

SQUISH_FOUND                    If false, don't try to use Squish
SQUISH_VERSION                  The full version of Squish found
SQUISH_VERSION_MAJOR            The major version of Squish found
SQUISH_VERSION_MINOR            The minor version of Squish found
SQUISH_VERSION_PATCH            The patch version of Squish found

SQUISH_INSTALL_DIR              The Squish installation directory
                                (containing bin, lib, etc)
SQUISH_SERVER_EXECUTABLE        The squishserver executable
SQUISH_CLIENT_EXECUTABLE        The squishrunner executable

SQUISH_INSTALL_DIR_FOUND        Was the install directory found?
SQUISH_SERVER_EXECUTABLE_FOUND  Was the server executable found?
SQUISH_CLIENT_EXECUTABLE_FOUND  Was the client executable found?

It provides the function squish_v4_add_test() for adding a squish test to cmake using Squish 4.x:

squish_v4_add_test(cmakeTestName
  AUT targetName SUITE suiteName TEST squishTestName
  [SETTINGSGROUP group] [PRE_COMMAND command] [POST_COMMAND command] )

The arguments have the following meaning:

cmakeTestName
    this will be used as the first argument for add_test()

AUT targetName
    the name of the cmake target which will be used as AUT, i.e. the executable which will be tested.

SUITE suiteName
    this is either the full path to the squish suite, or just the last directory of the suite, i.e. the suite name. In this case the CMakeLists.txt which calls squish_add_test() must be located in the parent directory of the suite directory.

TEST squishTestName
    the name of the squish test, i.e. the name of the subdirectory of the test inside the suite directory.

SETTINGSGROUP group
    if specified, the given settings group will be used for executing the test. If not specified, the groupname will be "CTest_<username>"

PRE_COMMAND command
    if specified, the given command will be executed before starting the squish test.

POST_COMMAND command
    same as PRE_COMMAND, but after the squish test has been executed.

    enable_testing()
    find_package(Squish 4.0)
    if (SQUISH_FOUND)
       squish_v4_add_test(myTestName
         AUT myApp
         SUITE ${CMAKE_SOURCE_DIR}/tests/mySuite
         TEST someSquishTest
         SETTINGSGROUP myGroup
         )
    endif ()

    For users of Squish version 3.x the macro squish_v3_add_test() is provided:

    squish_v3_add_test(testName applicationUnderTest testCase envVars testWrapper)
    Use this macro to add a test using Squish 3.x.

    enable_testing()
    find_package(Squish)
    if (SQUISH_FOUND)
      squish_v3_add_test(myTestName myApplication testCase envVars testWrapper)
    endif ()

    macro SQUISH_ADD_TEST(testName applicationUnderTest testCase envVars testWrapper)

    This is deprecated. Use SQUISH_V3_ADD_TEST() if you are using Squish 3.x instead.

  FindSubversion

Extract information from a subversion working copy

The module defines the following variables:

Subversion_SVN_EXECUTABLE - path to svn command line client
Subversion_VERSION_SVN - version of svn command line client
Subversion_FOUND - true if the command line client was found
SUBVERSION_FOUND - same as Subversion_FOUND, set for compatibility reasons

The minimum required version of Subversion can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(Subversion 1.4)

If the command line client executable is found two macros are defined:

Subversion_WC_INFO(<dir> <var-prefix>)
Subversion_WC_LOG(<dir> <var-prefix>)

Subversion_WC_INFO extracts information of a subversion working copy at a given location. This macro defines the following variables:

<var-prefix>_WC_URL - url of the repository (at <dir>)
<var-prefix>_WC_ROOT - root url of the repository
<var-prefix>_WC_REVISION - current revision
<var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_AUTHOR - author of last commit
<var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_DATE - date of last commit
<var-prefix>_WC_LAST_CHANGED_REV - revision of last commit
<var-prefix>_WC_INFO - output of command `svn info <dir>'

Subversion_WC_LOG retrieves the log message of the base revision of a subversion working copy at a given location. This macro defines the variable:

<var-prefix>_LAST_CHANGED_LOG - last log of base revision

Example usage:

find_package(Subversion)
if(SUBVERSION_FOUND)
  Subversion_WC_INFO(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
  message("Current revision is ${Project_WC_REVISION}")
  Subversion_WC_LOG(${PROJECT_SOURCE_DIR} Project)
  message("Last changed log is ${Project_LAST_CHANGED_LOG}")
endif()

  FindSWIG

Find SWIG

This module finds an installed SWIG. It sets the following variables:

SWIG_FOUND - set to true if SWIG is found
SWIG_DIR - the directory where swig is installed
SWIG_EXECUTABLE - the path to the swig executable
SWIG_VERSION   - the version number of the swig executable

The minimum required version of SWIG can be specified using the standard syntax, e.g. find_package(SWIG 1.1)

All information is collected from the SWIG_EXECUTABLE so the version to be found can be changed from the command line by means of setting SWIG_EXECUTABLE

  FindTCL

TK_INTERNAL_PATH was removed.

This module finds if Tcl is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

TCL_FOUND              = Tcl was found
TK_FOUND               = Tk was found
TCLTK_FOUND            = Tcl and Tk were found
TCL_LIBRARY            = path to Tcl library (tcl tcl80)
TCL_INCLUDE_PATH       = path to where tcl.h can be found
TCL_TCLSH              = path to tclsh binary (tcl tcl80)
TK_LIBRARY             = path to Tk library (tk tk80 etc)
TK_INCLUDE_PATH        = path to where tk.h can be found
TK_WISH                = full path to the wish executable

In an effort to remove some clutter and clear up some issues for people who are not necessarily Tcl/Tk gurus/developers, some variables were moved or removed. Changes compared to CMake 2.4 are:

=> they were only useful for people writing Tcl/Tk extensions.
=> these libs are not packaged by default with Tcl/Tk distributions.
   Even when Tcl/Tk is built from source, several flavors of debug libs
   are created and there is no real reason to pick a single one
   specifically (say, amongst tcl84g, tcl84gs, or tcl84sgx).
   Let's leave that choice to the user by allowing him to assign
   TCL_LIBRARY to any Tcl library, debug or not.
=> this ended up being only a Win32 variable, and there is a lot of
   confusion regarding the location of this file in an installed Tcl/Tk
   tree anyway (see 8.5 for example). If you need the internal path at
   this point it is safer you ask directly where the *source* tree is
   and dig from there.

  FindTclsh

Find tclsh

This module finds if TCL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

TCLSH_FOUND = TRUE if tclsh has been found
TCL_TCLSH = the path to the tclsh executable

In cygwin, look for the cygwin version first. Don't look for it later to avoid finding the cygwin version on a Win32 build.

  FindTclStub

TCL_STUB_LIBRARY_DEBUG and TK_STUB_LIBRARY_DEBUG were removed.

This module finds Tcl stub libraries. It first finds Tcl include files and libraries by calling FindTCL.cmake. How to Use the Tcl Stubs Library:

http://tcl.activestate.com/doc/howto/stubs.html

Using Stub Libraries:

http://safari.oreilly.com/0130385603/ch48lev1sec3

This code sets the following variables:

TCL_STUB_LIBRARY       = path to Tcl stub library
TK_STUB_LIBRARY        = path to Tk stub library
TTK_STUB_LIBRARY       = path to ttk stub library

In an effort to remove some clutter and clear up some issues for people who are not necessarily Tcl/Tk gurus/developers, some variables were moved or removed. Changes compared to CMake 2.4 are:

=> these libs are not packaged by default with Tcl/Tk distributions.
   Even when Tcl/Tk is built from source, several flavors of debug libs
   are created and there is no real reason to pick a single one
   specifically (say, amongst tclstub84g, tclstub84gs, or tclstub84sgx).
   Let's leave that choice to the user by allowing him to assign
   TCL_STUB_LIBRARY to any Tcl library, debug or not.

  FindThreads

This module determines the thread library of the system.

The following variables are set

CMAKE_THREAD_LIBS_INIT     - the thread library
CMAKE_USE_SPROC_INIT       - are we using sproc?
CMAKE_USE_WIN32_THREADS_INIT - using WIN32 threads?
CMAKE_USE_PTHREADS_INIT    - are we using pthreads
CMAKE_HP_PTHREADS_INIT     - are we using hp pthreads

The following import target is created

Threads::Threads

For systems with multiple thread libraries, caller can set

CMAKE_THREAD_PREFER_PTHREAD

If the use of the -pthread compiler and linker flag is preferred then the caller can set

THREADS_PREFER_PTHREAD_FLAG

Please note that the compiler flag can only be used with the imported target. Use of both the imported target as well as this switch is highly recommended for new code.

  FindTIFF

Find the TIFF library (libtiff).

  Imported targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

TIFF::TIFF
    The TIFF library, if found.

  Result variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

TIFF_FOUND
    true if the TIFF headers and libraries were found

TIFF_INCLUDE_DIR
    the directory containing the TIFF headers

TIFF_INCLUDE_DIRS
    the directory containing the TIFF headers

TIFF_LIBRARIES
    TIFF libraries to be linked

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

TIFF_INCLUDE_DIR
    the directory containing the TIFF headers

TIFF_LIBRARY
    the path to the TIFF library

  FindUnixCommands

Find Unix commands, including the ones from Cygwin

This module looks for the Unix commands bash, cp, gzip, mv, rm, and tar and stores the result in the variables BASH, CP, GZIP, MV, RM, and TAR.

  FindVTK

This module no longer exists.

This module existed in versions of CMake prior to 3.1, but became only a thin wrapper around find_package(VTK NO_MODULE) to provide compatibility for projects using long-outdated conventions. Now find_package(VTK) will search for VTKConfig.cmake directly.

  FindVulkan

Try to find Vulkan

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines IMPORTED target Vulkan::Vulkan, if Vulkan has been found.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

Vulkan_FOUND          - True if Vulkan was found
Vulkan_INCLUDE_DIRS   - include directories for Vulkan
Vulkan_LIBRARIES      - link against this library to use Vulkan

The module will also define two cache variables:

Vulkan_INCLUDE_DIR    - the Vulkan include directory
Vulkan_LIBRARY        - the path to the Vulkan library

  FindWget

Find wget

This module looks for wget. This module defines the following values:

WGET_EXECUTABLE: the full path to the wget tool.
WGET_FOUND: True if wget has been found.

  FindWish

Find wish installation

This module finds if TCL is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. This code sets the following variables:

TK_WISH = the path to the wish executable

if UNIX is defined, then it will look for the cygwin version first

  FindwxWidgets

Find a wxWidgets (a.k.a., wxWindows) installation.

This module finds if wxWidgets is installed and selects a default configuration to use. wxWidgets is a modular library. To specify the modules that you will use, you need to name them as components to the package:

find_package(wxWidgets COMPONENTS core base ...)

There are two search branches: a windows style and a unix style. For windows, the following variables are searched for and set to defaults in case of multiple choices. Change them if the defaults are not desired (i.e., these are the only variables you should change to select a configuration):

wxWidgets_ROOT_DIR      - Base wxWidgets directory
                          (e.g., C:/wxWidgets-2.6.3).
wxWidgets_LIB_DIR       - Path to wxWidgets libraries
                          (e.g., C:/wxWidgets-2.6.3/lib/vc_lib).
wxWidgets_CONFIGURATION - Configuration to use
                          (e.g., msw, mswd, mswu, mswunivud, etc.)
wxWidgets_EXCLUDE_COMMON_LIBRARIES
                        - Set to TRUE to exclude linking of
                          commonly required libs (e.g., png tiff
                          jpeg zlib regex expat).

For unix style it uses the wx-config utility. You can select between debug/release, unicode/ansi, universal/non-universal, and static/shared in the QtDialog or ccmake interfaces by turning ON/OFF the following variables:

wxWidgets_USE_DEBUG
wxWidgets_USE_UNICODE
wxWidgets_USE_UNIVERSAL
wxWidgets_USE_STATIC

There is also a wxWidgets_CONFIG_OPTIONS variable for all other options that need to be passed to the wx-config utility. For example, to use the base toolkit found in the /usr/local path, set the variable (before calling the FIND_PACKAGE command) as such:

set(wxWidgets_CONFIG_OPTIONS --toolkit=base --prefix=/usr)

The following are set after the configuration is done for both windows and unix style:

wxWidgets_FOUND            - Set to TRUE if wxWidgets was found.
wxWidgets_INCLUDE_DIRS     - Include directories for WIN32
                             i.e., where to find "wx/wx.h" and
                             "wx/setup.h"; possibly empty for unices.
wxWidgets_LIBRARIES        - Path to the wxWidgets libraries.
wxWidgets_LIBRARY_DIRS     - compile time link dirs, useful for
                             rpath on UNIX. Typically an empty string
                             in WIN32 environment.
wxWidgets_DEFINITIONS      - Contains defines required to compile/link
                             against WX, e.g. WXUSINGDLL
wxWidgets_DEFINITIONS_DEBUG- Contains defines required to compile/link
                             against WX debug builds, e.g. __WXDEBUG__
wxWidgets_CXX_FLAGS        - Include dirs and compiler flags for
                             unices, empty on WIN32. Essentially
                             "`wx-config --cxxflags`".
wxWidgets_USE_FILE         - Convenience include file.

Sample usage:

# Note that for MinGW users the order of libs is important!
find_package(wxWidgets COMPONENTS net gl core base)
if(wxWidgets_FOUND)
  include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
  # and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
  target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})
endif()

If wxWidgets is required (i.e., not an optional part):

find_package(wxWidgets REQUIRED net gl core base)
include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
# and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})

  FindwxWindows

Find wxWindows (wxWidgets) installation

This module finds if wxWindows/wxWidgets is installed and determines where the include files and libraries are. It also determines what the name of the library is. Please note this file is DEPRECATED and replaced by FindwxWidgets.cmake. This code sets the following variables:

WXWINDOWS_FOUND     = system has WxWindows
WXWINDOWS_LIBRARIES = path to the wxWindows libraries
                      on Unix/Linux with additional
                      linker flags from
                      "wx-config --libs"
CMAKE_WXWINDOWS_CXX_FLAGS  = Compiler flags for wxWindows,
                             essentially "`wx-config --cxxflags`"
                             on Linux
WXWINDOWS_INCLUDE_DIR      = where to find "wx/wx.h" and "wx/setup.h"
WXWINDOWS_LINK_DIRECTORIES = link directories, useful for rpath on
                              Unix
WXWINDOWS_DEFINITIONS      = extra defines

OPTIONS If you need OpenGL support please

set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)

in your CMakeLists.txt before you include this file.

HAVE_ISYSTEM      - true required to replace -I by -isystem on g++

For convenience include Use_wxWindows.cmake in your project's CMakeLists.txt using include(${CMAKE_CURRENT_LIST_DIR}/Use_wxWindows.cmake).

USAGE

set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)
find_package(wxWindows)

NOTES wxWidgets 2.6.x is supported for monolithic builds e.g. compiled in wx/build/msw dir as:

nmake -f makefile.vc BUILD=debug SHARED=0 USE_OPENGL=1 MONOLITHIC=1

DEPRECATED

CMAKE_WX_CAN_COMPILE
WXWINDOWS_LIBRARY
CMAKE_WX_CXX_FLAGS
WXWINDOWS_INCLUDE_PATH

AUTHOR Jan Woetzel <http://www.mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~jw> (07/2003-01/2006)

  FindXCTest

Functions to help creating and executing XCTest bundles.

An XCTest bundle is a CFBundle with a special product-type and bundle extension. The Mac Developer Library provides more information in the Testing with Xcode document.

  Module Functions

xctest_add_bundle
    The xctest_add_bundle function creates a XCTest bundle named <target> which will test the target <testee>. Supported target types for testee are Frameworks and App Bundles:

    xctest_add_bundle(
      <target>  # Name of the XCTest bundle
      <testee>  # Target name of the testee
      )

xctest_add_test
    The xctest_add_test function adds an XCTest bundle to the project to be run by ctest(1). The test will be named <name> and tests <bundle>:

    xctest_add_test(
      <name>    # Test name
      <bundle>  # Target name of XCTest bundle
      )

  Module Variables

The following variables are set by including this module:

XCTest_FOUND
    True if the XCTest Framework and executable were found.

XCTest_EXECUTABLE
    The path to the xctest command line tool used to execute XCTest bundles.

XCTest_INCLUDE_DIRS
    The directory containing the XCTest Framework headers.

XCTest_LIBRARIES
    The location of the XCTest Framework.

  FindXalanC

Find the Apache Xalan-C++ XSL transform processor headers and libraries.

  Imported targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

XalanC::XalanC
    The Xalan-C++ xalan-c library, if found.

  Result variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

XalanC_FOUND
    true if the Xalan headers and libraries were found

XalanC_VERSION
    Xalan release version

XalanC_INCLUDE_DIRS
    the directory containing the Xalan headers; note XercesC_INCLUDE_DIRS is also required

XalanC_LIBRARIES
    Xalan libraries to be linked; note XercesC_LIBRARIES is also required

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

XalanC_INCLUDE_DIR
    the directory containing the Xalan headers

XalanC_LIBRARY
    the Xalan library

  FindXercesC

Find the Apache Xerces-C++ validating XML parser headers and libraries.

  Imported targets

This module defines the following IMPORTED targets:

XercesC::XercesC
    The Xerces-C++ xerces-c library, if found.

  Result variables

This module will set the following variables in your project:

XercesC_FOUND
    true if the Xerces headers and libraries were found

XercesC_VERSION
    Xerces release version

XercesC_INCLUDE_DIRS
    the directory containing the Xerces headers

XercesC_LIBRARIES
    Xerces libraries to be linked

  Cache variables

The following cache variables may also be set:

XercesC_INCLUDE_DIR
    the directory containing the Xerces headers

XercesC_LIBRARY
    the Xerces library

  FindX11

Find X11 installation

Try to find X11 on UNIX systems. The following values are defined

X11_FOUND        - True if X11 is available
X11_INCLUDE_DIR  - include directories to use X11
X11_LIBRARIES    - link against these to use X11

and also the following more fine grained variables:

X11_ICE_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_ICE_LIB,        X11_ICE_FOUND
X11_SM_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_SM_LIB,         X11_SM_FOUND
X11_X11_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_X11_LIB
X11_Xaccessrules_INCLUDE_PATH,                     X11_Xaccess_FOUND
X11_Xaccessstr_INCLUDE_PATH,                       X11_Xaccess_FOUND
X11_Xau_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xau_LIB,        X11_Xau_FOUND
X11_Xcomposite_INCLUDE_PATH,   X11_Xcomposite_LIB, X11_Xcomposite_FOUND
X11_Xcursor_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xcursor_LIB,    X11_Xcursor_FOUND
X11_Xdamage_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xdamage_LIB,    X11_Xdamage_FOUND
X11_Xdmcp_INCLUDE_PATH,        X11_Xdmcp_LIB,      X11_Xdmcp_FOUND
X11_Xext_LIB,       X11_Xext_FOUND
X11_dpms_INCLUDE_PATH,         (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_dpms_FOUND
X11_XShm_INCLUDE_PATH,         (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_XShm_FOUND
X11_Xshape_INCLUDE_PATH,       (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_Xshape_FOUND
X11_xf86misc_INCLUDE_PATH,     X11_Xxf86misc_LIB,  X11_xf86misc_FOUND
X11_xf86vmode_INCLUDE_PATH,    X11_Xxf86vm_LIB     X11_xf86vmode_FOUND
X11_Xfixes_INCLUDE_PATH,       X11_Xfixes_LIB,     X11_Xfixes_FOUND
X11_Xft_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xft_LIB,        X11_Xft_FOUND
X11_Xi_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_Xi_LIB,         X11_Xi_FOUND
X11_Xinerama_INCLUDE_PATH,     X11_Xinerama_LIB,   X11_Xinerama_FOUND
X11_Xinput_INCLUDE_PATH,       X11_Xinput_LIB,     X11_Xinput_FOUND
X11_Xkb_INCLUDE_PATH,                              X11_Xkb_FOUND
X11_Xkblib_INCLUDE_PATH,                           X11_Xkb_FOUND
X11_Xkbfile_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xkbfile_LIB,    X11_Xkbfile_FOUND
X11_Xmu_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xmu_LIB,        X11_Xmu_FOUND
X11_Xpm_INCLUDE_PATH,          X11_Xpm_LIB,        X11_Xpm_FOUND
X11_XTest_INCLUDE_PATH,        X11_XTest_LIB,      X11_XTest_FOUND
X11_Xrandr_INCLUDE_PATH,       X11_Xrandr_LIB,     X11_Xrandr_FOUND
X11_Xrender_INCLUDE_PATH,      X11_Xrender_LIB,    X11_Xrender_FOUND
X11_Xscreensaver_INCLUDE_PATH, X11_Xscreensaver_LIB, X11_Xscreensaver_FOUND
X11_Xt_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_Xt_LIB,         X11_Xt_FOUND
X11_Xutil_INCLUDE_PATH,                            X11_Xutil_FOUND
X11_Xv_INCLUDE_PATH,           X11_Xv_LIB,         X11_Xv_FOUND
X11_XSync_INCLUDE_PATH,        (in X11_Xext_LIB),  X11_XSync_FOUND

  FindXMLRPC

Find xmlrpc

Find the native XMLRPC headers and libraries.

XMLRPC_INCLUDE_DIRS      - where to find xmlrpc.h, etc.
XMLRPC_LIBRARIES         - List of libraries when using xmlrpc.
XMLRPC_FOUND             - True if xmlrpc found.

XMLRPC modules may be specified as components for this find module. Modules may be listed by running "xmlrpc-c-config". Modules include:

c++            C++ wrapper code
libwww-client  libwww-based client
cgi-server     CGI-based server
abyss-server   ABYSS-based server

Typical usage:

find_package(XMLRPC REQUIRED libwww-client)

  FindZLIB

Find the native ZLIB includes and library.

  IMPORTED Targets

This module defines IMPORTED target ZLIB::ZLIB, if ZLIB has been found.

  Result Variables

This module defines the following variables:

ZLIB_INCLUDE_DIRS   - where to find zlib.h, etc.
ZLIB_LIBRARIES      - List of libraries when using zlib.
ZLIB_FOUND          - True if zlib found.

ZLIB_VERSION_STRING - The version of zlib found (x.y.z)
ZLIB_VERSION_MAJOR  - The major version of zlib
ZLIB_VERSION_MINOR  - The minor version of zlib
ZLIB_VERSION_PATCH  - The patch version of zlib
ZLIB_VERSION_TWEAK  - The tweak version of zlib

  Backward Compatibility

The following variable are provided for backward compatibility

ZLIB_MAJOR_VERSION  - The major version of zlib
ZLIB_MINOR_VERSION  - The minor version of zlib
ZLIB_PATCH_VERSION  - The patch version of zlib

  Hints

A user may set ZLIB_ROOT to a zlib installation root to tell this module where to look.

  FortranCInterface

Fortran/C Interface Detection

This module automatically detects the API by which C and Fortran languages interact.

  Module Variables

Variables that indicate if the mangling is found:

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_FOUND
    Global subroutines and functions.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_FOUND
    Module subroutines and functions (declared by "MODULE PROCEDURE").

    This module also provides the following variables to specify the detected mangling, though a typical use case does not need to reference them and can use the Module Functions below.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_PREFIX
    Prefix for a global symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SUFFIX
    Suffix for a global symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_CASE
    The case for a global symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__PREFIX
    Prefix for a global symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__SUFFIX
    Suffix for a global symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL__CASE
    The case for a global symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_PREFIX
    Prefix for a module symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_MIDDLE
    Middle of a module symbol without an underscore that appears between the name of the module and the name of the symbol.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_SUFFIX
    Suffix for a module symbol without an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE_CASE
    The case for a module symbol without an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__PREFIX
    Prefix for a module symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__MIDDLE
    Middle of a module symbol with an underscore that appears between the name of the module and the name of the symbol.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__SUFFIX
    Suffix for a module symbol with an underscore.

FortranCInterface_MODULE__CASE
    The case for a module symbol with an underscore, either UPPER or LOWER.

  Module Functions

FortranCInterface_HEADER
    The FortranCInterface_HEADER function is provided to generate a C header file containing macros to mangle symbol names:

    FortranCInterface_HEADER(<file>
                             [MACRO_NAMESPACE <macro-ns>]
                             [SYMBOL_NAMESPACE <ns>]
                             [SYMBOLS [<module>:]<function> ...])

    It generates in <file> definitions of the following macros:

    #define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL (name,NAME) ...
    #define FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_(name,NAME) ...
    #define FortranCInterface_MODULE (mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...
    #define FortranCInterface_MODULE_(mod,name, MOD,NAME) ...

    These macros mangle four categories of Fortran symbols, respectively:

•   Global symbols without '_': call mysub()

•   Global symbols with '_' : call my_sub()

•   Module symbols without '_': use mymod; call mysub()

•   Module symbols with '_' : use mymod; call my_sub()

    If mangling for a category is not known, its macro is left undefined. All macros require raw names in both lower case and upper case.

    The options are:

MACRO_NAMESPACE
    Replace the default FortranCInterface_ prefix with a given namespace <macro-ns>.

SYMBOLS
    List symbols to mangle automatically with C preprocessor definitions:

    <function>          ==> #define <ns><function> ...
    <module>:<function> ==> #define <ns><module>_<function> ...

    If the mangling for some symbol is not known then no preprocessor definition is created, and a warning is displayed.

SYMBOL_NAMESPACE
    Prefix all preprocessor definitions generated by the SYMBOLS option with a given namespace <ns>.

FortranCInterface_VERIFY
    The FortranCInterface_VERIFY function is provided to verify that the Fortran and C/C++ compilers work together:

    FortranCInterface_VERIFY([CXX] [QUIET])

    It tests whether a simple test executable using Fortran and C (and C++ when the CXX option is given) compiles and links successfully. The result is stored in the cache entry FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_C (or FortranCInterface_VERIFIED_CXX if CXX is given) as a boolean. If the check fails and QUIET is not given the function terminates with a fatal error message describing the problem. The purpose of this check is to stop a build early for incompatible compiler combinations. The test is built in the Release configuration.

  Example Usage

include(FortranCInterface)
FortranCInterface_HEADER(FC.h MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_")

This creates a "FC.h" header that defines mangling macros FC_GLOBAL(), FC_GLOBAL_(), FC_MODULE(), and FC_MODULE_().

include(FortranCInterface)
FortranCInterface_HEADER(FCMangle.h
                         MACRO_NAMESPACE "FC_"
                         SYMBOL_NAMESPACE "FC_"
                         SYMBOLS mysub mymod:my_sub)

This creates a "FCMangle.h" header that defines the same FC_*() mangling macros as the previous example plus preprocessor symbols FC_mysub and FC_mymod_my_sub.

  Additional Manglings

FortranCInterface is aware of possible GLOBAL and MODULE manglings for many Fortran compilers, but it also provides an interface to specify new possible manglings. Set the variables:

FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS
FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS

before including FortranCInterface to specify manglings of the symbols MySub, My_Sub, MyModule:MySub, and My_Module:My_Sub. For example, the code:

set(FortranCInterface_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS mysub_ my_sub__ MYSUB_)
  #                                  ^^^^^  ^^^^^^   ^^^^^
set(FortranCInterface_MODULE_SYMBOLS
    __mymodule_MOD_mysub __my_module_MOD_my_sub)
  #   ^^^^^^^^     ^^^^^   ^^^^^^^^^     ^^^^^^
include(FortranCInterface)

tells FortranCInterface to try given GLOBAL and MODULE manglings. (The carets point at raw symbol names for clarity in this example but are not needed.)

  GenerateExportHeader

Function for generation of export macros for libraries

This module provides the function GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER().

The GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER function can be used to generate a file suitable for preprocessor inclusion which contains EXPORT macros to be used in library classes:

GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER( LIBRARY_TARGET
          [BASE_NAME <base_name>]
          [EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <export_macro_name>]
          [EXPORT_FILE_NAME <export_file_name>]
          [DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <deprecated_macro_name>]
          [NO_EXPORT_MACRO_NAME <no_export_macro_name>]
          [INCLUDE_GUARD_NAME <include_guard_name>]
          [STATIC_DEFINE <static_define>]
          [NO_DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME <no_deprecated_macro_name>]
          [DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED]
          [PREFIX_NAME <prefix_name>]
          [CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE <variable>]
)

The target properties CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN can be used to add the appropriate compile flags for targets. See the documentation of those target properties, and the convenience variables CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN.

By default GENERATE_EXPORT_HEADER() generates macro names in a file name determined by the name of the library. This means that in the simplest case, users of GenerateExportHeader will be equivalent to:

set(CMAKE_CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET hidden)
set(CMAKE_VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN 1)
add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib)
install(TARGETS somelib DESTINATION ${LIBRARY_INSTALL_DIR})
install(FILES
 someclass.h
 ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/somelib_export.h DESTINATION ${INCLUDE_INSTALL_DIR}
)

And in the ABI header files:

#include "somelib_export.h"
class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass {
  ...
};

The CMake fragment will generate a file in the ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} called somelib_export.h containing the macros SOMELIB_EXPORT, SOMELIB_NO_EXPORT, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED, SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_EXPORT and SOMELIB_DEPRECATED_NO_EXPORT. They will be followed by content taken from the variable specified by the CUSTOM_CONTENT_FROM_VARIABLE option, if any. The resulting file should be installed with other headers in the library.

The BASE_NAME argument can be used to override the file name and the names used for the macros:

add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib
  BASE_NAME other_name
)

Generates a file called other_name_export.h containing the macros OTHER_NAME_EXPORT, OTHER_NAME_NO_EXPORT and OTHER_NAME_DEPRECATED etc.

The BASE_NAME may be overridden by specifying other options in the function. For example:

add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib
  EXPORT_MACRO_NAME OTHER_NAME_EXPORT
)

creates the macro OTHER_NAME_EXPORT instead of SOMELIB_EXPORT, but other macros and the generated file name is as default:

add_library(somelib someclass.cpp)
generate_export_header(somelib
  DEPRECATED_MACRO_NAME KDE_DEPRECATED
)

creates the macro KDE_DEPRECATED instead of SOMELIB_DEPRECATED.

If LIBRARY_TARGET is a static library, macros are defined without values.

If the same sources are used to create both a shared and a static library, the uppercased symbol ${BASE_NAME}_STATIC_DEFINE should be used when building the static library:

add_library(shared_variant SHARED ${lib_SRCS})
add_library(static_variant ${lib_SRCS})
generate_export_header(shared_variant BASE_NAME libshared_and_static)
set_target_properties(static_variant PROPERTIES
  COMPILE_FLAGS -DLIBSHARED_AND_STATIC_STATIC_DEFINE)

This will cause the export macros to expand to nothing when building the static library.

If DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED is specified, then a macro ${BASE_NAME}_NO_DEPRECATED will be defined This macro can be used to remove deprecated code from preprocessor output:

option(EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED "Exclude deprecated parts of the library" FALSE)
if (EXCLUDE_DEPRECATED)
  set(NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED DEFINE_NO_DEPRECATED)
endif()
generate_export_header(somelib ${NO_BUILD_DEPRECATED})

And then in somelib:

class SOMELIB_EXPORT SomeClass
{
public:
#ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
  SOMELIB_DEPRECATED void oldMethod();
#endif
};

#ifndef SOMELIB_NO_DEPRECATED
void SomeClass::oldMethod() {  }
#endif

If PREFIX_NAME is specified, the argument will be used as a prefix to all generated macros.

For example:

generate_export_header(somelib PREFIX_NAME VTK_)

Generates the macros VTK_SOMELIB_EXPORT etc.

ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS( [<output_variable>] )

The ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS function adds -fvisibility=hidden to CMAKE_CXX_FLAGS if supported, and is a no-op on Windows which does not need extra compiler flags for exporting support. You may optionally pass a single argument to ADD_COMPILER_EXPORT_FLAGS that will be populated with the CXX_FLAGS required to enable visibility support for the compiler/architecture in use.

This function is deprecated. Set the target properties CXX_VISIBILITY_PRESET and VISIBILITY_INLINES_HIDDEN instead.

  GetPrerequisites

Functions to analyze and list executable file prerequisites.

This module provides functions to list the .dll, .dylib or .so files that an executable or shared library file depends on. (Its prerequisites.)

It uses various tools to obtain the list of required shared library files:

dumpbin (Windows)
objdump (MinGW on Windows)
ldd (Linux/Unix)
otool (Mac OSX)

The following functions are provided by this module:

get_prerequisites
list_prerequisites
list_prerequisites_by_glob
gp_append_unique
is_file_executable
gp_item_default_embedded_path
  (projects can override with gp_item_default_embedded_path_override)
gp_resolve_item
  (projects can override with gp_resolve_item_override)
gp_resolved_file_type
  (projects can override with gp_resolved_file_type_override)
gp_file_type

Requires CMake 2.6 or greater because it uses function, break, return and PARENT_SCOPE.

GET_PREREQUISITES(<target> <prerequisites_var> <exclude_system> <recurse>
                  <exepath> <dirs> [<rpaths>])

Get the list of shared library files required by <target>. The list in the variable named <prerequisites_var> should be empty on first entry to this function. On exit, <prerequisites_var> will contain the list of required shared library files.

<target> is the full path to an executable file. <prerequisites_var> is the name of a CMake variable to contain the results. <exclude_system> must be 0 or 1 indicating whether to include or exclude "system" prerequisites. If <recurse> is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0 only direct prerequisites are listed. <exepath> is the path to the top level executable used for @executable_path replacment on the Mac. <dirs> is a list of paths where libraries might be found: these paths are searched first when a target without any path info is given. Then standard system locations are also searched: PATH, Framework locations, /usr/lib...

LIST_PREREQUISITES(<target> [<recurse> [<exclude_system> [<verbose>]]])

Print a message listing the prerequisites of <target>.

<target> is the name of a shared library or executable target or the full path to a shared library or executable file. If <recurse> is set to 1 all prerequisites will be found recursively, if set to 0 only direct prerequisites are listed. <exclude_system> must be 0 or 1 indicating whether to include or exclude "system" prerequisites. With <verbose> set to 0 only the full path names of the prerequisites are printed, set to 1 extra informatin will be displayed.

LIST_PREREQUISITES_BY_GLOB(<glob_arg> <glob_exp>)

Print the prerequisites of shared library and executable files matching a globbing pattern. <glob_arg> is GLOB or GLOB_RECURSE and <glob_exp> is a globbing expression used with "file(GLOB" or "file(GLOB_RECURSE" to retrieve a list of matching files. If a matching file is executable, its prerequisites are listed.

Any additional (optional) arguments provided are passed along as the optional arguments to the list_prerequisites calls.

GP_APPEND_UNIQUE(<list_var> <value>)

Append <value> to the list variable <list_var> only if the value is not already in the list.

IS_FILE_EXECUTABLE(<file> <result_var>)

Return 1 in <result_var> if <file> is a binary executable, 0 otherwise.

GP_ITEM_DEFAULT_EMBEDDED_PATH(<item> <default_embedded_path_var>)

Return the path that others should refer to the item by when the item is embedded inside a bundle.

Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_item_default_embedded_path_override function.

GP_RESOLVE_ITEM(<context> <item> <exepath> <dirs> <resolved_item_var>
                [<rpaths>])

Resolve an item into an existing full path file.

Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolve_item_override function.

GP_RESOLVED_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <exepath> <dirs> <type_var>
                      [<rpaths>])

Return the type of <file> with respect to <original_file>. String describing type of prerequisite is returned in variable named <type_var>.

Use <exepath> and <dirs> if necessary to resolve non-absolute <file> values -- but only for non-embedded items.

Possible types are:

system
local
embedded
other

Override on a per-project basis by providing a project-specific gp_resolved_file_type_override function.

GP_FILE_TYPE(<original_file> <file> <type_var>)

Return the type of <file> with respect to <original_file>. String describing type of prerequisite is returned in variable named <type_var>.

Possible types are:

system
local
embedded
other

  GNUInstallDirs

Define GNU standard installation directories

Provides install directory variables as defined by the GNU Coding Standards.

  Result Variables

Inclusion of this module defines the following variables:

CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> Destination for files of a given type. This value may be passed to the DESTINATION options of install() commands for the corresponding file type.

CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> The absolute path generated from the corresponding CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> value. If the value is not already an absolute path, an absolute path is constructed typically by prepending the value of the CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX variable. However, there are some special cases as documented below.

where <dir> is one of:

BINDIR
    user executables (bin)

SBINDIR
    system admin executables (sbin)

LIBEXECDIR
    program executables (libexec)

SYSCONFDIR
    read-only single-machine data (etc)

SHAREDSTATEDIR
    modifiable architecture-independent data (com)

LOCALSTATEDIR
    modifiable single-machine data (var)

RUNSTATEDIR
    run-time variable data (LOCALSTATEDIR/run)

LIBDIR
    object code libraries (lib or lib64 or lib/<multiarch-tuple> on Debian)

INCLUDEDIR
    C header files (include)

OLDINCLUDEDIR
    C header files for non-gcc (/usr/include)

DATAROOTDIR
    read-only architecture-independent data root (share)

DATADIR
    read-only architecture-independent data (DATAROOTDIR)

INFODIR
    info documentation (DATAROOTDIR/info)

LOCALEDIR
    locale-dependent data (DATAROOTDIR/locale)

MANDIR
    man documentation (DATAROOTDIR/man)

DOCDIR
    documentation root (DATAROOTDIR/doc/PROJECT_NAME)

    If the includer does not define a value the above-shown default will be used and the value will appear in the cache for editing by the user.

  Special Cases

The following values of CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX are special:

/ For <dir> other than the SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR and RUNSTATEDIR, the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> is prefixed with usr/ if it is not user-specified as an absolute path. For example, the INCLUDEDIR value include becomes usr/include. This is required by the GNU Coding Standards, which state: When building the complete GNU system, the prefix will be empty and /usr will be a symbolic link to /.

/usr For <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is computed by prepending just / to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute path. For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes /etc. This is required by the GNU Coding Standards.

/opt/... For <dir> equal to SYSCONFDIR, LOCALSTATEDIR or RUNSTATEDIR, the CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> is computed by appending the prefix to the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_<dir> if it is not user-specified as an absolute path. For example, the SYSCONFDIR value etc becomes /etc/opt/.... This is defined by the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard.

  Macros

GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir

    GNUInstallDirs_get_absolute_install_dir(absvar var)

    Set the given variable absvar to the absolute path contained within the variable var. This is to allow the computation of an absolute path, accounting for all the special cases documented above. While this macro is used to compute the various CMAKE_INSTALL_FULL_<dir> variables, it is exposed publicly to allow users who create additional path variables to also compute absolute paths where necessary, using the same logic.

  GoogleTest

This module defines functions to help use the Google Test infrastructure. Two mechanisms for adding tests are provided. gtest_add_tests() has been around for some time, originally via find_package(GTest). gtest_discover_tests() was introduced in CMake 3.10.

The (older) gtest_add_tests() scans source files to identify tests. This is usually effective, with some caveats, including in cross-compiling environments, and makes setting additional properties on tests more convenient. However, its handling of parameterized tests is less comprehensive, and it requires re-running CMake to detect changes to the list of tests.

The (newer) gtest_discover_tests() discovers tests by asking the compiled test executable to enumerate its tests. This is more robust and provides better handling of parameterized tests, and does not require CMake to be re-run when tests change. However, it may not work in a cross-compiling environment, and setting test properties is less convenient.

More details can be found in the documentation of the respective functions.

Both commands are intended to replace use of add_test() to register tests, and will create a separate CTest test for each Google Test test case. Note that this is in some cases less efficient, as common set-up and tear-down logic cannot be shared by multiple test cases executing in the same instance. However, it provides more fine-grained pass/fail information to CTest, which is usually considered as more beneficial. By default, the CTest test name is the same as the Google Test name (i.e. suite.testcase); see also TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX.

gtest_add_tests
    Automatically add tests with CTest by scanning source code for Google Test macros:

    gtest_add_tests(TARGET target
                    [SOURCES src1...]
                    [EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
                    [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
                    [TEST_PREFIX prefix]
                    [TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
                    [SKIP_DEPENDENCY]
                    [TEST_LIST outVar]
    )

    gtest_add_tests attempts to identify tests by scanning source files. Although this is generally effective, it uses only a basic regular expression match, which can be defeated by atypical test declarations, and is unable to fully "split" parameterized tests. Additionally, it requires that CMake be re-run to discover any newly added, removed or renamed tests (by default, this means that CMake is re-run when any test source file is changed, but see SKIP_DEPENDENCY). However, it has the advantage of declaring tests at CMake time, which somewhat simplifies setting additional properties on tests, and always works in a cross-compiling environment.

    The options are:

TARGET target
    Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target. CMake will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

SOURCES src1...
    When provided, only the listed files will be scanned for test cases. If this option is not given, the SOURCES property of the specified target will be used to obtain the list of sources.

EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
    Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
    Specifies the directory in which to run the discovered test cases. If this option is not provided, the current binary directory is used.

TEST_PREFIX prefix
    Specifies a prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case. This can be useful when the same source files are being used in multiple calls to gtest_add_test() but with different EXTRA_ARGS.

TEST_SUFFIX suffix
    Similar to TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every discovered test case. Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

SKIP_DEPENDENCY
    Normally, the function creates a dependency which will cause CMake to be re-run if any of the sources being scanned are changed. This is to ensure that the list of discovered tests is updated. If this behavior is not desired (as may be the case while actually writing the test cases), this option can be used to prevent the dependency from being added.

TEST_LIST outVar
    The variable named by outVar will be populated in the calling scope with the list of discovered test cases. This allows the caller to do things like manipulate test properties of the discovered tests.

    include(GoogleTest)
    add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
    gtest_add_tests(TARGET      FooTest
                    TEST_SUFFIX .noArgs
                    TEST_LIST   noArgsTests
    )
    gtest_add_tests(TARGET      FooTest
                    EXTRA_ARGS  --someArg someValue
                    TEST_SUFFIX .withArgs
                    TEST_LIST   withArgsTests
    )
    set_tests_properties(${noArgsTests}   PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 10)
    set_tests_properties(${withArgsTests} PROPERTIES TIMEOUT 20)

    For backward compatibility, the following form is also supported:

    gtest_add_tests(exe args files...)

exe The path to the test executable or the name of a CMake target.

args
    A ;-list of extra arguments to be passed to executable. The entire list must be passed as a single argument. Enclose it in quotes, or pass "" for no arguments.

files...
    A list of source files to search for tests and test fixtures. Alternatively, use AUTO to specify that exe is the name of a CMake executable target whose sources should be scanned.

    include(GoogleTest)
    set(FooTestArgs --foo 1 --bar 2)
    add_executable(FooTest FooUnitTest.cxx)
    gtest_add_tests(FooTest "${FooTestArgs}" AUTO)

gtest_discover_tests
    Automatically add tests with CTest by querying the compiled test executable for available tests:

    gtest_discover_tests(target
                         [EXTRA_ARGS arg1...]
                         [WORKING_DIRECTORY dir]
                         [TEST_PREFIX prefix]
                         [TEST_SUFFIX suffix]
                         [NO_PRETTY_TYPES] [NO_PRETTY_VALUES]
                         [PROPERTIES name1 value1...]
                         [TEST_LIST var]
                         [DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT seconds]
    )

    gtest_discover_tests sets up a post-build command on the test executable that generates the list of tests by parsing the output from running the test with the --gtest_list_tests argument. Compared to the source parsing approach of gtest_add_tests(), this ensures that the full list of tests, including instantiations of parameterized tests, is obtained. Since test discovery occurs at build time, it is not necessary to re-run CMake when the list of tests changes. However, it requires that CROSSCOMPILING_EMULATOR is properly set in order to function in a cross-compiling environment.

    Additionally, setting properties on tests is somewhat less convenient, since the tests are not available at CMake time. Additional test properties may be assigned to the set of tests as a whole using the PROPERTIES option. If more fine-grained test control is needed, custom content may be provided through an external CTest script using the TEST_INCLUDE_FILES directory property. The set of discovered tests is made accessible to such a script via the <target>_TESTS variable.

    The options are:

target
    Specifies the Google Test executable, which must be a known CMake executable target. CMake will substitute the location of the built executable when running the test.

EXTRA_ARGS arg1...
    Any extra arguments to pass on the command line to each test case.

WORKING_DIRECTORY dir
    Specifies the directory in which to run the discovered test cases. If this option is not provided, the current binary directory is used.

TEST_PREFIX prefix
    Specifies a prefix to be prepended to the name of each discovered test case. This can be useful when the same test executable is being used in multiple calls to gtest_discover_tests() but with different EXTRA_ARGS.

TEST_SUFFIX suffix
    Similar to TEST_PREFIX except the suffix is appended to the name of every discovered test case. Both TEST_PREFIX and TEST_SUFFIX may be specified.

NO_PRETTY_TYPES
    By default, the type index of type-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual type name in the CTest test name. If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the type names are unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

NO_PRETTY_VALUES
    By default, the value index of value-parameterized tests is replaced by the actual value in the CTest test name. If this behavior is undesirable (e.g. because the value strings are unwieldy), this option will suppress this behavior.

PROPERTIES name1 value1...
    Specifies additional properties to be set on all tests discovered by this invocation of gtest_discover_tests.

TEST_LIST var
    Make the list of tests available in the variable var, rather than the default <target>_TESTS. This can be useful when the same test executable is being used in multiple calls to gtest_discover_tests(). Note that this variable is only available in CTest.

DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT num
    Specifies how long (in seconds) CMake will wait for the test to enumerate available tests. If the test takes longer than this, discovery (and your build) will fail. Most test executables will enumerate their tests very quickly, but under some exceptional circumstances, a test may require a longer timeout. The default is 5. See also the TIMEOUT option of execute_process().

    NOTE: In CMake versions 3.10.1 and 3.10.2, this option was called TIMEOUT. This clashed with the TIMEOUT test property, which is one of the common properties that would be set with the PROPERTIES keyword, usually leading to legal but unintended behavior. The keyword was changed to DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT in CMake 3.10.3 to address this problem. The ambiguous behavior of the TIMEOUT keyword in 3.10.1 and 3.10.2 has not been preserved.

  InstallRequiredSystemLibraries

Include this module to search for compiler-provided system runtime libraries and add install rules for them. Some optional variables may be set prior to including the module to adjust behavior:

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS
    Specify additional runtime libraries that may not be detected. After inclusion any detected libraries will be appended to this.

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_SKIP
    Set to TRUE to skip calling the install(PROGRAMS) command to allow the includer to specify its own install rule, using the value of CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS to get the list of libraries.

CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES
    Set to TRUE to install the debug runtime libraries when available with MSVC tools.

CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES_ONLY
    Set to TRUE to install only the debug runtime libraries with MSVC tools even if the release runtime libraries are also available.

CMAKE_INSTALL_UCRT_LIBRARIES
    Set to TRUE to install the Windows Universal CRT libraries for app-local deployment (e.g. to Windows XP). This is meaningful only with MSVC from Visual Studio 2015 or higher.

    One may set a CMAKE_WINDOWS_KITS_10_DIR environment variable to an absolute path to tell CMake to look for Windows 10 SDKs in a custom location. The specified directory is expected to contain Redist/ucrt/DLLs/* directories.

CMAKE_INSTALL_MFC_LIBRARIES
    Set to TRUE to install the MSVC MFC runtime libraries.

CMAKE_INSTALL_OPENMP_LIBRARIES
    Set to TRUE to install the MSVC OpenMP runtime libraries

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_DESTINATION
    Specify the install(PROGRAMS) command DESTINATION option. If not specified, the default is bin on Windows and lib elsewhere.

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_LIBS_NO_WARNINGS
    Set to TRUE to disable warnings about required library files that do not exist. (For example, Visual Studio Express editions may not provide the redistributable files.)

CMAKE_INSTALL_SYSTEM_RUNTIME_COMPONENT
    Specify the install(PROGRAMS) command COMPONENT option. If not specified, no such option will be used.

  MacroAddFileDependencies

MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<_file> depend_files...)

Using the macro MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES() is discouraged. There are usually better ways to specify the correct dependencies.

MACRO_ADD_FILE_DEPENDENCIES(<_file> depend_files...) is just a convenience wrapper around the OBJECT_DEPENDS source file property. You can just use set_property(SOURCE <file> APPEND PROPERTY OBJECT_DEPENDS depend_files) instead.

  ProcessorCount

ProcessorCount(var)

Determine the number of processors/cores and save value in ${var}

Sets the variable named ${var} to the number of physical cores available on the machine if the information can be determined. Otherwise it is set to 0. Currently this functionality is implemented for AIX, cygwin, FreeBSD, HPUX, IRIX, Linux, Mac OS X, QNX, Sun and Windows.

This function is guaranteed to return a positive integer (>=1) if it succeeds. It returns 0 if there's a problem determining the processor count.

Example use, in a ctest -S dashboard script:

include(ProcessorCount)
ProcessorCount(N)
if(NOT N EQUAL 0)
  set(CTEST_BUILD_FLAGS -j${N})
  set(ctest_test_args ${ctest_test_args} PARALLEL_LEVEL ${N})
endif()

This function is intended to offer an approximation of the value of the number of compute cores available on the current machine, such that you may use that value for parallel building and parallel testing. It is meant to help utilize as much of the machine as seems reasonable. Of course, knowledge of what else might be running on the machine simultaneously should be used when deciding whether to request a machine's full capacity all for yourself.

  SelectLibraryConfigurations

select_library_configurations( basename )

This macro takes a library base name as an argument, and will choose good values for basename_LIBRARY, basename_LIBRARIES, basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG, and basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE depending on what has been found and set. If only basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE is defined, basename_LIBRARY will be set to the release value, and basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG will be set to basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG-NOTFOUND. If only basename_LIBRARY_DEBUG is defined, then basename_LIBRARY will take the debug value, and basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE will be set to basename_LIBRARY_RELEASE-NOTFOUND.

If the generator supports configuration types, then basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will be set with debug and optimized flags specifying the library to be used for the given configuration. If no build type has been set or the generator in use does not support configuration types, then basename_LIBRARY and basename_LIBRARIES will take only the release value, or the debug value if the release one is not set.

  SquishTestScript

This script launches a GUI test using Squish. You should not call the script directly; instead, you should access it via the SQUISH_ADD_TEST macro that is defined in FindSquish.cmake.

This script starts the Squish server, launches the test on the client, and finally stops the squish server. If any of these steps fail (including if the tests do not pass) then a fatal error is raised.

  TestBigEndian

Define macro to determine endian type

Check if the system is big endian or little endian

TEST_BIG_ENDIAN(VARIABLE)
VARIABLE - variable to store the result to

  TestCXXAcceptsFlag

Deprecated. See CheckCXXCompilerFlag.

Check if the CXX compiler accepts a flag.

CHECK_CXX_ACCEPTS_FLAG(<flags> <variable>)

<flags>
    the flags to try

<variable>
    variable to store the result

  TestForANSIForScope

Check for ANSI for scope support

Check if the compiler restricts the scope of variables declared in a for-init-statement to the loop body.

CMAKE_NO_ANSI_FOR_SCOPE - holds result

  TestForANSIStreamHeaders

Test for compiler support of ANSI stream headers iostream, etc.

check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI iostream header (without the .h)

CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STREAM_HEADERS - defined by the results

  TestForSSTREAM

Test for compiler support of ANSI sstream header

check if the compiler supports the standard ANSI sstream header

CMAKE_NO_ANSI_STRING_STREAM - defined by the results

  TestForSTDNamespace

Test for std:: namespace support

check if the compiler supports std:: on stl classes

CMAKE_NO_STD_NAMESPACE - defined by the results

  UseEcos

This module defines variables and macros required to build eCos application.

This file contains the following macros: ECOS_ADD_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES() - add the eCos include dirs ECOS_ADD_EXECUTABLE(name source1 ... sourceN ) - create an eCos executable ECOS_ADJUST_DIRECTORY(VAR source1 ... sourceN ) - adjusts the path of the source files and puts the result into VAR

Macros for selecting the toolchain: ECOS_USE_ARM_ELF_TOOLS() - enable the ARM ELF toolchain for the directory where it is called ECOS_USE_I386_ELF_TOOLS() - enable the i386 ELF toolchain for the directory where it is called ECOS_USE_PPC_EABI_TOOLS() - enable the PowerPC toolchain for the directory where it is called

It contains the following variables: ECOS_DEFINITIONS ECOSCONFIG_EXECUTABLE ECOS_CONFIG_FILE - defaults to ecos.ecc, if your eCos configuration file has a different name, adjust this variable for internal use only:

ECOS_ADD_TARGET_LIB

  UseJavaClassFilelist

This script create a list of compiled Java class files to be added to a jar file. This avoids including cmake files which get created in the binary directory.

  UseJava

Use Module for Java

This file provides functions for Java. It is assumed that FindJava.cmake has already been loaded. See FindJava.cmake for information on how to load Java into your CMake project.

add_jar(target_name
        [SOURCES] source1 [source2 ...] [resource1 ...]
        [INCLUDE_JARS jar1 [jar2 ...]]
        [ENTRY_POINT entry]
        [VERSION version]
        [OUTPUT_NAME name]
        [OUTPUT_DIR dir]
        [GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS target [DESTINATION dir]]
        )

This command creates a <target_name>.jar. It compiles the given source files (source) and adds the given resource files (resource) to the jar file. Source files can be java files or listing files (prefixed by '@'). If only resource files are given then just a jar file is created. The list of include jars are added to the classpath when compiling the java sources and also to the dependencies of the target. INCLUDE_JARS also accepts other target names created by add_jar. For backwards compatibility, jar files listed as sources are ignored (as they have been since the first version of this module).

The default OUTPUT_DIR can also be changed by setting the variable CMAKE_JAVA_TARGET_OUTPUT_DIR.

Optionally, using option GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS, native header files can be generated for methods declared as native. These files provide the connective glue that allow your Java and C code to interact. An INTERFACE target will be created for an easy usage of generated files. Sub-option DESTINATION can be used to specify output directory for generated header files.

GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS option requires, at least, version 1.8 of the JDK.

Additional instructions:

To add compile flags to the target you can set these flags with
the following variable:

set(CMAKE_JAVA_COMPILE_FLAGS -nowarn)

To add a path or a jar file to the class path you can do this
with the CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH variable.

set(CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH /usr/share/java/shibboleet.jar)

To use a different output name for the target you can set it with:

add_jar(foobar foobar.java OUTPUT_NAME shibboleet.jar)

To use a different output directory than CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR
you can set it with:

add_jar(foobar foobar.java OUTPUT_DIR ${PROJECT_BINARY_DIR}/bin)

To define an entry point in your jar you can set it with the ENTRY_POINT
named argument:

add_jar(example ENTRY_POINT com/examples/MyProject/Main)

To define a custom manifest for the jar, you can set it with the manifest
named argument:

add_jar(example MANIFEST /path/to/manifest)

To add a VERSION to the target output name you can set it using
the VERSION named argument to add_jar. This will create a jar file with the
name shibboleet-1.0.0.jar and will create a symlink shibboleet.jar
pointing to the jar with the version information.

add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)

If the target is a JNI library, utilize the following commands to
create a JNI symbolic link:

set(CMAKE_JNI_TARGET TRUE)
add_jar(shibboleet shibbotleet.java VERSION 1.2.0)
install_jar(shibboleet ${LIB_INSTALL_DIR}/shibboleet)
install_jni_symlink(shibboleet ${JAVA_LIB_INSTALL_DIR})

If a single target needs to produce more than one jar from its
java source code, to prevent the accumulation of duplicate class
files in subsequent jars, set/reset CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX prior
to calling the add_jar() function:

set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/foo)
add_jar(foo foo.java)

set(CMAKE_JAR_CLASSES_PREFIX com/redhat/bar)
add_jar(bar bar.java)

For an optimum usage of option GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS, it is recommended to
include module JNI before any call to add_jar. The produced target for native
headers can then be used to compile C/C++ sources with command
target_link_libraries.

find_package(JNI)
add_jar(foo foo.java GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS foo-native)
add_library(bar bar.cpp)
target_link_libraries(bar PRIVATE foo-native)

Target Properties:

The add_jar() function sets some target properties. You can get these
properties with the
   get_property(TARGET <target_name> PROPERTY <propery_name>)
command.

INSTALL_FILES      The files which should be installed. This is used by
                   install_jar().
JNI_SYMLINK        The JNI symlink which should be installed.
                   This is used by install_jni_symlink().
JAR_FILE           The location of the jar file so that you can include
                   it.
CLASSDIR           The directory where the class files can be found. For
                   example to use them with javah.

find_jar(<VAR>
         name | NAMES name1 [name2 ...]
         [PATHS path1 [path2 ... ENV var]]
         [VERSIONS version1 [version2]]
         [DOC "cache documentation string"]
         )

This command is used to find a full path to the named jar. A cache entry named by <VAR> is created to stor the result of this command. If the full path to a jar is found the result is stored in the variable and the search will not repeated unless the variable is cleared. If nothing is found, the result will be <VAR>-NOTFOUND, and the search will be attempted again next time find_jar is invoked with the same variable. The name of the full path to a file that is searched for is specified by the names listed after NAMES argument. Additional search locations can be specified after the PATHS argument. If you require special a version of a jar file you can specify it with the VERSIONS argument. The argument after DOC will be used for the documentation string in the cache.

install_jar(target_name destination)
install_jar(target_name DESTINATION destination [COMPONENT component])

This command installs the TARGET_NAME files to the given DESTINATION. It should be called in the same scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

Target Properties:

The install_jar() function sets the INSTALL_DESTINATION target property
on jars so installed. This property holds the DESTINATION as described
above, and is used by install_jar_exports(). You can get this property
with the
   get_property(TARGET <target_name> PROPERTY INSTALL_DESTINATION)
command.

install_jni_symlink(target_name destination)
install_jni_symlink(target_name DESTINATION destination [COMPONENT component])

This command installs the TARGET_NAME JNI symlinks to the given DESTINATION. It should be called in the same scope as add_jar() or it will fail.

install_jar_exports(TARGETS jars...
                    [NAMESPACE <namespace>]
                    FILE <filename>
                    DESTINATION <dir> [COMPONENT <component>])

This command installs a target export file <filename> for the named jar targets to the given DESTINATION. Its function is similar to that of install(EXPORTS ...).

export_jars(TARGETS jars...
            [NAMESPACE <namespace>]
            FILE <filename>)

This command writes a target export file <filename> for the named jar targets. Its function is similar to that of export(...).

create_javadoc(<VAR>
               PACKAGES pkg1 [pkg2 ...]
               [SOURCEPATH <sourcepath>]
               [CLASSPATH <classpath>]
               [INSTALLPATH <install path>]
               [DOCTITLE "the documentation title"]
               [WINDOWTITLE "the title of the document"]
               [AUTHOR TRUE|FALSE]
               [USE TRUE|FALSE]
               [VERSION TRUE|FALSE]
               )

Create java documentation based on files or packages. For more details please read the javadoc manpage.

There are two main signatures for create_javadoc. The first signature works with package names on a path with source files:

Example:
create_javadoc(my_example_doc
  PACKAGES com.example.foo com.example.bar
  SOURCEPATH "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}"
  CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
  WINDOWTITLE "My example"
  DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
  AUTHOR TRUE
  USE TRUE
  VERSION TRUE
)

The second signature for create_javadoc works on a given list of files.

create_javadoc(<VAR>
               FILES file1 [file2 ...]
               [CLASSPATH <classpath>]
               [INSTALLPATH <install path>]
               [DOCTITLE "the documentation title"]
               [WINDOWTITLE "the title of the document"]
               [AUTHOR TRUE|FALSE]
               [USE TRUE|FALSE]
               [VERSION TRUE|FALSE]
              )

Example:

create_javadoc(my_example_doc
  FILES ${example_SRCS}
  CLASSPATH ${CMAKE_JAVA_INCLUDE_PATH}
  WINDOWTITLE "My example"
  DOCTITLE "<h1>My example</h1>"
  AUTHOR TRUE
  USE TRUE
  VERSION TRUE
)

Both signatures share most of the options. These options are the same as what you can find in the javadoc manpage. Please look at the manpage for CLASSPATH, DOCTITLE, WINDOWTITLE, AUTHOR, USE and VERSION.

The documentation will be by default installed to

${CMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX}/share/javadoc/<VAR>

if you don't set the INSTALLPATH.

create_javah(TARGET <target>
             GENERATED_FILES <VAR>
             CLASSES <class>...
             [CLASSPATH <classpath>...]
             [DEPENDS <depend>...]
             [OUTPUT_NAME <path>|OUTPUT_DIR <path>]
             )

Create C header files from java classes. These files provide the connective glue that allow your Java and C code to interact.

This command will no longer be supported starting with version 10 of the JDK due to the suppression of javah tool. Command add_jar(GENERATE_NATIVE_HEADERS) must be used instead.

There are two main signatures for create_javah. The first signature returns generated files through variable specified by GENERATED_FILES option:

Example:
Create_javah(GENERATED_FILES files_headers
  CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
  CLASSPATH hello.jar
)

The second signature for create_javah creates a target which encapsulates header files generation.

Example:
Create_javah(TARGET target_headers
  CLASSES org.cmake.HelloWorld
  CLASSPATH hello.jar
)

Both signatures share same options.

CLASSES <class>...
    Specifies Java classes used to generate headers.

CLASSPATH <classpath>...
    Specifies various paths to look up classes. Here .class files, jar files or targets created by command add_jar can be used.

DEPENDS <depend>...
    Targets on which the javah target depends

OUTPUT_NAME <path>
    Concatenates the resulting header files for all the classes listed by option CLASSES into <path>. Same behavior as option '-o' of javah tool.

OUTPUT_DIR <path>
    Sets the directory where the header files will be generated. Same behavior as option '-d' of javah tool. If not specified, ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR} is used as output directory.

  UseJavaSymlinks

Helper script for UseJava.cmake

  UsePkgConfig

Obsolete pkg-config module for CMake, use FindPkgConfig instead.

This module defines the following macro:

PKGCONFIG(package includedir libdir linkflags cflags)

Calling PKGCONFIG will fill the desired information into the 4 given arguments, e.g. PKGCONFIG(libart-2.0 LIBART_INCLUDE_DIR LIBART_LINK_DIR LIBART_LINK_FLAGS LIBART_CFLAGS) if pkg-config was NOT found or the specified software package doesn't exist, the variable will be empty when the function returns, otherwise they will contain the respective information

  UseSWIG

This file provides support for SWIG. It is assumed that FindSWIG module has already been loaded.

Defines the following command for use with SWIG:

swig_add_library
    Define swig module with given name and specified language:

    swig_add_library(<name>
                     [TYPE <SHARED|MODULE|STATIC|USE_BUILD_SHARED_LIBS>]
                     LANGUAGE <language>
                     [NO_PROXY]
                     [OUTPUT_DIR <directory>]
                     [OUTFILE_DIR <directory>]
                     SOURCES <file>...
                    )

    Targets created with the swig_add_library command have the same capabilities as targets created with the add_library() command, so those targets can be used with any command expecting a target (e.g. target_link_libraries()).

    NOTE: The variable SWIG_MODULE_<name>_REAL_NAME will be set to the name of the swig module target library. This variable is useless if variable UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE is set to STANDARD.

    NOTE: For multi-config generators, this module does not support configuration-specific files generated by SWIG. All build configurations must result in the same generated source file.

TYPE
    SHARED, MODULE and STATIC have the same semantic as for the add_library() command. If USE_BUILD_SHARED_LIBS is specified, the library type will be STATIC or SHARED based on whether the current value of the BUILD_SHARED_LIBS variable is ON. If no type is specified, MODULE will be used.

LANGUAGE
    Specify the target language.

NO_PROXY
    Prevent the generation of the wrapper layer (swig -noproxy option).

OUTPUT_DIR
    Specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option). If not given, the CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR variable will be used. If neither is specified, the default depends on the value of the UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION variable as follows:

•   If UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION is 1 or is undefined, output is written to the CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR directory.

•   If UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION is 2, a dedicated directory will be used. The path of this directory can be retrieved from the SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY target property.

OUTFILE_DIR
    Specify an output directory name where the generated source file will be placed (swig -o option). If not specified, the SWIG_OUTFILE_DIR variable will be used. If neither is specified, OUTPUT_DIR or CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR is used instead.

SOURCES
    List of sources for the library. Files with extension .i will be identified as sources for the SWIG tool. Other files will be handled in the standard way.

    NOTE: If UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION is set to 2, it is strongly recommended to use a dedicated directory unique to the target when either the OUTPUT_DIR option or the CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR variable are specified. The output directory contents are erased as part of the target build, so to prevent interference between targets or losing other important files, each target should have its own dedicated output directory.

swig_link_libraries
    Link libraries to swig module:

    swig_link_libraries(<name> <item>...)

    This command has same capabilities as target_link_libraries() command.

    NOTE: If variable UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE is set to STANDARD, this command is deprecated and target_link_libraries() command must be used instead.

    Source file properties on module files must be set before the invocation of the swig_add_library command to specify special behavior of SWIG and ensure generated files will receive the required settings.

CPLUSPLUS
    Call SWIG in c++ mode. For example:

    set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY CPLUSPLUS ON)
    swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)

INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS
    Add custom flags to SWIG compiler and have same semantic as properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS.

GENERATED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, GENERATED_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and GENERATED_COMPILE_OPTIONS
    Add custom flags to the C/C++ generated source. They will fill, respectively, properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS of generated C/C++ file.

DEPENDS
    Specify additional dependencies to the source file.

SWIG_MODULE_NAME
    Specify the actual import name of the module in the target language. This is required if it cannot be scanned automatically from source or different from the module file basename. For example:

    set_property(SOURCE mymod.i PROPERTY SWIG_MODULE_NAME mymod_realname)

    Target library properties can be set to apply same configuration to all SWIG input files.

SWIG_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, SWIG_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and SWIG_COMPILE_OPTIONS
    These properties will be applied to all SWIG input files and have same semantic as target properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_OPTIONS.

    set (UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE STANDARD)
    swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)
    set_property(TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS MY_DEF1 MY_DEF2)
    set_property(TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_COMPILE_OPTIONS -bla -blb)

SWIG_GENERATED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, SWIG_GENERATED_COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and SWIG_GENERATED_COMPILE_OPTIONS
    These properties will populate, respectively, properties INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES, COMPILE_DEFINITIONS and COMPILE_FLAGS of all generated C/C++ files.

SWIG_DEPENDS
    Add dependencies to all SWIG input files.

    The following target properties are output properties and can be used to get information about support files generated by SWIG interface compilation.

SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES
    This output property list of wrapper files generated during SWIG compilation.

    set (UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE STANDARD)
    swig_add_library(mymod LANGUAGE python SOURCES mymod.i)
    get_property(support_files TARGET mymod PROPERTY SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES)

    NOTE: Only most principal support files are listed. In case some advanced features of SWIG are used (for example %template), associated support files may not be listed. Prefer to use the SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY property to handle support files.

SWIG_SUPPORT_FILES_DIRECTORY
    This output property specifies the directory where support files will be generated.

    Some variables can be set to customize the behavior of swig_add_library as well as SWIG:

UseSWIG_TARGET_NAME_PREFERENCE
    Specify target name strategy.

•   Set to LEGACY or undefined: legacy strategy is applied. Variable SWIG_MODULE_<name>_REAL_NAME must be used to get real target name.

•   Set to STANDARD: target name matches specified name.

UseSWIG_MODULE_VERSION
    Specify different behaviors for UseSWIG module.

•   Set to 1 or undefined: Legacy behavior is applied.

•   Set to 2: A new strategy is applied regarding support files: the output directory of support files is erased before SWIG interface compilation.

CMAKE_SWIG_FLAGS
    Add flags to all swig calls.

CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR
    Specify where to write the language specific files (swig -outdir option).

SWIG_OUTFILE_DIR
    Specify an output directory name where the generated source file will be placed. If not specified, CMAKE_SWIG_OUTDIR is used.

SWIG_MODULE_<name>_EXTRA_DEPS
    Specify extra dependencies for the generated module for <name>.

  UsewxWidgets

Convenience include for using wxWidgets library.

Determines if wxWidgets was FOUND and sets the appropriate libs, incdirs, flags, etc. INCLUDE_DIRECTORIES and LINK_DIRECTORIES are called.

USAGE

# Note that for MinGW users the order of libs is important!
find_package(wxWidgets REQUIRED net gl core base)
include(${wxWidgets_USE_FILE})
# and for each of your dependent executable/library targets:
target_link_libraries(<YourTarget> ${wxWidgets_LIBRARIES})

DEPRECATED

LINK_LIBRARIES is not called in favor of adding dependencies per target.

AUTHOR

Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de>

  Use_wxWindows

This convenience include finds if wxWindows is installed and set the appropriate libs, incdirs, flags etc. author Jan Woetzel <jw -at- mip.informatik.uni-kiel.de> (07/2003)

USAGE:

just include Use_wxWindows.cmake
in your projects CMakeLists.txt

include( ${CMAKE_MODULE_PATH}/Use_wxWindows.cmake)

if you are sure you need GL then

set(WXWINDOWS_USE_GL 1)

*before* you include this file.

  WriteBasicConfigVersionFile

WRITE_BASIC_CONFIG_VERSION_FILE( filename
  [VERSION major.minor.patch]
  COMPATIBILITY (AnyNewerVersion|SameMajorVersion|SameMinorVersion|ExactVersion)
  )

Deprecated, see WRITE_BASIC_PACKAGE_VERSION_FILE(), it is identical.

  WriteCompilerDetectionHeader

This module provides the function write_compiler_detection_header().

The WRITE_COMPILER_DETECTION_HEADER function can be used to generate a file suitable for preprocessor inclusion which contains macros to be used in source code:

write_compiler_detection_header(
          FILE <file>
          PREFIX <prefix>
          [OUTPUT_FILES_VAR <output_files_var> OUTPUT_DIR <output_dir>]
          COMPILERS <compiler> [...]
          FEATURES <feature> [...]
          [BARE_FEATURES <feature> [...]]
          [VERSION <version>]
          [PROLOG <prolog>]
          [EPILOG <epilog>]
          [ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS]
          [ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS]
)

The write_compiler_detection_header function generates the file <file> with macros which all have the prefix <prefix>.

By default, all content is written directly to the <file>. The OUTPUT_FILES_VAR may be specified to cause the compiler-specific content to be written to separate files. The separate files are then available in the <output_files_var> and may be consumed by the caller for installation for example. The OUTPUT_DIR specifies a relative path from the main <file> to the compiler-specific files. For example:

write_compiler_detection_header(
  FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
  PREFIX ClimbingStats
  OUTPUT_FILES_VAR support_files
  OUTPUT_DIR compilers
  COMPILERS GNU Clang MSVC Intel
  FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
)
install(FILES
  ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
  DESTINATION include
)
install(FILES
  ${support_files}
  DESTINATION include/compilers
)

VERSION may be used to specify the API version to be generated. Future versions of CMake may introduce alternative APIs. A given API is selected by any <version> value greater than or equal to the version of CMake that introduced the given API and less than the version of CMake that introduced its succeeding API. The value of the CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED_VERSION variable is used if no explicit version is specified. (As of CMake version 3.12.0 there is only one API version.)

PROLOG may be specified as text content to write at the start of the header. EPILOG may be specified as text content to write at the end of the header

At least one <compiler> and one <feature> must be listed. Compilers which are known to CMake, but not specified are detected and a preprocessor #error is generated for them. A preprocessor macro matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler> is generated for each compiler known to CMake to contain the value 0 or 1.

Possible compiler identifiers are documented with the CMAKE_<LANG>_COMPILER_ID variable. Available features in this version of CMake are listed in the CMAKE_C_KNOWN_FEATURES and CMAKE_CXX_KNOWN_FEATURES global properties. The {c,cxx}_std_* meta-features are ignored if requested.

See the cmake-compile-features(7) manual for information on compile features.

BARE_FEATURES will define the compatibility macros with the name used in newer versions of the language standard, so the code can use the new feature name unconditionally.

ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILERS and ALLOW_UNKNOWN_COMPILER_VERSIONS cause the module to generate conditions that treat unknown compilers as simply lacking all features. Without these options the default behavior is to generate a #error for unknown compilers and versions.

  Feature Test Macros

For each compiler, a preprocessor macro is generated matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_IS_<compiler> which has the content either 0 or 1, depending on the compiler in use. Preprocessor macros for compiler version components are generated matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MAJOR <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_MINOR and <PREFIX>_COMPILER_VERSION_PATCH containing decimal values for the corresponding compiler version components, if defined.

A preprocessor test is generated based on the compiler version denoting whether each feature is enabled. A preprocessor macro matching <PREFIX>_COMPILER_<FEATURE>, where <FEATURE> is the upper-case <feature> name, is generated to contain the value 0 or 1 depending on whether the compiler in use supports the feature:

write_compiler_detection_header(
  FILE climbingstats_compiler_detection.h
  PREFIX ClimbingStats
  COMPILERS GNU Clang AppleClang MSVC Intel
  FEATURES cxx_variadic_templates
)

#if ClimbingStats_COMPILER_CXX_VARIADIC_TEMPLATES
template<typename... T>
void someInterface(T t...) { /* ... */ }
#else
// Compatibility versions
template<typename T1>
void someInterface(T1 t1) { /* ... */ }
template<typename T1, typename T2>
void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2) { /* ... */ }
template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
void someInterface(T1 t1, T2 t2, T3 t3) { /* ... */ }
#endif

  Symbol Macros

Some additional symbol-defines are created for particular features for use as symbols which may be conditionally defined empty:

class MyClass ClimbingStats_FINAL
{
    ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR int someInterface() { return 42; }
};

The ClimbingStats_FINAL macro will expand to final if the compiler (and its flags) support the cxx_final feature, and the ClimbingStats_CONSTEXPR macro will expand to constexpr if cxx_constexpr is supported.

If BARE_FEATURES cxx_final was given as argument the final keyword will be defined for old compilers, too.

The following features generate corresponding symbol defines and if they are available as BARE_FEATURES:
Feature | Define | Symbol | bare
c_restrict | <PREFIX>_RESTRICT | restrict | yes
cxx_constexpr | <PREFIX>_CONSTEXPR | constexpr | yes
cxx_deleted_functions | <PREFIX>_DELETED_FUNCTION | = delete |
cxx_extern_templates | <PREFIX>_EXTERN_TEMPLATE | extern |
cxx_final | <PREFIX>_FINAL | final | yes
cxx_noexcept | <PREFIX>_NOEXCEPT | noexcept | yes
cxx_noexcept | <PREFIX>_NOEXCEPT_EXPR(X) | noexcept(X) |
cxx_override | <PREFIX>_OVERRIDE | override | yes

  Compatibility Implementation Macros

Some features are suitable for wrapping in a macro with a backward compatibility implementation if the compiler does not support the feature.

When the cxx_static_assert feature is not provided by the compiler, a compatibility implementation is available via the <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT(COND) and <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG(COND, MSG) function-like macros. The macros expand to static_assert where that compiler feature is available, and to a compatibility implementation otherwise. In the first form, the condition is stringified in the message field of static_assert. In the second form, the message MSG is passed to the message field of static_assert, or ignored if using the backward compatibility implementation.

The cxx_attribute_deprecated feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED, which expands to either the standard [[deprecated]] attribute or a compiler-specific decorator such as __attribute__((__deprecated__)) used by GNU compilers.

The cxx_alignas feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_ALIGNAS which expands to either the standard alignas decorator or a compiler-specific decorator such as __attribute__ ((__aligned__)) used by GNU compilers.

The cxx_alignof feature provides a macro definition <PREFIX>_ALIGNOF which expands to either the standard alignof decorator or a compiler-specific decorator such as __alignof__ used by GNU compilers.
Feature | Define | Symbol | bare
cxx_alignas | <PREFIX>_ALIGNAS | alignas |
cxx_alignof | <PREFIX>_ALIGNOF | alignof |
cxx_nullptr | <PREFIX>_NULLPTR | nullptr | yes
cxx_static_assert | <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT | static_assert |
cxx_static_assert | <PREFIX>_STATIC_ASSERT_MSG | static_assert |
cxx_attribute_deprecated | <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED | [[deprecated]] |
cxx_attribute_deprecated | <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED_MSG | [[deprecated]] |
cxx_thread_local | <PREFIX>_THREAD_LOCAL | thread_local |

A use-case which arises with such deprecation macros is the deprecation of an entire library. In that case, all public API in the library may be decorated with the <PREFIX>_DEPRECATED macro. This results in very noisy build output when building the library itself, so the macro may be may be defined to empty in that case when building the deprecated library:

add_library(compat_support ${srcs})
target_compile_definitions(compat_support
  PRIVATE
    CompatSupport_DEPRECATED=
)

COPYRIGHT
2000-2018 Kitware, Inc. and Contributors